Industrial Communication

Automation and Drives Industrial Communication Postfach 48 48 90327 NÜRNBERG GERMANY www.siemens.com/automation

The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice. All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

Order No.: E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600

Catalog IK PI · 2007

Catalog IK PI · 2007 Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives

Subject to change without prior notice | Dispo 26000 | KG 0906 35.0 S 1236 EN / 621608 | Printed in Germany | © Siemens AG 2006

Siemens AG

industrial COMMUNICATION Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives

Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives Catalog IK PI · 2007

Introduction

PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3

Please contact your local Siemens branch office.

2

Industrial Mobile Communication

3

Supersedes: Catalog IK PI · 2005 and Catalog IK PI News July · 2005 The products contained in this catalog are also contained in the electronic Catalog CA 01 Order No.: E86060-K4001-A110-C4-7600 (CD-ROM) E86060-K4001-A510-C4-7600 (DVD)

1

PROFIBUS according to IEC 61158/EN 50170

4

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os

5

© Siemens AG 2006 AS-Interface according to EN 50 295/IEC 62 026-2

6

SINAUT Telecontrol

7 The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured/distributed under application of a certified quality management system in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certified Registration No. can be found in the appendix). The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries.

Network transitions

8 ECOFAST System

9 Appendix

10

s

Siemens Automation and Drives. Welcome

More than 60,000 people aiming for the same goal: increasing your competitiveness. That's Siemens Automation and Drives. We offer you a comprehensive portfolio for sustained success in your sector, whether you're talking automation engineering, drives or electrical installation systems. Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally Integrated Power (TIP) form the core of our offering. TIA and TIP are the basis of our integrated range of products and systems for the manufacturing and process industries as well as building automation. This portfolio is rounded off by innovative services over the entire life cycle of your plants. Learn for yourself the potential our products and systems offer. And discover how you can permanently increase your productivity with us. Your regional Siemens contact can provide more information. He or she will be glad to help.

1/2

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/3

Sharpen your competitive edge. Totally Integrated Automation

With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and systems for automation in all sectors – from incoming goods to outgoing goods, from the field level through the production control level to connection with the corporate management level. On the basis of TIA, we implement solutions that are perfectly tailored to your specific requirements and are characterized by a unique level of integration. This integration not only ensures significant reductions in interface costs but also guarantees the highest level of transparency across all levels.

ERP Enterprise Resource Planning

MES Manufacturing Execution Systems

Control

SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication

Ethernet

Production Order Management

Material Management

Production Operations Recording

Equipment Management

Ethernet

SINAUT Telecontrol System

SIMATIC Software

SIMATIC Controllers/ Automation System

SIMATIC Sensors PROFINET Industrial Ethernet

Safety Integrated

PROFIBUS

PC-based Automation

AS-Interface

KNX/EIB GAMMA instabus

1/4

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Building Technology

Micro-Automation and Aktor-Sensor Interface Level

ECOFAST IP65 Distributed Automation System

It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated Automation during the entire life cycle of your plants – from the first planning steps, through operation, right up to modernization. Consistent integration in the further development of our products and systems guarantees a high degree of investment security here. Totally Integrated Automation makes a crucial contribution towards optimizing everything that happens in the plant and thus creates the conditions for a significant increase in productivity.

Plant Information Management

Product Specification Management System

Detailed Production Scheduling

Laboratory Information Management System

SIMATIC IT Framework

Production Modeler

SENTRON Circuit Breakers

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

SIMATIC HMI Human Machine Interface

SIMOTION Motion Control System

SINUMERIK Computer Numeric Control

Field Instrumentation/ Analytics

HART

SIMOCODE pro Motor Management System

SIRIUS Soft Starter

SIWAREX Weighing Technology

SIMATIC Distributed I/O

PROFIBUS PA

Drive Systems/ SINAMICS

SINAMICS

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SIMODRIVE

1/5

SINAMICS

Integrated energy distribution from a single source. Totally Integrated Power

Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components of electrical energy distribution into an integrated whole. Thus TIP provides the answer to growing market demands in the planning, construction and use of utility buildings and industrial buildings. On the basis of TIP, we offer integrated solutions for energy distribution, from medium voltage to the power outlet. Totally Integrated Power is based here on integration in planning and configuring as well as on perfectly matched products and systems.

Communication

HMI

Process/production automation

Load management

U

UI I cos o P o cos PW W

PROCESS FIELD BUS

Products and systems

£ 110 kV

Planning and configuration

1/6

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Graphs

Prognoses

Totally Integrated Power offers communication and software modules for connecting the energy distribution systems to industrial automation and building automation. This enables the implementation of significant savings potential.

Maintenance Substation Distribution Maintenance task

Message/ error management

Selective protection

Protocols

Power quality

DATE: EMPLOYEE

Cost center

Building automation

COST CENTER PAY PERIOD BEGINNING PAY PERIOD ENDING

DATE SUN

MON

TUE

WED

THUR

FRI

SAT

SUN

TOTAL

IN OUT IN OUT OVERTIME

TOTAL HOURS DATE SUN

MON

TUE

WED

THUR

FRI

SAT

SUN

TOTAL

IN OUT IN

Hall 1 Distribution 3 Infeed II

Air conditioning system checkup Replacing circuit breaker contacts Replacing meters

OUT OVERTIME

TOTAL HOURS

central ON OFF local ON OFF tripped

DATE SUN

MON

TUE

WED

THUR

FRI

SAT

SUN

TOTAL

IN OUT IN OUT OVERTIME

TOTAL HOURS CODES V=VACATION H=HOLIDAY S=SICK

REGULAR

HOLIDAY

OTHER

OVER THE HOURS TIME & ONE-HALF

SICK

VACATION

instabus EIB

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/7

Introduction

Your requirements Do you want to launch new products quickly? And do you want to respond quickly and flexibly to market requirements and reduce conversion times and thus reduce the "time-to-market"? Do you want to produce efficiently and economically? And do you want to utilize the capacity of your plant/machine optimally and minimize possible downtimes? All the machines in your plant should then work optimally together. Rely on open, integrated communication for your automation needs throughout your company and beyond. Avoid island solutions in automation and in information technology through: A seamless flow of information from the sensor/actuator level up to the company management level Availability of information in any place Fast data exchange between plant sections Simple, consistent configuration and efficient diagnostics Integrated security functions which prevent unauthorized accesses Fail-safe communication and standard communication over the same cable Our offer Communication networks are of central importance in automation solutions. SIMATIC NET – Networking for Industry stands for a versatile portfolio of modular blocks – designed for industry – which contribute to solving your communication tasks efficiently. In the different automation areas Across the whole workflow Across the whole plant life cycle For all sectors SIMATIC NET offers solutions which utilize the advantages of Ethernet and integrate fieldbus systems. Outstanding examples are: The exploitation of the field level for Industrial Ethernet The consistency from the field level up to the company management level The pushing ahead of mobile communication The integration of IT technologies

1/8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Worldwide trends A distributed plant configuration reduces the overhead for installation, maintenance and diagnostics. A distributed plant configuration reduces the overhead for installation, maintenance and diagnostics. Such configurations involve the use of intelligent devices at the local level which are interfaced to one another over networks. Openness and flexibility are important in linking different systems and carrying out expansions. The standards for bus systems are defined and standardized in international committees. Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet (IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.3u and IEEE 802.11 WLAN) – the international standard network standard for all levels PROFINET – the open Industrial Ethernet standard for automation

PROFIBUS PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/EN 50170) – the international standard for the field is the world-wide market leader for fieldbusses

AS-Interface AS-Interface (IEC 62026-2/EN 50295) connects sensors and actuators using a two-wire cable which is an economic alternative to cable harnesses.

KNX KNX/EIB (EN 50090, ANSI EIA 776) is the universal bus system for the entire house and building technology. KNX was developed by the Konnex Association based on EIB (European Installation Bus).

Industrial Communication by Totally Integrated Automation

SCALANCE ... for the security, flexibility and performance of your industrial communication networks Totally Integrated Automation by Siemens shows with a number of successful applications around the world to what extent consistent solutions with shared tools and standardized mechanisms can be created today. Closely connected to this is the selective further development of industrial communication with SIMATIC NET. A revolutionary milestone of this development is SCALANCE, the new generation of components for the installation of uniform networks:

SCALANCE is available in three different versions: The security modules of SCALANCE S are the core of this pioneering safety concept for automation engineering from Siemens that protects networks and data. Based on Industrial Wireless LAN, SCALANCE W supports integrated communication as far as areas that until now have been difficult or even impossible to access. The Industrial Ethernet switches (active network components) of SCALANCE X ensure future-oriented networks; and the perfect switch is always available for every task. An overall solution comprises a a bus system –passive network components, e.g. cables –active network components, e.g. switches interfaces for connecting the programmable controllers to the bus systems –integrated interfaces –separate communications processors gateways, e.g. a link software for configuring the networks tools for maintenance and diagnostics SIMATIC NET offers all the components required for an integrated overall solution, and supports the following bus systems: Bus system

Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET

PROFIBUS DP

ASInterface

Level Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) (e.g. PC) Control (e.g. S7-300) Motion Control (e.g. SIMOTION)

Well suited

PROFINET also supports the direct connection of distributed field devices to Industrial Ethernet and the solution of Motion Control applications in isochrone mode. PROFINET also enables distributed automation with the aid of component technology which allows vertical integration and fail-safe applications. PROFINET also supports controller-to-controller communication.

In industrial environments and similar.

Intelligent field devices (e.g.ET200S) Simple field devices (e.g. digital I/O modules)

Suitable

PROFINET ... increases the productivity of your plant For your strategic decisions you require a seamless, companywide information flow - from the first manufacturing step via the operational level up to the company management level. To achieve this, you must rely on efficiency and consistency at the very beginning when you design your plant. PROFINET, the open, innovative Industrial Ethernet standard, fulfills all the demands of industrial automation and enables integrated, company-wide communication.

Conducted – electrically or optically – or wireless via Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN).

Sensors/actuators Drives (e.g. SINAMICS)

not suitable

With Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only supplier of a consistent range of products and systems for automation in all sectors – from incoming goods storage via the production process up to dispatching products, from the field level via the production control level up to the integration of the company management level. The advantages of Totally Integrated Automation already pay off at the design and engineering level, but also during assembly and startup as well as during operation and maintenance. Automation solutions can be created with little outlay. New freedoms make it easier to respond more quickly and flexibly to new market requirements. Plants can be easily expanded or converted without having to interrupt current operations. Thanks to the fact that Industrial Ethernet has been venturing more and more into automation all the way down to the field level, two ingredients of Totally Integrated Automation are achieving ever greater significance: PROFINET and SCALANCE.

Failsafe communication

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/9

Mobile telephones

Bus systems for Industry

Industrial Ethernet (IEEE 802.3 and 802.3u) – The international standard for local area networking. With a market share of 90% worldwide it is now the number one with respect to local area networks. Industrial Ethernet can be used to construct highperformance communication networks that span great distances.

Internet Pad

Telecontrol and substation control

PC

Controller

Monitoring and control system

Numeric Control Teleservice

Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET – The international standard uses Industrial Ethernet and enables real-time communication all the way down to the field level while also including the enterprise level. Despite full use of existing IT standards, PROFINET enables isochronous motion control applications, efficient crossvendor engineering and a high level of machine and plant availability on the Industrial Ethernet. PROFINET supports distributed automation (including controller-tocontroller communication) and makes fail-safe applications possible.

Notebook

The graphic shows the connection of different automation systems to the standardized networks.

1/10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Numeric Control

Field device for intrinsically safe area

Monitoring and control system

PC/PG

Coupler

PROFIBUS PA

PROFIBUS

Machine Vision Link

PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/EN 50170) – The international standard for the field level is the world market leader among field buses. It is the only field bus which permits communication for manufacturing as well as process-oriented applications.

Controller

Motor manager

Field devices

Drives

KNX

Sensors

PC

Telecontrol and substation control

Motion Control Systems

Controller PC/PG

Security

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet Access Point Controller IWLAN RCoax Cable

Notebook

AS-Interface (IEC 62026/EN 50295) –

Controller Link

Combines sensors and actuators using a two-wire line as price-effective alternative to a wiring harness. Link

The basis for building services automation is the global KNX/EIB (EN 50090, ANSEI EIA 776) standard.

Link

Machine Vision Drives

Field devices Motion Control Systems Actuator

Link

Access Point Link Controller

Client Module

AS-Interface

Power supply unit

Network interfaces are implemented via controllers or links. Configuration and diagnostics can be carried out from any location in the plant.

Field device

Sensors

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/11

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Ethernet offers a powerful area and cell network in accordance with standard IEEE 802.3 (ETHERNET), IEEE 802.3u and 802.11 a/b/g/h (Wireless LAN) for industry.

MOBIC

Ethernet is the basic technology of the Internet for worldwide networking. The different possibilities of the Intranet, Extranet and Internet, which are already available in office environments today, can, using Industrial Ethernet, also be utilized for manufacturing and process automation. The Ethernet technology which has been used successfully for many years for switching, full duplex and autosensing allows the user to adapt the necessary network performance to requirements. The user can select the data rate as needed since the consistent compatibility permits step-by-step introduction of the new technology. Ethernet presently has a market share of over 90% with a tendency to rise further, thus placing it in pole position in the LAN landscape worldwide. Ethernet offfers important advantages: Fast start-up thanks to the simplest connection method. High availability since existing networks can be extended without any adverse effects Almost unlimited communications performance because scalable performance is available through switching technology if required. Networking of different application areas such as the office and production areas. Company-wide communication thanks to linking up via WAN (Wide Area Network) such as ISDN or Internet Investment security through continuous compatible further development. Data storage for Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) "Rapid Roaming" For very fast forwarding of mobile nodes between different access points Chronologically exact allocation of events throughout the whole plant system through plant-wide clock control. SIMATIC NET relies upon this well-proven technology. Siemens has supplied well over two million connections worldwide for rough and EMC polluted areas of industry.

1/12

Siemens IK PI · 2007

S7-200 with SINAUT MICRO

S7-300 with SINAUT ST7

Notebook

S7-400 Access Point SCALANCE SIMATIC HMI W788-1PRO with WinAC

S7-300

MOBIC S7-200 Industrial Ethernet

ET 200

SIMATIC TDC

Machine Vision

SINAMICS S 120

SIMOTION C/P/D

SINUMERIK

SIMATIC NET provides important supplements to Ethernet technology for industrial environments: Network components designed for use in rough industrial environments Fast assembly on site thanks to the FastConnect wiring system with RJ45 technology Fail-safe networks thanks to fast redundancy and redundant power supplies Continuous monitoring of network components through a simple and effective signaling concept. Future-oriented network components with the SCALANCE X switch family, the members of which build on one another

of SIMOTION and SIMATIC S7/C7/WinAC. It enables PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of useful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple, powerful communication services and provides a network-independent software interface.

PC with WinCC flexible or SINAUT MICRO SC

S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)

SIMOTION D/P

SINUMERIK

S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) is used by SIMATIC S7/C7 to communicate with existing systems, especially with SIMATIC S5 partner, but also with PCs over PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet. FETCH and WRITE is also available over Industrial Ethernet to ensure that software created for SIMATIC S5 can continue to be used with SIMATIC S7 without any modifications.

SINAMICS S120 SCALANCE X202-2P IRT

SCALANCE S

Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR

SIMATIC WinAC

PC Client Module SCALANCE W747-1RR

Standard communication This comprises standardized protocols for data communication, e.g. FTP. Fail-safe communication is also possible via Industrial Ethernet. OPC (OLE for Process Control) is a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface and allows OPC-capable Windows applications to interface to S7 communication and S5-compatible communication (SEND/ RECEIVE) and PROFINET.

Field PG M ET 200S with IM 151-3 PN FO

ET 200

The following communication functions/services are offered by Industrial Ethernet: PG/OP communication This includes integrated communication functions, via which the SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK automation systems can carry out data communication with any HMI device (TD/OP) and SIMATIC PG (STEP 7). PG/OP communication is supported by all networks. S7 communication S7 communication is the integral communication function (system function block) for the S7-400 or loadable function blocks for the S7-300 which have been optimized in the context

Information technology (IT) with e-mail and Web technology integrates SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK into the IT through Industrial Ethernet. In the office environment, e-mail and Web-browsers are widely used communication techniques. Ethernet is used as the main communication route, in addition to telephone cables and the Internet. The socket interface for Industrial Ethernet facilitates data communication with computers via TCP/IP. Users can program the data exchange freely using this widely used interface in the PC and UNIX world. SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC TDC use the SEND/RECEIVE blocks (S/R) to access TCP/IP. PROFINET communication services PROFINET IO for connecting distributed field devices to Industrial Ethernet PROFINET CBA for modern plant construction for the implementation of distributed automation structures based on pre-assembled components

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/13

PROFINET – The open standard for automation

The increasing importance of vertical integration shows the important role played by industrial communication throughout modern automation engineering. PROFINET, the open and cross vendor standard based on Industrial Ethernet, enables direct, transparent access from the corporate management level to the field level. To make this possible, PROFINET relies on established IT standards and fully supports TCP/IP. Make use of synergies and protect investments: Problem-free integration of existing systems Do you want to continue utilizing and expanding existing systems and plant sections which communicate over PROFIBUS and other fieldbuses in future? No problem! With PROFINET, integration of the installed basis is easy and can be done without a lot of overhead. PROFINET thus ensures a high level of investment protection for existing systems and you can rely on an innovative standard – now and in the future. The optimum basis for PROFINET: Industrial Ethernet Ethernet has established itself as standard in the office world. Thanks to its excellent market acceptance, Ethernet was chosen for continuous further development, for example as regards transmission rates. In order to make it possible to utilize Ethernet for hard industrial demands, we have been offering Industrial Ethernet, a standard-based network, for more than 15 years. PROFINET utllizes this basis to link devices from the field level to the management level, thereby combining industrial capabilities with the continuity and transparency of inter-company communication. PROFINET: New possibilities for Industrial Ethernet As a component of IEC 61158, PROFINET is based on the international Ethernet standard (IEEE 802.3) and builds systematically on Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s and switching technology. PROFINET is particularly distinguished by the following: Shared use of real-time and TCP-based communication over the same cable as well as scalable real-time communication for programmable controllers, distributed I/O and motion control. PROFINET therefore ensures short response times and continuity from the field level to the management level.

1/14

Siemens IK PI · 2007

PROFINET covers the entire spectrum of automation applications while differentiating between three basic communication characteristics: Non-real-time such as TCP/IP and UDP/IP communication Real-time (RT) and Isochronous real-time (IRT)

Real-time communication PROFINET fulfills all real-time demands relevant to automation, including isochronous mode. PROFINET is therefore also suitable for particularly sophisticated, complex applications, for example those involving motion control.

TCP/IP and UDP/IP communication

Process

Non-time-critical data transmission with TCP/IP and UDP/IP is the technical basis for communication – for instance for assigning parameters and configuration. In the IT landscape, TCP/IP is a defacto standard.

PROFINET was conceived as a comprehensive standard for all automation tasks. Special requirements for use in industrial plants and the interfacing of process instrumentation devices and analyzers are currently being worked on with an eye toward standardization.

The solution for all demands: PROFINET, the comprehensive standard for automation

Process Safety Integrated PROFINET also fulfills all required prerequisites as regards complete safety for humans, machines and the environment. The use of PROFIsafe enables a network for standard and failsafe communication – on one and the same cable.

Real-time communication

Safety Integrated

IT standards & security

PROFINET

Distributed field devices

IT standards & security PROFINET provides all functions for optimum configuration and diagnostics. All relevant data can be accessed from anywhere in the world over the Internet. PROFINET also fulfills increased demands on data and network security.

Network installation

Motion control Distributed intelligence

Simple network installation PROFINET relies systematically on 100 Mbit/s switching technology and supports linear and ring network topologies as well as the star topology customary with Ethernet. This minimizes cabling overhead and ensures the highest possible availability. Wireless communication opens the door to new industrial applications. Distributed intelligence PROFINET offers new options for the implementation of distributed automation structures: Systematic modularization and simple machine-to-machine communication with plantwide engineering - thanks to Component Based Automation

Motion control PROFINET makes it possible to implement very fast, isochronous drive control for high-performance motion control applications without a lot of overhead while at the same time using TCP/IP communication. Distributed field devices Distributed field devices can be directly interfaced to Industrial Ethernet via PROFINET. This enables fast data interchange between I/O and controller and provides for significantly better diagnostic options.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/15

Industrial Mobile Communication

PC with SINEMA E planning software

S7-300 with PROFINET-CPU or CP 343-1

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet

Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR

Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR IWLAN RCoax Cable

Client Module SCALANCE W747-1RR

IWLAN/ PB Link PN IO ET 200S PROFIBUS

S7-300 with CP 343-1 Lean with integrated 2-port switch ET 200S

ET 200pro

SINAMICS

The key to future market success lies in the ability to provide information and access to information at any time and in any location. With mobile systems interconnected via fast wireless radio networks (Wireless LAN), processes can be designed for greater efficiency. The main advantage of wireless solutions is easy and flexible access to mobile stations. Industrial Mobile Communication (IMC) plays an important role in this:

1/16

Siemens IK PI · 2007

IMC stands for the industrial mobile communication products of SIMATIC NET that utilize wireless communication. This is based on worldwide standards, such as IEEE 802.11, GSM, GPRS or, in the future, UMTS. Also possible is fail-safe wireless communication over IWLAN.

Advantages of a wireless communication network Increased competitiveness since greater mobility achieves higher flexibility Maintenance work is simplified, service costs and downtimes are reduced and personnel is used optimally Spare parts lists and manuals are available regardless of the location Work orders can be received and acknowledged online Integrated radio network for voice and data beyond corporate boundaries

The reliability of the radio channel continues with the dustproof and waterproof construction (IP65) of the metallic enclosures, fulfilling SIMATIC's well-known high demands on mechanical stability. To protect against unauthorized access, the products provide modern standard mechanisms for user identification (authentication) and encryption of data, but can also be easily integrated into existing security policies. The "Rapid Roaming" function is available for very fast forwarding of mobile nodes between two different access points.

The system solution is tested and well-proven because the network components, communications processors and software are perfectly matched to each other Remote diagnosis for different production machines from a central service location reduces service costs Difficult to reach installations can be accessed easily; there is no need for complex wiring Fast commissioning of new plant sections due to reduced overhead for the installation of the communications network with the aid of the SINEMA E planning, simulation and configuration software. No wear on rotating and moving devices or equipment Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote, difficult to access or in hostile environments. SCALANCE W – wireless communication The products of SCALANCE W offer the unique combination of reliability, ruggedness and security. With Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN), an extension to the IEEE 802.11 standard is made available that addresses the requirements of industrial customers in particular with regard to a deterministic response and redundancy. For the first time customers are getting a single radio network both for data critical to the process (e.g. alarm signaling) as well as for uncritical communication (e.g. for service and diagnostics). IWLAN components SCALANCE W and PROFINET, the Industrial Ethernet standard, provide a mobile solution for new applications all the way down to the field level.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/17

PROFIBUS

SIMATIC S7 SIMOTION C/P/D

SINUMERIK Notebook

S7-300F with standard and F I/O

SIMATIC C7

Field PG M

PROFIBUS DP

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

ET 200pro

SIMOCODE PRO

MICROMASTER

ET 200eco

ET 200M

ET 200M with F I/O AS-Interface

SIMOREG

SIMODRIVE

RFID systems SIMATIC RF

ET 200L

ET 200S

DP/ASInterface Link 20E

SINAMICS

PROFIBUS DP/PA is used to link field devices such as distributed I/O stations or drives with programmable controllers such as SIMATIC S7, SIMOTION or PCs. PROFIBUS, standardized to IEC 61158, is a powerful open and robust field system with short response times. PROFIBUS is available in different designs for different applications.

Openness all the way Thanks to the openness of PROFIBUS DP it is, of course, also possible to connect standardized components of other manufacturers. The IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard ensures that your investments are secure for the future.

PROFIBUS DP (distributed I/O) is used to connect distributed field devices, e.g. SIMATIC ET 200 or drives with very fast response times. PROFIBUS DP is used when actuators/sensors are distributed throughout the machine or plant (e.g. field level).

And for manufacturers of field devices, we offer everything that has to do with the PROFIBUS DP, such as ASICs, training, certification and much, much more.

The actuators and sensors are connected to the field devices. The field devices are supplied with output data in accordance with the master/slave technique and transfer input data to the programmable controller or PC.

1/18

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Member companies worldwide offer a wide range of products with PROFIBUS DP interface for the field level. Siemens has a complete product portfolio of standard and fail-safe controllers, network components, communications software and field devices.

PROFIsafe Permits standard and fail-safe communication over one and the same bus cable. PROFIsafe is an open solution for fail-safe communication over standard buses, and utilizes the PROFIBUS services.

DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

SIMATIC PC with WinAC

SIMATIC HMI

Vision Sensor VS 120 VS 130

SIMATIC TDC

SIPART PS2 DP/PA coupler/link

*

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS PA DP/DP coupler Customer specific sulutions with ASICs

DP slave

Power Rail Booster

DP/EIB Link

Mobile Panel

SITRANS F US RS 485iS coupler

Customer specific sulutions with ASICs

SITRANS P

ET 200iSP KNX (EN 50090, ANSI EIA 776) is the worldwide standardized building installation system and the basis for building automation.

Intrinsically safe area

* PDM is a parameterization tool for intelligent field devices

S7-400

Isochronous mode CPU, drives, I/O and user program are synchronized to the PROFIBUS clock. The "isochronous mode" function is supported by the CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-400, SIMOTION/SINUMERIK and servo drives. The PROFIdrive profile is used for drive control PROFIBUS PA (Process automation) expands PROFIBUS DP with safe data and power transmission (e.g. measuring transmitters in the food industry) in accordance with international standard IEC 61158-2 (same protocol, different design).

SIMATIC HMI S7-300

PROFIBUS FMS

SIMATIC C7

non-Siemens devices

SIMATIC C7

Field PG M

PROFIBUS FMS (fieldbus message specification) for the data communication of programmable controllers provided by different manufacturers. In this way, general control and measuring tasks can also be solved accurately in a distributed fashion in addition to motion control tasks. Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/19

AS-Interface

Sensors, valves, actuators, drives – different components operate on the field level. All these actuators/sensors must be connected to a programmable controller. This is implemented with the help of distributed I/O devices; so to speak as intelligent outposts on site. AS-Interface connects the components of the field level by means of a twisted pair cable as a low-cost alternative to a cable harness. AS-Interface is used where individual actuators/sensors are distributed spatially over the machine (e.g. in a bottling plant). AS-Interface is the open international standard IEC 62026-2/ EN 50295, and is supported worldwide by 280 member companies of the AS International Association, including the leading manufacturer of actuators and sensors. The system has been used successfully in the field since 1994, and is with 10 million installed nodes the uncontested market leader among bit-oriented bus systems. AS-Interface is a single-master system. There are communications processors (CPs) for SIMATIC and for SIMOTION and Links which, as master, control field communication. With AS-Interface Specification V2.1 resp. V3.0, it is possible to connect as many as 62 slaves. AS-Interface Specification V3.0 enables the connection of up to 1,000 digital inputs/ outputs (Profile S-7.A.A: 8DI/8DO as A/B slave). New profiles open the door to the use of expanded addressing, even for analog slaves. "Fast Analog Profiles" speed up analog value transfer. Thanks to integrated analog-value processing in the masters, the access to analog values is just as simple as the access to digital values. The connection of SIMATIC S7 controllers, WinAC or other systems to AS-Interface is implemented via IE/AS-iLINK PN IO, DP/AS-i LINK Advanced or via the DP/AS-Interface Link 20E. DP/AS-i-LINK Advanced and DP/AS-interface Link 20E in IP20 are available for direct interfacing of the AS-Interface to PROFIBUS DP. This allows the AS-Interface to be used as subnet for PROFIBUS DP. IE/AS-i LINK PN IO enables direct interfacing of the AS-Interface to Industrial Ethernet and thus direct embedding in the PROFINET environment.

1/20

Siemens IK PI · 2007

In this way, you can make savings AS-Interface replaces complex cable harnesses and connects binary actuators and sensors such as proximity switches, valves or indicator lights with a programmable controller, e.g. SIMATIC.

SIMATIC/ SIMOTION

* Only one master can be optimally connected to an AS-I line.

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC C7 AS-InterfaceNetzteil

S7-200

S7-300

AS-Interface distributor

PROFIBUS DP AS-Interface master * S7-300 with PROFINET-CPU

AS-Interface master * DP/AS-Interface Link 20E SIMOTION C

DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

AS-Interface

(without AS-Interface chip)

S7-200

IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

SIMATIC C7

AS-Interface power supply

24 V DC power supply

LOGO! Max. AS-iI cable length per segment: 100 m without Extension Plug 200 m with Extension Plug

Repeater AS-Interface distributor (without AS-Interface chip)

Operator control panel I/O module digital/analog

Signal evaluation

Safe slave with EMERGENCY STOP

Safety monitor

In practice, this means: Installation runs smoothly because data and power are transported together on one cable. Thanks to the specially developed flat cable (in yellow) and to insulation displacement, the AS-Interface slaves can be connected at any point.

Max. AS-iI cable length per segment: 100 m without Extension Plug 200 m with Extension Plug

Compact starter IP 65 AS-i Extension Plug (for segment length up to 200 m)

This concept ensures extreme flexibility while saving a significant amount of time and money. Special knowledge about installation and commissioning is not required. In addition, the ease of laying the cable and the clear structure of the cable as well as the special version of the cable not only significantly reduce the fault risk, but also the overhead for service and maintenance.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/21

Telecontrol and remote maintenance SINAUT Telecontrol

SINAUT, the telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7, consists of two independent systems: • SINAUT ST7 Versatile telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7-300, SIMATIC S7-400 and WinCC for fully-automatic monitoring and control of process terminals which exchange data with one or more control centers or with each other via a WAN or over Ethernet (TCP/IP). • SINAUT MICRO Telecontrol system for monitoring and controlling distributed plants using wireless communication (GPRS) on the basis of SIMATIC S7-200 and WinCC flexible or WinCC. As a result of its bidirectional communications capability, SINAUT MICRO can handle simple telecontrol tasks. An OPC server is available for both systems which permits connection to a non-Siemens control center system (OPC client).

SINAUT over Ethernet SINAUT communication over Ethernet or TCP/IP-based networks is possible between the stations and the control point as well as between stations. Prerequisites are fixed IP addresses as well as connections that are similar to dedicated lines.

SINAUT ST7 SINAUT ST7 facilitates an integrated communications concept (TIA) and complete integration into the SIMATIC environment. The modular design and the support of a huge variety of network forms and operating modes including Ethernet permit the design of flexible network structures that can also contain redundant links. By using all forms of transmission media (e.g. dedicated line, wireless, dial-up networks, SMS, FAX), the networks can be optimally adapted to the respective local conditions. First-time configuration of even highly complex networks and their expansion can be carried out easily and cost-effectively thanks to the software packages provided and STEP 7.

Date and time are always up-to-date A DCF77 radio clock can be used to supply the CPUs and the control center, e.g. ST7cc, with the date and time across the network. The systems therefore always have the exact time; including daylight savings time switchover. The GPS (Global Positioning System) can also be used as the time source instead of DCF77.

The control center The following can be used as central control centers: SIMATIC S7-300 or S7-400 controllers. SINAUT ST7cc, the PC control system (simple or redundant), is based on WinCC. It is a supervisory control system specially matched to the event-controlled and time-stamped data transmission of the SINAUT system. SINAUT ST7sc for connecting control centers of other manufacturers over OPC. The SINAUT telecontrol technology can also be connected to control center systems of other manufacturers via the data access interface. ST7sc features extensive buffer mechanisms which prevent data from being lost even if the OPC client fails.

Change-driven data transmission The SINAUT software in the stations ensures that process data is transmitted between the individual CPUs and with the control center in the event of changes. Local data storage A special characteristic of the TIM transmission module used for the SINAUT ST7 system is the local storage of the data messages (incl. time stamp) if the communication path is disturbed, a partner is lost or for cost optimization when dialing networks.

SINAUT remote programming and remote diagnostics All diagnostics and programming functions provided by SIMATIC and SINAUT for station automation and WAN communication can be used via the SINAUT networks – without interrupting process data transmission. Central controller SINAUT

SINAUT ST7cc

MPI Industrial Ethernet

Ethernet TCP/IP

1/22

Siemens IK PI · 2007

TIM 4

TIM 4

DCF 77 GPS

WAN

SINAUT WANs Dedicated lines (copper and fiber-optic cables) Private radio networks (optionally with time slice procedure) Analog telephone network Digital ISDN network Cellular phone network (GSM) All networks can be combined as required. Redundant paths are also possible. Star, line and node structures can be set up.

SINAUT ST7sc

WAN

MPI

e.g.. S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE

e.g. S7-400 with TIM 4

SINAUT ST7 stations

e.g. S5-115 with TIM 11

SINAUT ST1 stations

SINAUT MICRO

SIMATIC TeleService

SINAUT MICRO is the cost-effective extension to the monitoring and control of simple telecontrol tasks. It consists of a GSMGPRS modem, OPC and connection management software optimized for GPRS and an S7-200 program block package. With this package, as many as 256 SIMATIC S7-200 stations can communicate easily and securely over GPRS mobile radio with the control center and with each other. They are constantly online.

The MPI interface on SIMATIC S7/C7, SIMATIC TDC, SIMOTION/SINUMERIK automation systems and OPs is lengthened over the telephone network. This requires nothing more than a TS adapter and a modem. The TeleService engineering tool establishes a connection with the machine or plant. The familiar functionality of STEP 7, Drive ES, SIMOTION SCOUT and the diagnostic tools are available throughout. This teleservice is handled as if a maintenance man were actually sitting at the machine or in the plant. An additional PC/PG is not required.

SINAUT MICRO is perfect wherever small amounts of data are to be transferred over wireless connections. The system is configured using STEP 7 Micro/WIN. Maintenance personnel can also access the secured control center and query or set current values from the S7-200 stations from home per Internet browser. SMS or fax fault messages sent directly by S7-200 remote stations and received over mobile radio telephone can be analyzed in the control center, making it possible to respond more quickly. The routing functionality of OPC server SINAUT MICRO SC also enables bidirectional communication between S7-200 stations interfaced via the SINAUT MD720-3 modem. Under WinCC, OPC server SINAUT MICRO can be combined with SINAUT ST7cc to create a cost-optimized central fault annunciation and telecontrol system which can grow according to need.

e.g. WinCC flexible, Win CC SINAUT MICRO SC OPC server and connection manager

Central control center S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD720-3

Internet

S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD720-3

GSM/GPRS provider

S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD720-3

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/23

KONNEX (KNX) for home and building system technology

Higher requirements with respect to flexibility and ease-of-use of the electronics installations, combined with the desire to minimize own costs, have resulted in the development of building system technology. The bus technology used for this purpose uses a common European concept. KNX is the universal bus system for the complete range of home and building system technology which was developed by the Konnex Association from the EIB (European installation bus)

KNX also includes radio and infrared transmission media in addition to twisted pair cables and Powerline. This opens up opportunities for retrofitting. Furthermore, it is also possible to integrate additional systems such networks of electrical appliances (home appliances etc.). In addition, services such as remote maintenance, remote data acquisition of consumer data and security services can be offered with KNX. System arguments Conventional electrical installations require a separate cable for each function and each control system requires a separate network.

EHS (European home systems) and BatiBUS based on the EIB. KNX products therefore ensure interoperability, product quality and functionality in the same way as EIB. All products are configured with a manufacturer-independent software tool. The functionality of each existing EIB system can be expanded with KNX. As the most successful and most established system on the market, EIB remains the central and unchanging system core of the KNX standard. The expansion of the system platform has cleared the way to offering and marketing efficient and economic new installations for non-residential buildings, residential constructions and modernizations.

In contrast to this, EIB permits all operational functions and procedures to be controlled, monitored and signaled over a shared cable. In this way, power can be supplied directly to the consumers without extra cabling. Apart from saving cables, this also has the following advantages: Installation in a building is much less complicated and can later be easily expanded and modified. If the systems are later used for different purposes or spaces are divided differently, the EIB can be adapted easily by simply reassigning (reconfiguring) the bus stations without having to lay new cables.

Controller Monitoring and control system

Field device for intrinsically safe area

Numeric Control

PC/PG

Coupler

PROFIBUS PA

PROFIBUS

Link Machine Vision Field devices

Motor manager

KNX Drives Sensors

1/24

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Network transitions

* Only one master can be optimally connected to an AS-I line.

S7-400 PC with PN OPC server

S7-300

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet

PC with SIMATIC WinAC (Proxy)

SINUMERIK S7-300 with PROFINET-CPU

SCALANCE W-780 Access Point

S7-400

S7-300 with PROFINET-CPU S7-200 IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

IE/PB Link PN IO (Proxy)

IE/PB Link S7-300

SIMATIC C7 PC

PG PROFIBUS SIMATIC C7 S7-200

WinAC

AS-Interface master * DP/AS-Interface Link 20E SIMOTION C

IWLAN/PB Link PN IO (Proxy)

DP/EIB Link

S7-300 DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

AS-Interface KNX/EIB

Network transitions from one bus system to another are implemented using links, PLCs or PCs. In the case of PLCs or PCs, this can take place via integrated interfaces and communications processors (CPs). Links pass on the data autonomously from one network to the other. The following links are available: IE/PB Link and IE/PB Link PN IO for the transition from Industrial Ethernet to PROFIBUS (also for fail-safe communication) IE/AS-i LINK PN IO for the transition from Industrial Ethernet to AS-Interface IWLAN/PB Link PB IO for the transition from IWLAN to PROFIBUS DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and DP/AS-Interface Link 20E for the transition from PROFIBUS to AS-Interface DP/EIB Link for the transition from PROFIBUS to KNX/EIB

In the case of PLCs such as e.g. SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300, S7-400, SINUMERIK or SIMOTION C, data is exchanged between the individual networks by means of communications processors or integrated interfaces. The data is linked by means of a PLC, and therefore passed on to the other network already preprocessed. PROFINET network transition with proxy functionality PROFIBUS segments can be connected to Industrial Ethernet via PROFINET proxies. This connection can be implemented using a solution with the SIMATIC WinAC PN optional package, SIMATIC S7-300/400-CPUs with DP and PN interface, IE/PB Link or via the IE/PB Link PN IO. For a wireless network transition, a SCALANCE W-700 access point with the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO can be used. This allows all PROFIBUS standard slaves to be used unchanged for PROFINET.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1/25

Data for practical applications

Bus system

AS-Interface

PROFIBUS DP

Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET

Update times £ 5 ms

9.6 Kbit/s – 12 Mbit/s adjustable

10/100 Mbit/s 1 Gbit/s (not for PROFINET)

Criteria Data rate

31.25 Kbit/s 1) Number of nodes max.

Size of Network • LAN (Local Area Network)

• WAN (Wide Area Network) Topology

62

125 125 DP/PA Links 1) 31 field devices pro 1) DP/PA Link

electrical up to 600 m: - With extension plug up to 200 m - With repeater or extender up to 300 m - With repeater and extension plug up to 600 m

Line

Tree

Star

– electrical up to 9.6 km – optical up to 90 km

Siemens IK PI · 2007

– electrical up to 5 km – optical up to 150 km

Ex: max 1.0 km 1) Non-Ex: 1.9 km 1)

– world-wide with TCP/IP – wireless with wireless LAN Line

1)

1/26

over 1000

Tree

Ring

with PROFIBUS PA

Star

Line

Tree

Ring

Star

PROFINET/ Industrial Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3

2/2 2/2 2/4 2/5 2/7 2/9 2/18

Introduction General information Data communication Communications overview Configuration examples Topologies Network selection criteria

2/20 2/20 2/23

PROFINET Introduction PROFINET-Products for Industrial Ethernet

2/25 2/25 2/26 2/27 2/29 2/32

Passive Network Components Summary of network components Overview of Twisted Pair Industrial Ethernet FastConnect IE FC RJ45 Plug IE connecting cable M12-180/M12-180 / M12 Plug PRO IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2 IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2 IE Hybrid Cable Energy Cables IE TP Cord IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Industrial Twisted Pair – Cables/connectors Overview of fiber-optic cables Glass fiber-optic cables POF- and PCF fiber-optic cables POF/PCF-LWL termination kit

2/33 2/38 2/41 2/43 2/46 2/51 2/56 2/62 2/65 2/66 2/74 2/78 2/80 2/81 2/81 2/83 2/86 2/92 2/100 2/109 2/119 2/124 2/131 2/131 2/141

Active Network Components Industrial Ethernet Switches Overview SCALANCE X005 Entry Level SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged SCALANCE X-200 managed SCALANCE X-200IRT managed SCALANCE X-400 modular Industrial Ethernet ELS Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM Industrial Ethernet media converters SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged media converter Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 and TP11-LD

2/144 2/144 2/145 2/149

Industrial Security Overview SCALANCE S SOFTNET Security Client

2/151 2/151 2/156 2/161 2/166 2/171

CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300 CPU 315-2 PN/DP CPU 317-2 PN/DP CPU 319-3 PN/DP CPU 315F-2 PN/DP CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

2/176 2/176

SIMATIC WinAC SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC

2/180 2/181 2/184 2/187 2/190 2/194 2/198 2/201

System interfacing for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK CP 243-1 CP 243-1 IT CP 343-1 Lean CP 343-1 CP 343-1 Advanced CP 443-1 CP 443-1 Advanced

2/205 2/207 2/208 2/209 2/212 2/215 2/219 2/221 2/223 2/225 2/229 2/232 2/234 2/236

System interfacing for PG/PC Performance data Connection options to SIMATIC PCs CP 1616 CP 1604 CP 1613 A2 S7-REDCONNECT SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET PN IO OPC-Server for Industrial Ethernet PN CBA OPC server SNMP OPC server SOFTNET for LINUX/UNIX SOFTBUS for LINUX/UNIX

2/238

System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI

2/246 2/246 Sec. 3 2/248

Accessories C-PLUG Power Supply PS791-1PRO SICLOCK time synchronization

2/252 2/252 2/255

ET 200S distributed I/Os IM 151-3 PN interface modules IM 154-4 PN interface modules

2/257 2/259 2/260

Motion Control System SIMOTION Communication Board CBE30 Communication Board MCI-PN

2/261 2/261 2/267 2/272

PROFINET technology components Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller ERTEC Development kits for ERTEC Development packages

2/273 2/273 2/277

Image Processing System SIMATIC VS120 SIMATIC VS130-2

2/282 Sec. 4 2/282 Sec. 3

Engineering Tools STEP 7 SIMATIC iMap SINEMA E Lean

2/285 2/287

SINAMICS S120 Drive System Communication Board CBE20

Sec. 3

Industrial Mobile Communication

Sec. 8

Network transitions

Siemens IK PI · 2007

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

General information

■ Overview • Area and cell network according to the international IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) standard designed for the industrial environment right down to the field level • Connection of automation components to each other and to PC and workstations as well as components for wireless communication for homogeneous and heterogeneous communication • PROFINET, the open standard for automation, is based on Industrial Ethernet and supports the connection of devices from the field level up to the management level • Comprehensive open network solutions can be implemented

• High transmission rate of up to 1 gigabit/s • Industrial Ethernet is the industry standard, well-proven worldwide with international acceptance • Connection to wireless LAN (WLAN) and industrial wireless LAN (IWLAN) according to IEEE 802.11 • The basis for IT in automation, such as Web function, e-mail function and IWLAN connections • A safety solution specially designed for industrial automation with the industrial security concept SCALANCE S

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet

PROFIBUS PA

Industrial Ethernet

PROFIBUS

KNX

AS-Interface

G_IK10_XX_50187

2

Industrial Ethernet in the communications landscape

■ Benefits

Ethernet presently has a market share of over 90% with a rising trend, thus placing it in pole position in the LAN landscape worldwide. Ethernet offers important characteristics that can give you significant advantages for your application. • Investment security through continuous compatible further development • Fast start-up thanks to the simplest connection method • High availability thanks to redundant network topologies • Continuous monitoring of network components through a simple and effective diagnostics concept • In Industrial Ethernet, plant-wide time synchronization is possible. This means that events can be arranged accurately in the order of occurrence throughout the plant.

2/2

Siemens IK PI · 2007

• High flexibility since existing networks can be extended without any adverse effects • Basis for system-wide networking (vertical integration) • Basis for PROFINET • Almost unlimited communications performance because scalable performance is available through switching technology if required • Networking of different application areas such the office and production areas • Company-wide communication due to interface options via WAN (Wide Area Network) and use of Internet services • With SCALANCE W, IWLAN (Industrial Wireless LAN) from Siemens offers the basis for problem-free connection of mobile stations with robust wireless communication • Networks and data are protected by the Siemens security concept with SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Security Client

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

General information

■ Technical specifications

■ More information

Standard

Ethernet to IEEE 802.3u, IWLAN to IEEE 802.11

Data transmission rate

10/100/1000 Mbit/s

Number of stations

unlimited

Network size • Switched network

unlimited (above 150 km, take into account signal propagation time )

Transmission medium • Electrical network

Industrial Twisted Pair and Twisted Pair cable

• Optical network

Fiber-optic cable (glass)

• Wireless network

Surrounding space

Topology

Line, tree, ring, star

Protocols

Protocol-independent

■ Ordering data

Order No.

Note: In many SIMATIC NET components with management function extensive parameterization and diagnostics functions are provided over open protocols and interfaces (e.g. Web Server, network management). These open interfaces provide access to those components, which can also be used for illicit activities. When using the above-mentioned functions and these open interfaces and protocols (such as SNMP, HTTP and Telnet), suitable security measures must be implemented that block unauthorized access to the components or the network especially from the WAN/Internet. For this reason, automation networks can be isolated from the remaining corporate network using appropriate routers (e.g. the well-proven firewall systems). The SCALANCE S products can be used to implement these routers. For further information, see Section "Industrial Security". It is important to note the boundary conditions for use of the specified SIMATIC Net products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1) which you can view inthe Internet:

Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version Network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines • German

6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0

• English

6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

SIMATIC NET manual collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

Additional information can be found in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info

1) Language versions and manuals can be found for the various products at:

Additional information can be found in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/3

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

Data communication

2

■ Overview Communication functions/services

Standard Communication

Data communication serves to exchange data between programmable controllers or between a programmable controller (controller and field devices) and intelligent partners (PCs, computers, etc.)

This comprises standardized protocols for data communication . • OPC (OLE for Process Control) is a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface and allows OPC-capable Windows applications to interface to S7 communication and S5-compatible communication (SEND/ RECEIVE). Internet communication can be implemented over the OPC XML DA interface. • ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport protocols ISO, TCP/IP and UDP are available as the transport protocols. • Information technology (IT) with Email and Web technology Integrates SIMATIC into the IT through Industrial Ethernet. In the office environment, Email and Web browsers are widely used communication techniques. Ethernet is used as the main communication route, in addition to telephone cables and the Internet. These communication media and paths are also available to SIMATIC as a result of the TCP/IP protocol. SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) can also be used for Email, HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol) for access using Web browsers and FTP communication for program-controlled data exchange with computers that have different operating systems installed. • FTP; The file transfer protocol (FTP) permits simple, universal coupling, e.g. PLCs can be connected to different computers or embedded systems.

The following communication functions are available for this purpose: PROFINET Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct communication of field devices with controllers as well as the solution of isochronous motion control applications. PROFINET also supports distributed automation with the help of component engineering. PG/OP communication Integral communication functions that are used by the SIMATIC programmable controllers to perform data communication with HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC PGs (STEP 7, STEP 5). PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet. S7 communication S7 communication is the integral communications function (SFB) that has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7/C7. It enables PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of useful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple, powerful communication services and provides a network independent software interface for all networks. Open Industrial Ethernet and S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) The open IE S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) is used by SIMATIC S7/C7 to communicate with existing systems, especially with SIMATIC S5 but also with PCs over PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet. FETCH and WRITE is also available over Industrial Ethernet to ensure that software created for SIMATIC S5 (automation systems, HMI systems) can continue to be used with SIMATIC S7 without any modifications.

PN PG/OP

2/4

Siemens IK PI · 2007

S7

S5

OPC

System connections For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are available that already have the communications functions implemented as firmware and that therefore relieve the data terminal of communications tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.).

ISO TCP/IP UDP

IT

FTP

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

Communications overview

■ Overview

2 TF

Receiver

with NTP

Time of day

Forward

FTP

CP 243-1 IT

CP 343-1 Lean

4)

CP 343-1

4)

CP 343-1 Advanced

4)

TIM 3 V-IE

SINUMERIK

TIM 3 V-IE Advanced 4)

CP 343-1 Advanced

4)

CP 443-1

1)

3) 3)

CP 443-1 Advanced

CP 1430 Basic CP 1430 Ext. CP 1430 TCP 1) 2) 3) 4)

ISO protocol only IT functionality included in IT-CP If CPU is the time-of-day master without client function

*) PG/OP communication

suitable

G_IK10_XX_10057

840D powerline

2)

CP 243-1

CP 343-1

SIMATIC S5

IT

Sender (Master)

Fetch/Write

SEND/RECEIVE

CBA

IO controller

H communication

SINAUT ST7

USEND URECV

BSEND BRECV

Put/Get Server

Put/Get Client

UDP

TCP

ISO

SIMATIC S7-200

PROFINET S5 comp. communic.

S7 communication

SIMATIC S7-400

SIMATIC S7-300/C7

PG/ OP*

Transport protocol

Hardware

Communications overview for SIMATIC, SINUMERIK and SINAUT

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/5

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

Communications overview

■ Overview (continued) IWLAN

Forward

Receiver

Sender

Fetch/Write

S5 comp. IT 4) FTP 4) Time of day communic.

SEND/RECV

IO device

IO controller

PROFINET

CBA

H communication

USEND URECV

BSEND BRECV

PG/ S7 communication OP 2)

Put/Get Server

OPC

Put/Get Client

UDP 4)

TCP

Win 2003 Server

Transport protocol

ISO

Operating system

LINUX

Software

Win 2000 Prof./ Server

Hardware

Win XP Professional

CP 1613 A2 S7-1613 S7-REDCONNECT

CP 1616 CP 1604

DK-16xx PN IO

6)

6)

6)

SOFTNET PN IO

SIMATIC SOFTNET-S7 PG/PC with integrated SOFTNET-S7 Lean interface 1) SOFTNET-PG PN CBA OPC-Server SOFTNET-S7

CP 7515

SOFTNET-S7 Lean SOFTNET-PG

Ethernet Cards 3)

SOFTNET-S7/ LINUX 1) 2) 3) 4)

Further information for more hardware can be found under www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info PG/OP communication supported by TLI/DLPI drivers The IT-, FTP- and UDP functionality results in association with the hardware/ the CPs and the Windows/Linux software of the PC 5) Software source of the card driver included; for Suse 9.3 6) via driver portability If you have questions to LINUX- / UNIX projects please contact I&S, e-mail: [email protected]

Communications overview for PG/PC

2/6

Siemens IK PI · 2007

suitable not suitable suitable under certain premisses

G_IK10_XX_10058

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

Configuration examples

■ Overview

2 PC with CP 1613 A2 with S7-1613 or SOFTNET-S7

Field PG with CP 7515

Cell phone

S7-400 with CP 443-1 Advanced

PC/PG with CP 1616 or CP 1613 A2

Industrial Ethernet S7-200 with CP 243-1 or CP 243-1 IT

S7-400 with CP 443-1 or CP 443-1 Advanced G_IK10_XX_10009

S7-300 with CP 343-1 Lean, CP 343-1 or CP 343-1 Advanced

S7 communication with TCP/IP for Industrial Ethernet

CP 1613 A2 CP 7515

PC/PG SOFTNET-S7 or S7-1613

Industrial Ethernet

S7-300 with CP 343-1 Lean, CP 343-1 or CP 343-1 Advanced

G_IK10_XX_10010

S7-400 with CP 443-1 or CP 443-1 Advanced

S5-115U to 155U with CP 1430

S5-compatible communication for Industrial Ethernet

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/7

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

Configuration examples

■ Overview (continued) S7-400 with CP 443-1 or CP 443-1 IT

Industrial Ethernet S7-400 with CP 443-1 or CP 443-1 IT

PG with CP 1613 A2 and STEP 7 V5

IE/PB Link or IE/PB Link PN IO

CP 443-5 Extended

ET 200S

ET 200X

S7-400 with CP 443-1 or CP 443-1 IT

CP 443-5 Basic

S7-300 with CP 343-5

S7-300 with CP 342-5 ET 200S

ET 200X

PG/OP communication with S7 routing for transparent access to e.g. configuration and diagnostics data

SIMATIC S7-400 with CP 443-1 Advanced Panel PC

SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 343-1

ET 200S

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet

Field PG

Installation of a small, local PROFINET network with an integrated switch in the CP 443-1 Advanced

2/8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

S7-400 with CP 443-5 Basic

G_IK10_XX_10011

PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS

G_IK10_XX_10070

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview Network performance and network technologies for Industrial Ethernet When combined, the current Industrial Ethernet technologies can boost performance on the network by a factor of 50 and more in comparison with the original 10 Mbit/s technology. These technologies are: • Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s: Messages are transported much faster than Ethernet (10 Mbit/s) and therefore only occupy the bus for an extremely short time. • Gigabit Ethernet with 1 Gbit/s: Gigabit Ethernet is faster than Fast Ethernet by a factor of 10, the bus is occupied for only one tenth of the time. • Full Duplex prevents collisions: The data throughput increases enormously because the usual message repetitions are avoided. Data can be sent and received simultaneously between two stations. The data throughput for a full duplex connection therefore rises to 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet and to 2 Gbit/s with Gigabit Ethernet.

• Switching supports parallel communication: When a network is subdivided into several segments using a switch, or individual stations are connected direct to a switch, this results in load separation. Data communication is possible in each individual segment independently of the other segments. In the overall network, several messages can therefore be en-route simultaneously. The increase in performance is therefore due to the sending of several messages simultaneously. • Autocrossover automatically crosses the send and receive cables on Twisted Pair interfaces. • Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes (data terminals and network components) that automatically detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or 1 Gbit/s) and support autonegotiation. • Autonegotiation is a configuration protocol on Fast Ethernet. Before initiating the actual data transmission, network devices automatically negotiate a transmission mode which is supported by any device (100 Mbps or 10 Mbps, full duplex or half duplex). • Gigabit cabling system The 8-core FastConnect cabling system of SIMATIC NET supports transmission rates of up to 1 Gbit/s.

Data processing capacity 2000 Mbit/s

1000 Mbit/s full duplex 1000 Mbit/s

1000 Mbit/s switched 200 Mbit/s

100 Mbit/s full duplex 100 Mbit/s

100 Mbit/s switched

40 Mbit/s *)

100 Mbit/s shared

20 Mbit/s

10 Mbit/s switched

10 Mbit/s

10 Mbit/s shared

4 Mbit/s *)

G_IK10_XX_10050

10 Mbit/s full duplex

*) Effective data processing capacity because of collisions

Throughput of the network/values for 5 network stations

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/9

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview (continued) Ethernet Switching

Full duplex

The Industrial Ethernet switch has the following functionality: • Depending on the number of available interfaces, switches are able to simultaneously interconnect several pairs of subnetworks or stations temporarily and dynamically, with each connection possessing the full data throughput. • By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC) address of the data terminal, the local data traffic remains local; only data to users of another subnetwork is forwarded by the switch. • More data terminals can be connected than in a classic Ethernet network. • Error propagation is limited to the subnetwork concerned.

Full duplex (FDX) is an operating mode in the network that, in contrast to half duplex, allows stations to send and receive data simultaneously. When FDX is used, collision detection is automatically deactivated in the participating stations.

The switching technology offers definite advantages: • Subnetworks and network segments can be created. • The data throughput is increased and with it the network performance as a result of structuring the data communication. • Easy rules for network configuration. • Network topologies with 50 switches and an overall extension of up to 150 km can be implemented without the need to take signal propagation times into account. • Unlimited extension of the network by connecting individual collision domains/subnetworks. • The signal propagation times must be considered at distances over 150 km. • Easy, reaction-free extension of existing networks.

Segment A

Segment B

For FDX, transmission media with separate send and receive channels must be used, e.g. FOC and TP, and the participating components must be able to store data packages. With an FDX connection collisions do not occur, so components that support FDX can send and receive simultaneously at the nominal transmission rate. The data throughput therefore increases to twice the nominal transmission rate of the network, to 20 Mbit/s with the classic Ethernet and 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet. With Gigabit Ethernet, up to 2000 Mbit/s are achieved. A further advantage of FDX is the increase in the network extension. By deactivating the collision principle, the distance between two components can be increased by the size of a collision domain or more. With full duplex, the maximum distance can extend as far as the performance limit of the send and receive components. This is especially the case in connection with fiber-optic cables. When 10/125 μm glass fiber-optic cables are used, distances of up to 26 km can be achieved.

Segment A

LAN

Segment C

Segment B

LAN

Segment D

Segment C

Segment D

Data traffic Switched LAN

Shared LAN

• Each individual segment possesses the full performance/data rate.

• All network nodes share the performance/data rate

• Simultaneous data traffic in several segments; several frames simultaneously • Filtering: local data traffic remains local; only selected data packets exceed segment limit

Increased performance through switching, full duplex

2/10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

• All data packets go through all segments. • Only one frame in the network at any given time. G_IK10_XX_10002

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview (continued)

2

Autosensing/Autonegotiation

High-speed redundancy with SIMATIC NET

Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes (data terminals and network components) that automatically detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s) and support autonegotiation.

Extremely fast reconfiguration of the network following an error is indispensable for industrial applications, because the connected data terminals will otherwise disconnect logical communication links. This would result in a process running out of control or emergency shutdown of the plant.

Autonegotiation is the configuration protocol for Twisted Pair. It enables the participating nodes to negotiate and agree the transmission rate before the first data packages are transferred: • 10 Mbit/s,100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s • Full duplex or half duplex Autonegotiation can also be deactivated if a specific transmission rate has to be set. The advantage with Autosensing lies in the problem-free interoperability of all Ethernet components. Classical Ethernet components that do not support Autosensing work problem-free with Fast Ethernet and new Gigabit Ethernet components that do support Autosensing. Autocrossover The Autocrossover function automatically crosses the send and receive cables on Twisted Pair interfaces. This means that crossed connecting lines (e.g. TP XP Cords) are no longer required.

To achieve the necessary fast response times, SIMATIC NET uses specially developed procedures for controlling redundancy. A network can then be reconfigured to form a functional network infrastructure in a fraction of a second. In an optical ring comprising 50 switches, the network will be reconfigured after an error (cable break or switch failure) in less than 0.3 seconds. The connected data terminals remain unaffected by the changes in the network and logical connections are not disconnected. Control over the process or application is assured at all times. In addition to implementing high-speed media redundancy in the ring, SIMATIC NET switches also offer the functions required for high-speed redundant coupling of rings or network segments. Network segments in any topology or rings can be coupled over two switches.

S7-400 Operator Station

PC

S7-400 S7-300

Industrial Ethernet

Switch SCALANCE X-400

PC

S7-400

Fiber Optic

S7-300

PC

SCALANCE X 204-2

PC S7-400

PC S7-300

G_IK10_XX_10093

S7-400

S7-400

Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/11

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview (continued) S7-400 Operator Station

PC

S7-400 S7-300

Industrial Ethernet

Switch SCALANCE X-400

PC

S7-400

Twisted Pair

S7-300

PC

Switch SCALANCE X208

PC S7-400

PC S7-400

S7-300

S7-400

Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the electrical ring

2/12

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_10101

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview (continued)

2 S7-400 Operator Station

S7-400 S7-300

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X202-2IRT

PC

S7-400 Switch SCALANCE X206-1

Switch SCALANCE X206-1

Industrial Ethernet

S7-300

Switch SCALANCE X208

IPC

PC S7-400 S7-400

Maximum cable length for 100 Mbit/s: electrical ring circuit: 100 m optical ring circuit (multimode): 3000 m

S7-300

G_IK10_XX_10113

IPC

S7-400

Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the mixed ring

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/13

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview (continued) S7-400

S7-300 S7-400 S7-300 SCALANCE X204IRT

Industrial Ethernet PC

S7-400

Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE X208

S7-300

SCALANCE X208 IPC

PC SCALANCE X101-1 or X101-1LD

S7-400

G_IK10_XX_10054

2

IPC

Electrical ring topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD

SCALANCE X-400

S7-300 with CP 343-1

SCALANCE X101-1 or X101-1 LD

Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet

Access Point SCALANCE W-788-1PRO

Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE X101-1 or X101-1 LD

SCALANCE X206-1

SCALANCE X101-1 or X101-1 LD

Field PG with CP 7515

ET 200S

ET 200S

ET 200S

ET 200S

ET 200S

G_IK10_XX_10056

Star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point

2/14

Siemens IK PI · 2007

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview (continued)

2

Redundancy with the Spanning Tree algorithm

Optical cabling with POF/PCF or glass fiber optic cable

The Spanning Tree algorithm is described in the IEEE 802.1d standard; it organizes any number of meshed Ethernet structures comprising bridges and switches.

Fiber optic cables are always recommended as an alternative to copper cables in environments subject to strong electromagnetic interference (EMI) if reliable equipotential bonding cannot be guaranteed, if the system is in the open air, or if no EMI is desired.

To prevent data packages circulating in the network, in the case of closed meshes different connections are switched to standby so that an open tree structure results from the meshed structure. The bridges/switches communicate for this purpose using the Spanning Tree protocol. This protocol is extremely complex because it has to handle any type of network structure. The organization of network structures with the Spanning Tree protocol can take from 30 to 60 seconds. During this period, productive communication for reliable visualization or process control in the network is not possible.

Glass fiber optic cables are used to establish optical network topologies covering long distances, while for shorter distances, plastic fiber optic cable made of light-conducting plastics like polymer optical fiber (POF), or plastic covered glass fibers such as polymer cladded fiber (PCF), are used. Simple fiber optic cabling for machine-level use is implemented with the new SC RJ connection system for polymer optical fiber and PCF. The SC RJ connectors can be assembled especially quickly and simply on-site. The plastic fiber optic cables designed for this purpose can be used universally or specifically in festoon cable systems.

In the time-optimized variant "Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning Tree“ according to IEEE 802.1, the time is shortened to a few seconds for up to 10 series-connected switches. For connecting to office networks, some SIMATIC NET switches support the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol.

For optical PROFINET networking, products with POF or PCF connection are used, e.g. the Industrial Ethernet Switch SCALANCE X200-4P IRT, ET 200S distributed I/O or the SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter.

Switched network Switched industrial networks can be configured electrically or optically with a linear, star or ring structure or, with SCALANCE X-200, mixed together. They are constructed with SCALANCE X switches or with OSM and ESM. Fiber-optic conductors or Twisted Pair cables are used as the transmission media between the switches. Data terminals or network segments are connected over twistedpair cables or polymer optical fiber (POF) . Switched networks can be of any size. The signal propagation times must be taken into account at distances over 150 km.

SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 243-1

Media-Converter SCALANCE X101-1POF

HMI

ET 200pro

POFLWL IE Standard Cable

POF-FO cable

POF-FO cable POF-FO cable

Industrial Ethernet

Switch SCALANCE X200-4P IRT

Switch SCALANCE X202-2P IRT

ET 200S with IM 151-3 PN FO

ET 200S with IM 151-3 PN FO G_IK10_XX_10176

PROFINET

ET 200S with IM 151-3 PN FO Mixed network with SCALANCE X202-2P IRT and SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/15

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview (continued) Operator Station (OS)

OS

Switch SCALANCE X414-3E

SIMATIC IT

SIMATIC Batch

OS

Engineering Station (ES)

Switch SCALANCE X414-3E

1 Gbit/s terminal bus

OS Server (redundant)

Switch SCALANCE X414-3E

11 Gbit/s Gbit/s plant plant bus bus

Switch SCALANCE X414-3E Switch SCALANCE X414-3E

Switch SCALANCE X414-3E

S7-300

S7-400H redundant contoller

Use of the SCALANCE X switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7

2/16

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ET 200M

Manufactoring cell

G_IK10_XX_10079

Switch SCALANCE X414-3E

PROFIBUS

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction Topologies

■ Overview (continued)

2

Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe For several years, safety engineering has been integrating into standard automation on the basis of SIMATIC S7 controllers, PROFIBUS and PROFIsafe. This range has been expanded by PROFINET-enabled components, thus providing a complete product range with failsafe controllers, failsafe I/O and a corresponding engineering environment.

PROFIsafe prevents errors such as address corruption, loss, delay, etc., when transmitting messages through continuous numbering of the PROFIsafe data, time monitoring, and authenticity monitoring using passwords or optimized cyclic redundancy check (CRC). Fail-safe communication is also supported via wireless LAN.

Internet HMI

Safety

Controller Fail-safe communication via PROFIsafe profile

Controller Security

Switch PROFINET Industrial Ethernet

PN-/PNCoupler ET 200pro

Distributed I/O

Proxy

HMI

Access Point Proxy

Machine Vision Motion Control Other fieldbuses

PROFIBUS SINAMICS G120 Distributed I/O G_IK10_XX_30118

Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/17

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

Network selection criteria

■ Overview Twisted-pair network

Fiber optic network

Wireless link

Flexibility of the network topology Suitability for high data rates

1)

1)

Networking between buildings EMC Simple cable laying

Range of cables for special applications

Cables for indoor area; trailing cable; marine cable; FastConnect cables

Cables for indoor and outdoor area; trailing cable; halogen-free cables

Effect of power failure

Failure of a subnet

Failure of a subnet

Effect of connection failure

Network breaks down into two subnets that function 3) in isolation 4)

2)

Network breaks down into two subnets that function in isolation

Failure of a subnet

2)

3) 5)

up to 150 km: over 150 km observe signal runtime

1000 m per segment

100 m

3000 m 50 m POF 100 m PCF multimode 26000 m singlemode

30 m indoor per segment 100 m outdoor per segment

100 m

3000 m multimode 50 m POF 100 m PCF 26000 m singlemode

100 m feeder cable to access point

Pre-assembled cables

yes

yes

On-site assembling

without special tool; FastConnect system

with special tool

with trained staff

Integrated diagnostics support

LEDs; signal contact; SNMP network management; Web-based management, PROFINET diagnosis

LEDs; signal contact; SNMP network management; Web-based management, PROFINET diagnosis

LEDs; SNMP network management; Web-based management

Redundant network structures

Electrical ring or doubling of the infrastructure (linear bus, star, tree)

Optical ring or doubling of the infrastructure (linear bus, star, tree)

multiple illumination

Max. length of the network Max. distance between two network nodes/Access Points

Max. length of connection cable

Well-suited suitable not suitable

Connection criteria

2/18

2)

Siemens IK PI · 2007

5000 m

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

Suitable for 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s Protection against subnet failure using redundant voltage supply no effect in ring structure depending on the network components used depending on the antenna used

G_IK10_XX_10013

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

Network selection criteria

■ Overview (continued)

2 Twisted Pair Networks

Fiber Optic Networks

Wireless Link

Star, linear bus, ring, tree

Star, linear bus, ring, tree

Wireless network

FastConnect cables ITP-Standard Cable TP Cord

FO Standard Cable FO Ground Cable FO Trailing Cable POF Standard Cable POF Trailing Cable PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable

Over FC RJ45 Plug and FastConnect cables ITP Standard Cable ITP XP Standard Cable TP Cord, TP XP Cord TP Converter Cord

FO Standard Cable FO Ground Cable FO Trailing Cable POF Standard Cable POF Trailing Cable PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable Terminal connection over OMC

Over RJ45 Plug and FastConnect cables ITP Standard Cable ITP XP Standard Cable TP Cord, TP XP Cord TP Converter Cord

Outlet RJ45 FC Stripping Tool FC RJ45 Plug FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 9-pin ITP Sub-D connector 15-pin ITP Sub-D connector

BFOC connectors further components on request SC connectors SC RJ connectors

Antennas (incl. RCoax Cable)

Not relevant since twisted-pair only used in the indoor area

Not applicable

Lightning protector

Transmission media

Device connection

Tools and accessories

Lightning converter

Manual for TP and fiber optic networks Documentation

Included in SCALANCE W scope of supply

G_IK10_XX_10014

Network topology

Network types and components

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/19

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET Introduction

■ Overview PROFINET – The open standard for automation

(PROFINET IO) distributed field devices PROFINET IO enables distributed field devices (IO devices such as signal modules) to be connected directly to Industrial Ethernet. During configuration with STEP 7, these field devices are assigned to a central controller (so-called IO-Controller). Existing modules or devices can continue to be used with PROFINET-compatible interfaces or links, which safeguards existing investments by PROFIBUS or AS-Interface users. A configuration with standard and failsafe modules in one station is also possible. An IO Supervisor serves HMI and diagnostics purposes – as on PROFIBUS – using hierarchical diagnostics dialogs (overview and detailed diagnostics). User data are transferred via real-time communication. Configuration and diagnostics are handled using TCP/IP or IT standards. The simple engineering for PROFINET, field-proven with PROFIBUS, was adopted here. From the viewpoint of programming with STEP 7 there is no difference between PROFIBUS and PROFINET when accessing an I/O device. Users can thus very easily configure field devices on Industrial Ethernet on the basis of the know-how acquired with PROFIBUS.

PROFINET is the innovative and open Industrial Ethernet standard (IEC 61158) for industrial automation. With PROFINET, devices can be linked up from the field level through to the management level. PROFINET enables system-wide communication, supports plant-wide engineering and uses the IT standards right down to the field level. Fieldbus systems such as PROFIBUS can be easily integrated without any modification of existing devices. PROFINET takes account of the following aspects: Real-time communication PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet and uses the standard TCP/IP (Transport Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) for parameterization, configuration and diagnosis. Real-time communication for the transmission of useful/process data is performed on the same line. PROFINET devices can support the following real-time properties: Real-time (RT) uses the option of prioritizing and optimizing the communication stacks of the stations. This makes high-performance data transmission possible with standard network components in the field of automation. Isochronous real-time (IRT) For especially demanding tasks, the hardware-supported real-time communication isochronous realtime (IRT) is available – for example, for motion control applications and high-performance applications in factory automation. The ERTEC (Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller) ASICs support both real-time properties This is the basic technology for integrated system solutions using PROFINET. In addition to being integrated into Siemens Products, the ERTEC technology is also made available to other manufacturers. The development of own devices is supported in the form of Development Kits and Competence Centers.

By retaining the device model of PROFIBUS, the same diagnostics information is available on PROFINET. As well as device diagnostics, module-specific and channel-specific data can also be read out from the devices, enabling simple and fast location of faults. Alongside the star, tree and ring topologies, PROFINET also consistently supports the line topology shaped by established fieldbuses. By integrating switch functionality into the devices, as on the S7-300 with CP 343-1, for example, or the SIMATIC ET 200S or ET 200pro distributed field devices, line topologies that are oriented around the machine or plant structure can be formed in the familiar way. This results in savings in cabling overhead and cuts down on components such as external switches. In addition to the products in degree of protection IP20, a complete portfolio is available for IP65, such as the ET 200pro field device or the SCALANCE X208PRO switch. Control IO controller

PG/PC Supervisor

Industrial Ethernet PROFINET ET 200S S7-300 with CP 343-1 Lean Field devices IO devices

IE/PB Link PN IO

IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

Machine Vision ET 200pro

PROFIBUS AS-Interface

PROFINET with distributed field devices

2/20

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_30103

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET Introduction

■ Overview (continued) Fieldbus integration PROFINET permits easy integration of existing fieldbus systems. This requires the use of a proxy, which is a master on the PROFIBUS or AS-Interface system on the one hand and a station on Industrial Ethernet on the other hand and which supports PROFINET communication. This protects the investments of plant operators, mechanical and plant engineers, and device manufacturers. Motion Control On the basis of PROFINET and using isochronous real-time (IRT) it is also possible to implement very fast, isochronous drive controls for high-performance motion control applications without any great expense. The standardized drive profile PROFIdrive enables vendor-independent communication between motion controllers and drives, regardless of whether the bus system is Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS. Isochronous real-time communication and standard IT communication can be used simultaneously on the same cable without adversely affecting each other.

Distributed intelligence and machine-machine communication (PROFINET CBA) PROFIBUS International has defined a standard for implementing modular plant structures: PROFINET CBA (Component Based Automation). Positive experiences have already been made with modularization for machine and plant construction: Frequently-required parts are ready-made and can be rapidly combined into an individual unit when an order is placed. With PROFINET CBA, modularization can be extended to the automation engineering of the plant with the help of software components. Software components are understood to be encapsulated, reusable software functions. These can be individual technological functions such as closed-loop controllers, or user programs for entire machines. Like blocks, they can be flexibly combined and easily re-used – regardless of their internal programming. Communication between the software components is carried out exclusively via the component interfaces. On the outside, only those variables are accessible on these interfaces which are required for interaction with other components. Software components are created with STEP 7 or other vendorspecific tools. SIMATIC iMap is used for plant-wide configuring of the overall plant using graphical interconnection of the components. The degree of modularization does not determine the number of programmable controllers required. Allocation to one central programmable controller or several distributed controllers allows optimal utilization of the automation hardware.

STEP 7: Configure devices, generate user program

STEP 7: Generate PROFINET components

Machine 1 ON START STOP

STARTING READY CLEANING HELD LIFESTATE

Machine 2

LAD

ON START STOP

STARTING READY FILLING HELD STATUS LIFESTATE

SIMATIC iMap: Graphically linked components Machine 2

Machine 1 ON START STOP

STARTING READY CLEANING HELD LIFESTATE

ON START STOP

STARTING READY FILLING HELD STATUS LIFESTATE

Machine 3 ON START STOP

Machine 3 ON START STOP

STARTING READY LABELING LIFESTATE

STARTING READY LABELING LIFESTATE G_IK10_XX_30102

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/21

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET Introduction

2

■ Overview (continued) Network installation

IT standards & security

PROFINET enables the network to be installed without any specialist knowledge. The open standard based on Industrial Ethernet meets all the requirements relevant to the industrial sector. PROFINET permits the simple construction of the usual network topologies such as star, tree, line and ring for greater reliability and using industry-standard cabling.

In the context of Web integration, the data of PROFINET components is presented in HTML or XML format. Regardless of the tool used, information of the automation level can be accessed from any point with a commercially available Internet browser, thus significantly simplifying startup and diagnostics. PROFINET defines a graded security concept that can be used without specialist knowledge and that largely rules out operator errors, unauthorized access and manipulation, without hindering the production process. For this, the SCALANCE S product range is available with software or hardware modules.

The "PROFINET Installation Guide" provides network installation support for manufacturers and users. Symmetrical copper cable or EMI-resistant fiber optic cable is used depending on the application. Devices from different manufacturers are easily connected via standardized and rugged plug connectors (to IP65/IP67). For address assignment and network diagnostics, PROFINET uses the IT standards DCP (Discovery Configuration Protocol) and SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol). PROFINET offers new functions and applications for wireless communication with Industrial Wireless LAN. This enables technologies subject to wear, such as contact wires, to be replaced and permits driverless transport systems or personalized operating or maintenance devices to be used. Industrial WLAN is standard-based but also offers additional functions that permit the high-performance connection of field devices to controllers: • "Data reservation" is used for reserving the bandwidth between an access point and a defined client. This ensures high, reliable performance for this client, regardless of the number of clients operated at the access point. • "Rapid Roaming" for the fast handover of mobile stations between different access points. These expansions to the standard enable high-performance wireless applications with PROFINET and SCALANCE W right down to the field level.

2/22

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Safety The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used with PROFINET. Standard switches, proxys and links can also be used for failsafe communication. In addition, failsafe communication is possible via Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN). PROFINET thus permits the implementation of standard and failsafe applications with integrated configuration throughout the network – not only when designing new plants, but also when upgrading existing ones. Process PROFINET is the standard for all applications in automation. By means of the PROFIBUS integration, it also includes the process industry – including hazardous areas.

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

PROFINET-Products for Industrial Ethernet

■ Overview

2

PROFINET CBA Controllers CPU 315-2 PN/DP CPU 315F-2 PN/DP CPU 317-2 PN/DP CPU 317F-2 PN/DP CPU 319-3 PN/DP CPUs within a CBA component that allow data to be exchanged with other components over PROFINET and, with the proxy, over PROFIBUS. WinAC Basis with PN option Software PLC, based on WinAC Basis. WinAC PN also acts as a proxy for PROFIBUS devices.

System connection for PG/PC PN CBA OPC Server Enables direct access to variables in PROFINET CBA components over the OPC interface. Routers IE/PB Link CBA proxy for integration of existing PROFIBUS devices into a CBA application. The IE/PB Link offers additional S7-and data set routing Engineering Tools

System connections for SIMATIC S7 and SINUMERIK CP 343-1 Communications processor for integrating an existing S7-300 or SINUMERIK 840D powerline into a CBA application.

SIMATIC iMap Multi-vendor software for graphic configuring of communication between components.

CP 343-1 Advanced CP 443-1 Advanced Communications processors with integral switch (CP 443-1 Advanced only) for integrating a SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400 or SINUMERIK 840D powerline (CP 343-1 Advanced only) into a CBA application.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/23

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

PROFINET-Products for Industrial Ethernet

2

■ Overview (continued) PROFINET IO Controllers

Motion Control & Drives

CPU 315-2 PN/DP CPU 315F-2 PN/DP CPU 317-2 PN/DP CPU 317F-2 PN/DP CPU 319-3 PN/DP CPU as IO-Controller for processing the process signals and for directly connecting field devices to Industrial Ethernet. System connections for SIMATIC S7 and SINUMERIK CP 343-1 Communications processor for connection of the S7-300 or a SINUMERIK 840D powerline to Industrial Ethernet. Field devices are connected as IO-Devices via S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet using this. CP 343-1 Advanced CP 443-1 Advanced Communications processors with integral switch (CP 443-1 Advanced only) as IO controller for system connection of field devices to SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400 or a SINUMERIK 840D powerline (CP 343-1 Advanced only). System connection for PG/PC

CBE 20, CBE 30 CBE 20 or CBE 30 are the PROFINET boards for connecting SINAMICS S120 or SIMOTION D to PROFINET. MCI-PN SIMOTION P, the PC-based version of SIMOTION, is linked to PROFINET with MCI-PN. Engineering Tools STEP 7 or SIMOTION SCOUT For project design in the tried and tested PROFIBUS manner. SINEMA E for planning, simulating and configuring industrial WLAN applications in accordance with the 802.11 a/b/g standard. Technology components ERTEC 400 Ethernet controller with integral 4-port switch, ARM 946 RISC and PCI interface, data processing for Real-Time (RT) and Isochronous Real-Time (IRT) on PROFINET.

CP 1616 PCI module for connecting PGs/PCs to Industrial Ethernet with ASIC ERTEC 400 and integral 4-port real-time switch Use both as IO controller and as IO device.

ERTEC 200 Ethernet controller with integral 2-port switch, ARM 946 RISC, data processing for Real-Time (RT) and Isochronous Real-Time (IRT) on PROFINET.

CP 1604 PC/104-Plus module for connecting PC/104-Plus systems and SIMATIC Microbox with PC/104-Plus connection to Industrial Ethernet with ASIC ERTEC 400 and integral 4-port real-time switch Use both as IO controller and as IO device.

DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO development kit DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO development kit The Development Kits support the development of proprietary PROFINET IO devices.

DK-16xx PN IO development kit Software Development Kit for CP 1616 and CP 1604 with LINUX driver as source code for porting to PC-based operating systems. SOFTNET PN IO Communications software for operation of a PC/workstation as IO-Controller. Routers IWLAN/PB Link PN IO PROFINET proxy for transparent interfacing of existing PROFIBUS devices to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet Wireless LAN (IWLAN). IE/PB Link PN IO PROFINET proxy for transparent interfacing of existing PROFIBUS devices to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet. IE/AS-i LINK PN IO PROFINET proxy for transparent interfacing of existing AS-Interface slaves to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet. Distributed I/Os IM 151-3 PN Interface modules for direct coupling of the ET 200S as IO device, with integral 2-port switch for line configuration (also via fiber optic cable). IM 154-4 PN Interface module for direct connection of the ET 200pro as IO device, with integral switch for line configuration in high degree of protection (IP65/IP67).

2/24

Siemens IK PI · 2007

PROFINET IO Development Kit Development package based on standard Ethernet processor for developing proprietary PROFINET IO devices. Image processing systems VS120 Vision Sensor as IO device for inspection of objects. VS130-2 Vision sensor as I/O device for reading 2D codes. Network components SCALANCE X-200IRT managed SCALANCE X-200 managed SCALANCE X204-2 SCALANCE X202-2IRT SCALANCE X204-2LD SCALANCE X204IRT SCALANCE X206-1 SCALANCE X200-4P IRT SCALANCE X206-1LD SCALANCE X201-3P IRT SCALANCE X208 SCALANCE X202-2P IRT SCALANCE X208PRO Industrial Ethernet switches for establishing different network structures, from machine-level applications right up to networked plant sections with strict real-time requirements.

IE devices with SC RJ connection

G_IK10_XX_10007

o p t i c a l

e

l

e

c

t

r

i

c a

l

IE TP Cord 2x2

IE TP Cord 4x2 ITP cables ITP connecting cables Hybrid cables Energy cables Fiber-optic (FO) cables 50/125 µm Fiber-optic cables 62,5/125 µm PCF FO cables 200/230 µm

IE TP Cord 9/RJ45 IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45 IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45 IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45 IE TP Cord RJ45/15 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15 IE TP XP Cord 9/9 IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 ITP Standard Cable ITP FRNC Cable ITP Standard Cable 9/15 ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9 ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15 ITP FRNC Cable 9/15 Hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0,34 Energy Cable 2 x 0,75 FO Standard Cable GP FO Trailing Cable FO Trailing Cable GP FO Ground Cable Fiber Optic Standard Cable INDOOR Fiber Optic Indoor Cable Flexible Fiber Optic Trailing Cable SIENOPYR Marine Duplex Fiber Optic Cable PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Prefabricated fiber-optic cables with SC RJ connector

POF Standard Cable GP POF Trailing Cable

Prefabricated fiber-optic cables with SC connector

Fiber-optic cables with BFOC connector Fiber-optic cables with SC connector POF FO cables 980/1000 µm Fiber-optic cables with SC RJ connector

IE FC Cable 2x2

IE FC Standard Cable GP 2x2 IE FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2 IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2 IE FC Torsion Cable GP 2x2 IE FC Trailing Cable 2x2 IE FC Marine Cable 2x2

Prefabricated fiber-optic cables with BFOC connector

IE FC Cable 4x2

IE FC Standard Cable GP 4x2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet Passive Network Components Summary of network components

■ Overview Industrial Ethernet (IE)

2

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

IE FC Outlet RJ45

IE FC RJ45 Plug 90/145/180

M12A coded power connector B coded

IP67 hybrid connector

ITP connector 9-pin/ 15-pin

IE devices with Sub-D connection

Devices with RJ45 connection

BFOC connector

IE devices with BFOC connection

SC connector

IE devices with SC connection

SC RJ connector

2/25

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Passive Network Components Overview of Twisted Pair

■ Overview

■ Application

Structured cabling • Structured cabling to ISO IEC 118011/EN 50173 describes the non-application-specific, tree-like cabling of building complexes for IT purposes. A site is subdivided into the following areas: - primary area (connecting the buildings of a site) - secondary area (connecting the floors of a building) - tertiary area (IT connection of data terminals on a floor) The structured cabling that can be achieved with the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect System corresponds to the structure of the tertiary cabling in accordance with EN 50173 for Ethernet. FastConnect Twisted Pair (FC) • For structured cabling in the production hall, the FastConnect Twisted Pair cabling system is ideal. With the fast installation system for Industrial Ethernet, structured cabling from the office environment not only becomes industry compatible for installation in the production hall. • FastConnect cables can also be assembled extremely quickly and easily on site. The RJ45 cabling technique, an existing standard, is also available in an industry-standard version that supports structured cabling (patch cables, patch field, installation cables, connection socket, connecting cable). • With the IE FC RJ45 Plug and FastConnect cables as an alternative to structured cabling, up to 100 m cable length can be achieved for a point-to-point link (requires less patch technology). ITP (Sub-D connection method) • For direct connection between stations and network components, the ITP Standard Cable is offered preassembled with Sub-D plugs as a rugged connection system. This allows cable lengths of up to 100 m to be achieved without the need for patches.

■ Benefits • Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry • Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of the outer sheath and braided shield in one step • Easy connection technique (insulation-piercing contacts) for 4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet FC Twisted Pair installation cables • Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC stripping tool • Reliable shield contacting and strain relief

IE FC TP Cable 2x2

10/100 Mbit/s

10/100/1000 Mbit/s

■

–

IE FC TP Cable 4x2

–

■

IE FC RJ45 Plug

■

–

IE FC Outlet RJ45

■

–

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

–

■

IE TP Cord

■ 1)

■ 2)

1) All TP Cord types with a Sub D interface 2) IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 and IE TP Cord XP

Approvals UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building. OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general purpose cable).

■ Design The FastConnect system comprises: • Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables specially designed for fast connection (UL and CAT5 PLUS certified) as FC Standard, FC Flexible, FC Trailing, FC Torsion and FC Marine Cable. • Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one step • The prepared cable is connected in the FastConnect products using the insulation displacement method.

■ Integration Active distributor, e.g. SCALANCE X-400

Terminal device, e.g. S7-300

Patch cable, e.g. IE TP Cord

Connection cable, e.g. IE TP Cord Installation cable, e. g. FC TP Standard Cable 4 x 2

A+B < 10 m A+B+C < 100 m

Connection socket, e.g. IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

Structured cabling to EN 50173

2/26

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Connection socket, e.g. IE FC Outlet RJ45 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

G_IK10_XX_10061

2

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Passive Network Components Industrial Ethernet FastConnect

■ Overview

■ Benefits

2

• Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry in accordance with the innovative Industrial Ethernet standard PROFINET (PROFINET Installation Guide 1)) • Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of the outer sheath and braided shield in one step • Easy connection technique (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet FC Twisted Pair installation cables • Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC stripping tool • Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover • Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing) • Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the transparent contact cover • RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard 1) Available as a download under www.profinet.com

• With the FastConnect (FC) system for Industrial Ethernet, structured cabling from the office environment becomes industry-compatible for installation in the production hall. • Time-saving, error-free installation on-site • RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard • The ideal solution for installation of RJ45 connectors in the field area with 4-core (2 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables • The ideal solution for installation of IE FC RJ45 modular outlets to 8-core (4 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables • Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated • Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the transparent contact cover • Integrated system of FC plug-in connectors and an extensive FC cable spectrum with appropriate UL approvals

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/27

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Passive Network Components Industrial Ethernet FastConnect

2

■ Application Industrial Ethernet FastConnect is a fast connection technique for easy assembly of 4-core and 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC cables.

After stripping the IE FC cable, it can be directly mounted either in the IE FC RJ45 Plug (4-core), the IE FC Outlet RJ45 (4-core) or the IE RJ45 Modular Outlet (8-core).

Measure the length of cable to be stripped by resting the cable on the measuring template. The end stop is formed by the index finger of the left hand.

Insert the measured cable end in the tool. The end stop for the insertion depth is formed by the index finger of the left hand.

Fasten the end of the cable in the stripping tool up to the end stop.

To strip the cable, rotate the stripping tool several times in the direction of the arrow.

Remove the stripping tool still closed from the end of the cable.

Remove the protective film from the cores. G_IK10_XX_10021

■ Design

■ Function

The complete system: • Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables designed for fast assembly; 4-core (2x2) Cat5e; 8-core (4 x 2) Cat6 certified, with appropriate UL approval, as: - IE FC TP Standard Cable GP - IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP - IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP - IE FC TP Trailing Cable - IE TP Torsion Cable - IE FC TP Marine Cable • User-friendly stripping technique with FC Stripping Tool • FC RJ45 Plug immune to interference (10/100 Mbit/s). The rugged metal casing makes it an ideal solution for installing RJ45 plug-in connectors to 4-core IE FC cables at the field level. • The prepared cable is connected in the Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; 4-core) or IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; 8-core) using insulation displacement

2/28

Siemens IK PI · 2007

The FastConnect stripping technique supports fast and easy connection of the Industrial Ethernet FC cables • IE FC RJ45 Plug (10/100 Mbit/s) • IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) • IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) The data terminals and network components are connected at the outlets over TP Cords. The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables are specially designed for use of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool, with which the outer casing and the woven shield can be stripped accurately in one step. The prepared cable is then connected using insulation displacement. Approvals UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building. OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general purpose cable).

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Passive Network Components IE FC RJ45 Plug

■ Overview

■ Benefits

2

• Ideal solution for installing RJ45 plug-in connectors in the field level • Time-saving, error-free installation using the FastConnect system • RJ45 plug-in connector is resistant to interference thanks to the rugged metal housing • Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated • Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the transparent contact cover • A compatible system of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect plugin connectors and a comprehensive range of FastConnect cables with the appropriate UL approvals and PROFINET compatibility

S7-300

S7-200

■ Application The compact and rugged design of the plug-in connectors allow the FC RJ45 Plugs to be used in the industrial environment and in equipment from the office environment. Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 Plugs support quick and easy installation of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect installation cables 2 x 2 (4-core Twisted Pair cables) in the field. The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool for preparing the cable end (stripping the cable sleeve and shield in one action) supports easy handling and fast, error-free contacting of the cable at the plug-in connector. Installation is also possible under difficult working conditions because the plug-in connector does not have any small parts that can be lost. The new plug-in connectors enable point-to-point links to be implemented (100 Mbit/s) for Industrial Ethernet between two data terminals/network components up to 100 m without the need for patches.

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

S7-400 PC

NC

IE FC TP Cable 2x2

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 (Type A) IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2x2 (Type B) IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2x2 (Type C) IE TP Torsion Cable 2x2 (Type C) IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2x2 (Type C) IE FC TP Marine Cable 2x2 (Type B)

S7-300

S7-200

S7-400 PC

NC

Prerequisite: autocrossing

G_IK10_XX_10034

Implementation of direct device connections over distances of up to 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC installation cable 2 x 2 without patching • Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core Twisted Pair installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the need for special tools • Error-preventing connection technique thanks to visible connection area as well as colored blade terminals • Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily lost small parts) • Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing) • Integrated strain-relief for installation cables • Compatible to the EN 50173 (RJ45) / ISO IEC 11801 standard • Additional strain and bending relief of plug connector possible through latching of plug on device housing, e.g. with SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S, ET 200S.

Use of FastConnect cables with IE FC RJ45 Plug

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2/29

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Passive Network Components IE FC RJ45 Plug

2

■ Design Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plugs are available in three designs: With 180° (straight) cable outlet

With 90° (angled) cable outlet (SIMOTION and SINAMICS only)

They are used for optimized connection of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables to data terminals and network components. The plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing that provides optimum protection against faults in data communication. The 4 integrated insulation displacement contacts make contacting of the FC cable variants easy and prevent mistakes.

With 145° (angled) cable outlet (for ET 200S)

After the stripped cable end has been inserted in the blade terminal (which has been hinged open), it is pressed down for reliable contacting of the conductors. Thanks to their compactness, the plug-in connectors (IE FC Plug 180°) can be used on devices with individual sockets and on devices with multiple sockets (blocks).

Data terminals with an additional bracket on the housing provide additional tension and bending relief for the plug-in cable.

■ Function The IE FC RJ45 Plugs are used to install uncrossed 100 Mbit/s Ethernet connections up to 100 m without the use of patches. Crossed cables can also be installed by swapping the transmit and receive pair in a plug.

2/30

Siemens IK PI · 2007

When the housing is open, color markings on the contact cover make it easier to connect the cores to the blade terminals. The user can check that contact has been made correctly through the transparent plastic material of the contact cover.

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Passive Network Components IE FC RJ45 Plug

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data (continued)

Interfaces • Connection of Industrial Ethernet FC cables • Connection of Industrial Ethernet RJ45 devices

4 x integrated insulation displacement contacts 1 x RJ45 Plug

Transfer rate

100 Mbit/s; Cat5e

Network expansion parameter • TP cable length

0 - 100 m; IE FC cables (depending on cable type)

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature -20 °C ... +70 °C • Transport/storage temperature -40 °C ... +80 °C • Relative humidity during operation 6 kOhms

Clear to send • at 1200 bit/s

after 7 ms

• at 2400 bit/s

after 4 ms

• at 9600 and 19200 bit/s

after 0.5 ms

Minimum/maximum scanning frequency • at 1200 bit/s

1300 Hz/2100 Hz

• at 2400 bit/s

2400 Hz/3300 Hz

• at 9600 and 19200 bit/s

20800 Hz/33600 Hz

Floating opto-relay output • Max. supply voltage

60 V AC/DC

• Max. perm. continuous current

400 mA

• Max. Ron

3 ohms

Impulse strength U1.2/50 acc. to DIN VDE 0804 between power supply circuit and • FSK long-distance circuits

2.5 kV

• Opto-relay output

2.5 kV

Compatible with SINAUT modems • MD100

at 1200 bit/s

• MD124

at 1200, 2400 and 19200 bit/s

Certification

EU approval CE 0682 X

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 32 with dedicated-line modem

■ Ordering data TIM 32 communications module With integrated MD2 modem for connection to private dedicated lines, leased telephone lines and modem-compatible radio units; incl. WAN connecting cable 6NH7 700-2AR60 (RJ12/RJ12) for connecting the built-in MD2 modem with an LTOP overvoltage protection module SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

Order No. 6NH7 800-3AA20

Order No. SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

Line transformer with overvoltage protection

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

• LTOP1 for 2-wire terminal

6NH9 821-0BC11

• LTOP2 for 4-wire terminal, 2 x 2-wire terminal or 2-wire tapping point

6NH9 821-0BC12

Accessories RJ12/RJ12 connecting cable (replacement)

6NH7 700-2AR60

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/21

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 33 with telephone modem

■ Overview

■ Application The TIM 33 enables a SIMATIC S7-300 or C7 complete unit to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via the analog telephone network. With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the CPU by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages process data communication with the configured partners completely independently in "master", "station" or "node station" mode. In order to reduce connection costs, in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according to priority (high or normal): If higher-priority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is established with the partner for any reason for example, if higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in order to exchange data.

• TIM 3 module with built-in MD3 telephone modem • Compact unit containing all you need to connect an S7-300 CPU or a C7 complete unit to an analog telephone network • Communication is possible with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners. Note: The TIM 33 cannot be used in conjunction with a CPU 317, CPU 318, CUP 319 or with the CPU 315-2 PN/DP. These CPUs require a TIM 4 connected via MP or a TIM 3V-IE, TIM 3V-IE Advanced.

■ Benefits

7 • Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to combining the TIM transmission processor and MD3 modem into a single compact unit. • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library. • Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10,000) incl. time stamp on TIM in order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed. • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PG routing) in parallel with data transmission via the installed telephone connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication

7/22

Siemens IK PI · 2007

When in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM is able to store process data that must not be lost in the event of a communication fault or if one of the partners fails, along with its time stamp, until the partner returns to online mode. Important events, alarms, etc. are therefore not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured.

■ Design The TIM 33 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in modem to the telephone outlet. • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K indicators (the TIM BUS and DCF77 LEDs are unassigned on the TIM 33). • Easy to mount; the TIM 33 is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. There are no slot rules. • In combination with IM 360/361, the TIM 33 can also be used in an expansion rack (ER). This enables the TIM to be combined with a C7 complete unit. • The TIM 33 can operate without fans. A backup battery or memory module is not required.

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 33 with telephone modem

■ Function The TIM 33 can operate in "station", "node station" and "controller" mode. The TIM 33 manages data traffic via the analog telephone network independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner fails. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and the telephone numbers for the partners are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM. The SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transferred, checks it for changes and then forwards it to the TIM for transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID for optimized transmission via the dial-up network. The TIM stores the data to be transferred in its RAM buffer. The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data is determined by the TIM function selected: • For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with "high" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the partner addressed in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is always in accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of priority. • In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to transfer data. Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block.

PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN to be remotely programmed. • S7 routing; with S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol supports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely. Diagnostics The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, including: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic Configuring The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required for configuring the TIM 33. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program required in the CPU. Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package. The SDBs generated for the TIM 33 during configuration are uploaded to the TIM module via the MPI interface on the CPU. This upload can be performed either from the SIMATIC Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics & service tool.

Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. Transmission always takes place in "spontaneous" operating mode.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/23

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 33 with telephone modem

■ Technical specifications Interfaces

Transmission protocols

• Connection to telephone network

RJ12

• Connection to supply voltage

4-pin terminal block

Power supply

24 V DC

Current consumption • From backplane bus

60 mA

• from 24 V DC

400 mA

Power loss

9.9 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

0 °C ... +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C ... +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95 % at +25 °C

Construction Compact module S7-300, double width

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

80 x 125 x 120

• Weight

approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Configuring • Software for PG • Software for CPU

SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

TIM can be operated in mode • Station

Yes

• Node station

Yes

• Master

Yes

Number of TIM 33s per S7-300 CPU

More than one; number depends on the connection resources of the S7 CPU

Local communication in the rack of an S7-300 • Via backplane bus with local S7-300 CPU

Operating mode • SINAUT ST7 protocol

spontaneous

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

spontaneous

Asynchronous character format • SINAUT ST7 protocol

10 or 11 bit

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

10 or 11 bit

Hamming distance d

4

MD3 built-in modem Transmission path

Analog dial-up telephone network

Yes

• Via MPI port of local S7-300 CPU 2) with further CPUs and/or PCs

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)

User memory required in S7 CPU

Minimum 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636. 2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP

Siemens IK PI · 2007

• V.22

1200 bit/s, duplex

• V.22 up to

2400 bit/s, duplex

• V.32 up to

4800 bit/s, duplex

• V.32 up to

9600 bit/s, duplex

• V.32 up to

14400 bit/s, duplex

• V.34 up to

19200 bit/s, duplex

• V.34 up to

33600 bit/s, duplex

Telephone charge pulse filter can be set to:

12 kHz 16 kHz

Dial-up procedure

Voice frequency dialing Pulse dialing

Loop current component

Available; can be connected and disconnected

Loudspeaker

Available; can be connected and disconnected

Line matching

600 ohms Zr (frequency-dependent)

Certification

Europe U.S.A. Canada

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1)

• Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

7/24

SINAUT ST7 SINAUT ST1

Available ITU transmission standards

• Module format

7

Available protocols

Compatible with SINAUT modems • MD125 - V.22 - V.22 up to

1200 bit/s, duplex 2400 bit/s, duplex

• MDM2425B DX - V.22

2400 bit/s, duplex

• MD3 (HW version < 4) - V.22 - V.22 up to - V.32 up to - V.32 up to - V.32 up to

1200 bit/s, duplex 2400 bit/s, duplex 4800 bit/s, duplex 9600 bit/s, duplex 14400 bit/s, duplex

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 33 with telephone modem

■ Ordering data

Order No.

TIM 33 communications module With built-in MD3 modem for connection to the analog telephone network; incl. WAN connecting cable 6NH7700-2BR60 (RJ12 -RJ12/ TAE6) with snap-on TAE6N connector for connecting the built-in MD3 modem to a telephone outlet (TAE6N or RJ12)

6NH7 800-3AA30

SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

Order No. SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

Accessories RJ12/RJ12 connecting cable (replacement) with snap-on TAE6N connector

6NH7 700-3BR60

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/25

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 34 with ISDN modem

■ Overview

■ Application The TIM 34 enables a SIMATIC S7-300 or C7 complete unit to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via the digital ISDN network. With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the CPU by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages process data communication with the configured partners completely independently in "master", "station" or "node station" mode. In order to reduce connection costs, in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according to priority (high or normal): If higher-priority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is established with the partner for any reason, (for example, if higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in order to exchange data).

• TIM 3 module with built-in MD4 ISDN modem • Compact unit containing all you need to connect an S7-300 CPU or a C7 complete unit to the digital ISDN network • Communication is possible with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners. Note: The TIM 34 cannot be used in conjunction with a CPU 317, CPU 318, CUP 319 or with the CPU 315-2 PN/DP. These CPUs require a TIM 4 connected via MP or a TIM 3V-IE, TIM 3V-IE Advanced.

■ Benefits

7 • Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to combining the TIM transmission processor and MD4 modem into a single compact unit. • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library. • Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10,000) incl. time stamp on TIM in order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed. • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing) in parallel with data transmission via the installed ISDN connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication

7/26

Siemens IK PI · 2007

When in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM is able to store process data that must not be lost in the event of a communication fault or if one of the partners fails, along with its time stamp, until the partner returns to online mode. Important events, alarms, etc. are therefore not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured.

■ Design The TIM 34 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in modem to the ISDN S0 outlet. • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K indicators (the TIM BUS and DCF77 LEDs are unassigned on the TIM 34). • Easy to mount; the TIM 34 is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. There are no slot rules. • In combination with IM 360/361, the TIM 34 can also be used in an expansion rack (ER). This enables the TIM to be combined with a C7 complete unit. • The TIM 34 can operate without fans. A backup battery or memory module are not required.

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 34 with ISDN modem

■ Function The TIM 34 can operate in "station", "node station" and "master" mode. The TIM 34 manages data traffic via the digital ISDN telephone network independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner fails. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and the telephone numbers for the partners are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM. The SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transferred, checks it for changes and then forwards it to the TIM for transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID for optimized transmission via the dial-up network. The TIM stores the data to be transferred in its RAM buffer. The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data is determined by the TIM function selected: • For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with "high" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is always in accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of priority. • In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to transfer data. Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block.

PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN to be remotely programmed. • S7 routing With S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol supports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely. Diagnostics The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, including: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic Configuring The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required for configuring the TIM 34. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program required in the CPU. Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package. The SDBs generated for the TIM 34 during configuration are uploaded to the TIM module via the MPI interface on the CPU. This upload can be performed either from the SIMATIC Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics & service tool.

Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. Transmission always takes place in "spontaneous" operating mode.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/27

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 34 with ISDN modem

■ Technical specifications Interfaces

Transmission protocols

• Connection to ISDN network

RJ12

• Connection to supply voltage

4-pin terminal block

Power supply

24 V DC

Current consumption • From backplane bus

60 mA

• from 24 V DC

300 mA

Power loss

7.5 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

0 °C ... +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C ... +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95 % at +25 °C

Construction Compact module S7-300, double width

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

80 x 125 x 120

• Weight

approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Configuring • Software for PG • Software for CPU

SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

TIM can be operated in mode

Operating mode • SINAUT ST7 protocol

spontaneous

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

spontaneous

Asynchronous character format • SINAUT ST7 protocol

10 or 11 bit

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

10 or 11 bit

Hamming distance d

4

Integrated MD4 modem Transmission path

Digital ISDN network

Yes

• Node station

Yes

• Master

Yes

Number of TIM 34s per S7-300 CPU

More than one; number depends on the connection resources of the S7 CPU

Local communication in the rack of an S7-300 • Via backplane bus with local S7-300 CPU

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1)

• Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

Yes

• Via MPI port of local S7-300 CPU 2) with further CPUs and/or PCs

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)

User memory required in S7 CPU

Minimum 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636. 2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP

Siemens IK PI · 2007

• V.110

1200 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

2400 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

9600 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

19200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

1200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

2400 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

19200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

38400 bit/s, duplex

Certification

Europe

Compatible with SINAUT modems

• Station

7/28

SINAUT ST7 SINAUT ST1

Available standard transmission standards

• Module format

7

Available protocols

• LGM64K - V.110

9600 bit/s, duplex

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 34 with ISDN modem

■ Ordering data

Order No.

TIM 34 communications module With built-in MD4 modem for connection to the digital ISDN network; incl. WAN connecting cable 6NH7 700-4AR60 (RJ12-RJ45) for connecting the built-in MD4 modem with the ISDN S0 outlet

6NH7 800-3AA40

SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

Order No. SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

Accessories RJ12/RJ45 connecting cable (replacement)

6NH7 700-4AR60

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/29

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet

■ Overview

• Storage of data telegrams (max. 16,000) including time stamp on TIM if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed and to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing) in parallel with data transmission via the WAN or Ethernet connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication • Industry-compatible device connection with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and additional strain relief through latching of connector on housing

■ Application

7

• TIM 3 version without built-in modem, single width • An S7-300 CPU or a C7 control system can then carry out SINAUT communication: - using any SINAUT WAN with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners - using Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks) with SINAUT ST7 stations • Possesses two interfaces: - RS232 interface for connection of required WAN transmission equipment - RJ45 interface for the Ethernet connection • The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is now integrated in the TIM 3V-IE (TD7onTIM) • SINAUT communication can take place either over the WAN or Ethernet interface. PG communication is possible at any time over the Ethernet interface. • One TIM 3V-IE can be used per S7-300 • Memory for up to 16000 data messages • Max. eight S7 connections over Ethernet Note: The TIM 3V-IE can be used with all CPU 317/318/319 types and CPU 315-2 PN/DP when the SINAUT TD7 software of the TIM (TD7onTIM) is used. The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) cannot be used here.

■ Benefits

• Flexible connection possible to any SINAUT WAN • SINAUT communication possible over Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks) • Low-cost terminal configuration through use of S7 CPUs 312 and 312C because the CPU software SINAUT TD7 is integrated in the TIM 3V-IE. (This does not apply to communication with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the transmission of text messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) must be used, i.e. this software can still be used together with the TIM 3V-IE.) • Simplified maintenance through replacement of modules without PG • Single-width module saves space in rack and control cabinet • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library

7/30

Siemens IK PI · 2007

The TIM 3V-IE enables a SIMATIC S7-300 or C7 control system to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via any SINAUT WAN. In addition, this module expands SINAUT communication to the Ethernet, i.e. to TCP/IP-based networks with a response similar to dedicated lines and fixed IP addresses. The important SINAUT property, i.e. saving of data including time stamp on the TIM in the event of a connection fault or failure of the partner, is therefore also available for Ethernet connections. Important events, alarms, etc. are not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured. Mixed networks comprising classical SINAUT WANs (dedicated line, radio, dialing network) and Ethernet can be configured uniformly with SINAUT, thus providing time and cost advantages. The previously available SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is integrated in the TIM 3V-IE (TD7onTIM). This permits use of the smallest S7 CPUs 312 and 312C because, in the most favorable case, no further CPU main memory is required for SINAUT. (This does not apply to communication with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the transmission of text messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) must be used.) One TIM 3V-IE can be used per S7-300, and either of the two interfaces (RS232 or RJ45) can be used for SINAUT communication (not simultaneously). PG communication is possible at any time over the Ethernet interface. The TIM 3V-IE is therefore especially suitable for configuring low-cost terminals, but also permits implementation of a simple S7-300 controller. Use in a SINAUT submaster terminal or in a controller with further TIM 3/TIM 4 modules is not possible. Use of the TIM 3V-IE is appropriate: • When SINAUT communication should take place over Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks) • If the TIM has to be connected to a classical SINAUT WAN which is not appropriate for the integrated modems (in TIM 32, TIM 33 and TIM 34), e.g. when connecting to the GSM network • When an MD3 modem is to be used as a dedicated line modem (the integrated MD3 modem on a TIM 33 can only be configured for dial-up operation). • When an MD4 modem is to be used for connection to a dedicated ISDN line (the integrated MD4 modem on a TIM 34 can only be configured for dial-up operation).

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet

■ Design The TIM 3V-IE offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact design; single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC S7-300 • 9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS232 interface for connecting an external WAN transmission device • RJ45 socket for connecting to Industrial Ethernet with automatic detection of data transfer rate by means of autosensing; industry-compatible design with additional securing collar, for connection of IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 • 2-pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • Front LEDs for display of Ethernet and WAN communication • Easy to mount; the TIM 3V-IE is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. There are no slot rules. • Can be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction with the IM 360/361; in this manner, the TIM can be combined with a C7 control system. In the case of the most recent C7 units, also over the supplied I/O expansion cable. • Can be operated without a fan • A backup battery or memory module are not required • Module replacement possible without PG

■ Function The TIM 3V-IE can be operated in the SINAUT WAN with the functions "station" and "master". This classification is omitted with Ethernet connections. Each partner has equal priority in this case. The TIM 3V-IE manages data traffic via the connected WAN or Ethernet independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM to buffer up to 16,000 data messages when the communication link is faulty or a partner fails and to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and, on dial-up networks, the telephone numbers for the partners, are defined during configuration and stored permanently in the TIM’s Flash EPROM or on the CPU’s memory card. Saving in the CPU permits replacement of the TIM without using a PG. Two alternatives are available for the TIM 3V-IE for reading and writing the data to be sent or received: • Use of the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU): The SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transferred, checks them for changes, and then forwards them to the TIM for transmission via the WAN or Ethernet. Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN/ Ethernet are forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block. • Use of the SINAUT TD7 software integrated in the TIM 3V-IE (TD7onTIM): The TD7onTIM program configured by the user directly reads the process data to be transferred from the CPU’s memory areas (inputs, bit memories, DBs), checks them for changes, and then forwards them to the TIM’s send buffer for transmission via the WAN or Ethernet. Data from telegrams received without fault by the TIM via the WAN/Ethernet are directly written by the TIM into the configured memory areas of the CPU.

The data acquired by "TD7onCPU" or "TD7onTIM" can be optionally assigned a time stamp, and also a "normal" or "high" priority ID for transmission via a dial-up network. "TD7onTIM" additionally permits identification of very important data as "maximum priority". This data has priority over all other data present in the send buffer, i.e. it is transferred first. The TIM stores the data to be transferred in its RAM buffer. The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data depends on the respective transmission network: Transfer via a SINAUT WAN The manner in which the TIM sends this data depends on the type of WAN and the TIM function selected: • Dedicated line, radio network; In "station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled by the controller. The stored data telegrams are then transferred. If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged. In "master" mode, after each poll + response has been completed, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer (default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be exchanged between two polls, this can be defined when configuring the TIM. • Dial-up network; For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" mode. However, for data with "high" or "maximum" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the partner addressed in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, it is also transferred. Data with "maximum" priority is always transferred first. This is followed by transmission of data with "high" and "normal" priorities, always according to the FIFO principle, i.e. independent of the respective priority. In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the partner addressed in order to transfer data. Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. The operating mode used depends on the type of WAN: • Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually takes place in "Polling" mode. If there are two or more master, the "Multi-master polling with time slot procedure" mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network, the "Polling with time slot procedure" mode can be selected if necessary. In both operating modes with time slot procedure, the TIM 3V-IE can only be used in "station" mode. The TIM 3V-IE does not feature the DCF77 radio clock receiver required for "master" mode. • On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place in "Spontaneous" mode.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/31

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet

■ Function (continued)

Connection to a SINAUT WAN

When sending data via Ethernet, this is immediately transferred to the respective partner irrespective of priority. The transmission sequence is according to the FIFO principle. This does not apply to telegrams with maximum priority. These are transmitted prior to any other telegrams still present in the buffer.

The connection to a SINAUT WAN is made via the floating RS232 interface of the TIM 3V-IE, through which various data transmission devices can be connected depending on the application: • Dedicated line modems (e.g. MD2) for point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or linear connections • Radio sets from various manufacturers, also for company radiotelephone with time slot procedure • Analog dialing modems (e.g. MD3) for the analog telephone network or point-to-point dedicated lines • ISDN modems (e.g. MD4) as connection to the ISDN network • GSM modems (e.g. GSM Kit MC45) as access to the mobile radio network

Transmission is carried out using the S7 communications functions (BSEND/BRCV). A permanent S7 connection is established in each case for transmission between two Ethernet TIMs or between an Ethernet TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc. The two TIMs or the TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc exchange the data packages specific to SINAUT ST7 with application of the TCP/IP transport protocol. PG communication PG communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN, e.g. Ethernet, to be remotely programmed.

Configuration examples of SINAUT WAN

S7 routing makes it possible to use the programming device communication across networks. This also applies to SINAUT WAN networks, for the SINAUT ST7 protocol permits "tunneling" of the PG communication. This enables the SINAUT terminals connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely.

The MC45 module is used in this case. The connection in the control center (ST7cc or ST7sc) is made using a TIM 4 module (e.g. TIM 4V), which is connected to the PC via MPI.

Diagnostics The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, e.g.: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • Status and degree of filling of the send buffer, separate for each communication partner • Diagnostic information for TD7onTIM • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic

Use of TIM 3V-IE in mobile radio network (GSM)

SINAUT ST7cc/sc Control center TIM 4V

MPI

Mobile radio network (GSM)

MC45

MC45

MC45

MC45

Configuration The "SINAUT ST7 configuration software for PG V3.5" is used to configure the TIM 3V-IE. The blocks included in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program in the CPU (TD7onCPU). Both software packages are components of the SINAUT ST7 software package Release 04/2005 and newer. STEP 7 V5.3 SP2 or higher is required if Ethernet connections have to be configured for the TIM 3V-IE. The configuration data of the TIM 3V-IE are saved either on the TIM itself or on the CPU. When saving on the CPU, module replacement is possible without a PG.

7/32

Siemens IK PI · 2007

S7-300

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

TIM 3V-IE

G_IK10_XX_30109

7

■ Integration

SINAUT communication via Ethernet

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet

■ Integration (continued) Use of TIM 3V-IE in a private radio network

Use of TIM 3V-IE as "Master"

The radio network is configured using radio devices approved for the respective country (radio devices are not included in the scope of SINAUT delivery). The connection in the control center (ST7cc or ST7sc) is made using a TIM 4 module (e.g. TIM 4V), which is connected to the PC via MPI. If a radio network with time slot procedure is configured, the TIM 4 in the control center must be equipped with a DCF77 receiver, e.g. TIM 4VD.

In this case, an S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE constitutes the control center. If a radio network with time slot procedure is configured, the TIM 3V-IE in the control center must be replaced by a TIM 4 with DCF77 receiver, e.g. TIM 4VD.

SINAUT ST7cc/sc Control center TIM 4V

Control center

S7-300

MPI

TIM 3V-IE

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

G_IK10_XX_30108

S7-300

Private radio network

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

Siemens IK PI · 2007

TIM 3V-IE

G_IK10_XX_30127

Private radio network

7/33

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet

■ Integration (continued) Connection to Industrial Ethernet and TCP/IP networks

Transmission over DSL

In addition to the RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE has an RJ45 socket. This is suitable for connecting to Ethernet, i.e. to TCP/IPbased networks with a response similar to dedicated lines and fixed IP addresses.

The continuously falling flat rates for DSL connections make this medium an interesting alternative to a leased line or also a telephone connection. In the terminal and controller, DSL routers must be used, preferably routers with a VPN and firewall to establish safe connections over VPN tunnels. For DSL connection of the controllers, a fixed IP address is recommended; the IP addresses of the terminals can be assigned dynamically.

Configuration examples of SINAUT on Ethernet Connection via switches, e.g. SCALANCE X It is then possible to configure simple network structures or also complex structures consisting of a combination of star, linear and ring structures. A TIM 4 module is not required in the control center (ST7cc or ST7sc). The connection is made directly to the Ethernet interface of the PC.

SINAUT ST7cc/sc Control center

Ethernet

SINAUT ST7cc/sc master with CP 1613 A2 Switch SCALANCE X202-2IRT

S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE TIM

VPN tunnel VPN tunnel

Fiber Fiber Optic Optic Switch SCALANCE X204-2

DSL router with VPN and firewall

Switch SCALANCE X204-2

S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE

Internet

TIM

Switch SCALANCE X204-2

G_IK10_XX_30133

7

DSL router with VPN and firewall

TIM

S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE

S7-300

S7-300

S7-300

If hardwired Ethernet communication is not possible, a radio network can be designed using commercially available Ethernet radio modems. SINAUT ST7cc/sc Control center

Ethernet

Ethernet radio network

Station

7/34

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

Siemens IK PI · 2007

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

TIM 3V-IE

G_IK10_XX_30110

S7-300

Station

TIM 3V-IE

Station

TIM 3V-IE

Station

TIM 3V-IE

G_IK10_XX_30140

Transmission using Ethernet radio modem

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet

■ Integration (continued) Use of TIM 3V-IE as "Master" In this case, an S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE constitutes the control center. As a result of the connection resources available for Ethernet, up to 8 terminals can be connected to the TIM 3V-IE controller.

Control center

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Ethernet radio network

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

TIM 3V-IE

G_IK10_XX_30128

S7-300

■ Technical specifications +

General

Degree of protection

Data transmission rate

Configuration

• WAN

50 … 38400 bit/s

• Ethernet

10/100 Mbit/s autosensing

Interfaces • Connection for external modem

1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector, (RS232)

• Communication connection, electrical

1 x RJ45

• Connection for supply voltage Supply voltage

IP20

• Software for PG

SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG

• Software for CPU (optional)

SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

TIM can be operated in mode • Terminal

Yes

• Node terminal

No

1 x 2-pin plug-in terminal block

• Service center

Yes

24 V DC (±5%)

Number of TIM 3V-IE per S7-300

1

• from the backplane bus

200 mA

• from 24 V DC

typ. 160 mA, max. 200 mA

• Via backplane bus with local CPU

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1) and TD7onTIM

Power loss

5.8 W

• Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

Not possible

0 °C … +60 °C

• Via MPI port of local CPU with further CPUs and/or PCs

Not possible

• Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C … +70 °C

User memory required in S7 CPU

max. 95 % at +25 °C

• SINAUT TD7 on CPU (TD7onCPU)

At least 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope

• Module format

Compact module S7-300, single width

• SINAUT TD7 on TIM (TD7onTIM)

0 byte in most favorable case

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

40 x 125 x 120

• Weight

approx. 200 g

Current consumption

Local communication

Perm. ambient conditions

• Relative humidity Construction

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/35

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet

■ Technical specifications (continued) Transmission protocols (WAN) Available protocols

• SINAUT ST7 • SINAUT ST1

Operating mode for dedicated line/radio network • SINAUT ST7 protocol

Polling, polling with time slot procedure, multi-master polling with time slot procedure

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

Polling, polling with time slot procedure

Operating mode for dial-up network • SINAUT ST7 protocol

spontaneous

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

spontaneous

Asynchronous character format

Order No.

TIM 3V-IE communications module For connection to a SINAUT WAN via RS232 and to Industrial Ethernet or TCP/IP networks via RJ45

6NH7 800-3BA00

SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

• SINAUT ST7 protocol, polling or spontaneous

10 or 11 bit

• SINAUT ST7 protocol, multi-master polling

10 bit

• German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• SINAUT ST1 protocol, polling

11 bit

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

• SINAUT ST1 protocol, spontaneous

10 or 11 bit

Accessories

Hamming distance d • SINAUT ST1 protocol

4

• SINAUT ST7 protocol

4

Ethernet

7

■ Ordering data

Protocol

TCP/IP transport protocol

Communication services

SINAUT ST7 through S7 communication, PG communication

Number of connections • S7 communication

max. 8

• Programming device communication

max. 4

• Sum of all simultaneously operable connections

max. 12

7/36

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables; with 180° cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface • 1 pack = 1 item

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

• 1 pack = 10 items

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 items

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232) modem; cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4AL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with the M20, TC35 or MC45 GSM kit (access to the GSM network); also suitable for third-party modems or radio equipment with standard RS232 interface; cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-5AN

Connecting cable With one end open for connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a thirdparty modem or radio unit (RS232); cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-4BN

Connecting cable For connecting two TIM 3VIE/TIM 4 modules using their RS232 interface without modems ("null modem"). Cable length 6 m

6NH7 701-0AR

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet

■ Overview

• Single-width module saves space in rack and control cabinet • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library • Storage of data telegrams (max. 32,000) including time stamp on TIM if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed and to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing) in parallel with data transmission via the WAN or Ethernet connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication • Industry-compatible device connection with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and additional strain relief through latching of connector on housing

■ Application • TIM 3 version without built-in modem, single width • An S7-300 CPU or a C7 control system can then carry out SINAUT communication: - using any SINAUT WAN with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners - using Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks) with SINAUT ST7 stations • Possesses two interfaces: - RS232 interface for connection of required WAN transmission equipment - RJ45 interface for the Ethernet connection • The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is now integrated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced (TD7onTIM) • SINAUT communication can take place either over the WAN and Ethernet interface. • The TIM can be linked to other local S7 devices (e.g. S7-400) or PCs (e.g. ST7cc) over the MPI interface of the S7-300 CPU. • With each S7-300, several TIM 3V-IE Advanced as well as TIM 3/TIM 4 can be used. • Memory for up to 32000 data messages • Max. 20 S7 connections over Ethernet and MPI Note: The TIM 3V-IE Advanced can be used with all CPU 317/318/319 types and CPUs 315-2 PN/DP when the SINAUT TD7 software of the TIM (TD7onTIM) is used. The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) cannot be used here.

■ Benefits

The TIM 3V-IE Advanced enables one or more SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400, C7 control systems or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via any SINAUT WAN. In addition, this module expands SINAUT communication to the Ethernet, i.e. to TCP/IPbased networks with a response similar to dedicated lines. The important SINAUT property, i.e. saving of data including time stamp on the TIM in the event of a connection fault or failure of the partner, is therefore also available for Ethernet connections. Important events, alarms, etc. are not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured. Mixed networks comprising classical SINAUT WANs (dedicated line, radio, dialing network) and Ethernet can be configured uniformly with SINAUT, thus providing time and cost advantages. The previously available SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is integrated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced (TD7onTIM). This permits use of the smallest S7 CPUs 312 and 312C because, in the most favorable case, no further CPU main memory is required for SINAUT. (This does not apply to communication with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the transmission of text messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) must be used.) For configuring more complex controllers or node terminals, several TIM 3V-IE Advanced can be implemented per S7-300. They can also be combined with other TIM 3 and TIM 4 types in the same rack. Use of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced is appropriate: • When SINAUT communication is required in a controller over WAN and Ethernet • When the "master" and "node station" modes are to be combined on one TIM in one node terminal. • When a redundant transmission path is to be connected to the TIM.

• Flexible connection possible to any SINAUT WAN • SINAUT communication possible over Ethernet (TCP/IPbased networks) • Can be used universally with S7-300, S7-400, C7 or control center PC. • Low-cost terminal configuration through use of S7 CPUs 312 and 312C because the CPU software SINAUT TD7 is integrated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced. (This does not apply to communication with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the transmission of text messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) must be used, i.e. this software can still be used together with the TIM 3V-IE Advanced.) • Simplified maintenance through replacement of modules without PG

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/37

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet

■ Design The TIM 3V-IE Advanced offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact design; single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC S7-300 • 9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS232 interface for connecting an external WAN transmission device • RJ45 socket for connecting to Industrial Ethernet with automatic detection of data transfer rate by means of autosensing; industry-compatible design with additional securing collar, for connection of IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 • 2-pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • Front LEDs for display of Ethernet and WAN communication • Easy to mount; the TIM 3V-IE Advanced is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. There are no slot rules. • Can be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction with the IM 360/361; in this manner, the TIM can be combined with a C7 control system. In the case of the most recent C7 units, also over the supplied I/O expansion cable. • Can be operated without a fan • A backup battery or memory module are not required • Module replacement possible without PG

■ Function

7

The TIM 3V-IE Advanced can be operated in the SINAUT WAN with the functions "station", "Node station" and "master". This classification is omitted with Ethernet connections. Each partner has equal priority in this case. The TIM 3V-IE Advanced manages data traffic via the connected WAN or Ethernet independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM to buffer up to 32000 data messages when the communication link is faulty or a partner fails and to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and, on dial-up networks, the telephone numbers for the partners, are defined during configuration and stored permanently in the TIM’s Flash EPROM or on the CPU’s memory card. Saving in the CPU permits replacement of the TIM without using a PG. Two alternatives are available for the TIM 3V-IE Advanced for reading and writing the data to be sent or received: • Use of the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU): The SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transferred, checks them for changes, and then forwards them to the TIM for transmission via the WAN or Ethernet. Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN/Ethernet are forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block. • Use of the SINAUT TD7 software integrated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced (TD7onTIM): The TD7onTIM program configured by the user directly reads the process data to be transferred from the memory areas of the CPU located in the S7-300 rack (inputs, bit memories, DBs), checks them for changes, and then forwards them to the TIM’s send buffer for transmission via the WAN or Ethernet. Data from telegrams received without fault by the TIM via the WAN/Ethernet is directly written by the TIM into the configured memory areas of the CPU.

7/38

Siemens IK PI · 2007

The data acquired by "TD7onCPU" or "TD7onTIM" can be optionally assigned a time stamp, and also a "normal" or "high" priority ID for transmission via a dial-up network. "TD7onTIM" additionally permits identification of very important data as "maximum priority". These data have priority over all other data present in the send buffer, i.e. they are transferred first. The TIM stores the data to be transferred in its RAM buffer. The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data depends on the respective transmission network: Transfer via a SINAUT WAN The manner in which the TIM sends these data depends on the type of WAN and the TIM function selected: • Dedicated line, radio network; In "station" or "Node station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled by the controller. The stored data telegrams are then transferred. If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged. In "master" mode, after each poll + response has been completed, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer (default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be exchanged between two polls, this can be defined when configuring the TIM. • Dial-up network; For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" or "Node station" mode. However, for data with "high" or "maximum" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, they are also transferred. Data with "maximum" priority are always transferred first. This is followed by transmission of data with "high" and "normal" priorities, always according to the FIFO principle, i.e. independent of the respective priority. In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to transfer data. Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. The operating mode used depends on the type of WAN: • Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually takes place in "Polling" mode. If there are two or more masters, the "Multi-master polling with time slot procedure" mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network, the "Polling with time slot procedure" mode can be selected if necessary. In both operating modes with time slot procedure, the TIM 3V can only be used in "station" or "Node station" mode. The TIM 3V-IE Advanced does not feature the DCF77 radio clock receiver required for "master" mode. • On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place in "Spontaneous" mode.

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet

■ Function (continued)

■ Integration

SINAUT communication via Ethernet

Connection to a SINAUT WAN

When sending data via Ethernet, it is immediately transferred to the respective partner irrespective of priority. The transmission sequence is according to the FIFO principle. This does not apply to telegrams with maximum priority. These are transmitted prior to any other telegrams still present in the buffer.

The connection to a SINAUT WAN is made via the floating RS232 interface of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced, through which various data transmission devices can be connected depending on the application: • Dedicated line modems (e.g. MD2) for point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or linear connections • Radio sets from various manufacturers, also for company radiotelephone with time slot procedure • Analog dialing modems (e.g. MD3) for the analog telephone network or point-to-point dedicated lines • ISDN modems (e.g. MD4) as connection to the ISDN network • GSM modems (e.g. GSM Kit MC45) as access to the mobile radio network

Transmission is carried out using the S7 communications functions (BSEND/BRCV). A permanent S7 connection is established in each case for transmission between two Ethernet TIMs or between an Ethernet TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc. The two TIMs or the TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc exchange the data packages specific to SINAUT ST7 with application of the TCP/IP transport protocol. PG communication PG communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN, e.g. Ethernet, to be remotely programmed. With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use the programming device communication across networks. This also applies to SINAUT WAN networks, for the SINAUT ST7 protocol permits "tunneling" of the PG communication. This enables the SINAUT terminals connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely. Diagnostics The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, e.g.: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • Status and degree of filling of send buffer, separate for each communication partner • Diagnostic information for TD7onTIM • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic

Connection to Industrial Ethernet and TCP/IP networks In addition to the RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE Advanced has an RJ45 socket. This is suitable for connecting to Ethernet, i.e. to TCP/IP-based networks with a response similar to dedicated lines and fixed IP addresses. Depending on the application, different data communication equipment can be connected, such as: • SCALANCE X switches for twisted pair cables or fiber-optic cables • SCALANCE W (IWLAN) and Ethernet radio devices from various manufacturers • DSL routers

7

Configuration The "SINAUT ST7 configuration software for PG V3.6" is used to configure the TIM 3V-IE Advanced. The blocks included in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program in the CPU (TD7onCPU). Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package as from Release 11/2005. The SINAUT ST7 configuring software V3.6 requires that STEP 7 V5.3 is installed with Service Pack 2 or above. The configuration data of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced are saved either on the TIM itself or on the CPU. When saving on the CPU, module replacement is possible without a PG.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/39

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet

■ Integration (continued) Configuration examples with TIM 3V-IE Advanced Implementation in a node terminal

Redundant transmission paths

In a node terminal, TIM 3V-IE Advanced can exchange data, for example through its RS232 interface, with the lower-level terminals using radio. The connection to the control center is then implemented over the RJ45 interface, e.g. through a fiber-optic cable that is connected over SCALANCE X switches. In this configuration, data can be exchanged between any SINAUT nodes regardless of which network they are in.

With TIM 3V-IE Advanced, a terminal can be connected to the control center over redundant paths. TIM 3V-IE Advanced is implemented here in both the terminal and in the controller. The example shows a combination of fiber-optic cable and radio as redundant paths. The two TIMs coordinate data transmission: This takes place under normal conditions over the main path and if that fails, over the substitute path. When the main path is restored, transmission automatically switches back to this path.

SINAUT ST7cc/sc Control center

Switch SCALANCE X-100/X-200

SINAUT ST7cc/sc Control center

Fiber Fiber Optic Optic

Ethernet

S7-300

MPI TIM 3V-IE Advanced

Switch SCALANCE X-100/X-200

Switch SCALANCE X-100/X-200 S7-300

TIM 3V-IE Advanded

Submaster station

7

S7-300

Switch SCALANCE X-100/X-200

TIM 3V-IE

Fiber Fiber Optic Optic

Station

Switch SCALANCE X-100/X-200

Mobile network

Mobile network

S7-300

S7-300

Station

7/40

TIM 3V-IE

Station

Siemens IK PI · 2007

TIM 3V-IE

G_IK10_XX_30137

Station

TIM 3V-IE Advanced

G_IK10_XX_30138

S7-300

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet

■ Integration (continued) Implementation in a controller TIM 3V-IE Advanced can also be used to configure a master that comprises a number of TIMs. The following example shows the TIM 3V-IE Advanced combined with a TIM 43D. Both TIMs are connected with the control center PC (e.g. ST7cc) over the MPI interface of the CPU located in the rack. Each TIM processes the data communication with the stations in their networks and

forwards the data directly over MPI to the PC. TIM 43D (with integral DCF77 radio clock receiver) functions in this example configuration as a master clock. From this, all SINAUT nodes are supplied with a date and time, i.e. also those terminals that are connected to TIM 3V-IE Advanced.

DCF77 GPS time signal SINAUT ST7cc/sc Control center

TIM 3V-IE TIM Advanced 43D GSM network

MPI MC45

MC45 S7-300

Fiber Fiber Optic Optic

Switch SCALANCE X-100/X-200

Station

Switch SCALANCE X-100/X-200

TIM 3V-IE

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

S7-300

Station

Mobile network

S7-300

S7-300

TIM 3V-IE

Station

Telephone network

TIM 3V-IE

Station

TIM 33

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_30139

Station

7

Switch SCALANCE X-100/X-200

7/41

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet

■ Technical specifications General

Transmission protocols (WAN)

Data transmission rate

Available protocols

• WAN

50 … 38400 bit/s

• Ethernet

10/100 Mbit/s autosensing

Interfaces • Connection for external modem

1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232

• Communication connection, electrical

1 x RJ45

• Connection for supply voltage

1 x 2-pin plug-in terminal block

Supply voltage

24 V DC (±5%)

Current consumption • from the backplane bus

200 mA

• from 24 V DC

typ. 160 mA, max. 200 mA

Power loss

5.8 W

Perm. ambient conditions

• SINAUT ST1 Operating mode for dedicated line/radio network • SINAUT ST7 protocol

Polling, polling with time slot procedure, multi-master polling with time slot procedure

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

Polling, polling with time slot procedure

Operating mode for dial-up network • SINAUT ST7 protocol

spontaneous

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

spontaneous

Asynchronous character format • SINAUT ST7 protocol, polling or spontaneous

10 or 11 bit

• Operating temperature

0 °C … +60 °C -40 °C … +70 °C

• SINAUT ST7 protocol, multi-master polling

10 bit

• Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity

Max. 95 % at +25 °C

• SINAUT ST1 protocol, polling

11 bit

• SINAUT ST1 protocol, s pontaneous

10 or 11 bit

Construction • Module format

Compact module S7-300, single width

Hamming distance d

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

40 x 125 x 120

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

4

approx. 200 g

• SINAUT ST7 protocol

4

IP20

Ethernet

• Weight Degree of protection

7

• SINAUT ST7

Configuration

Protocol

TCP/IP transport protocol

• Software for PG

SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG

Communication services

SINAUT ST7 through S7 communication, PG communication

• Software for CPU (optional)

SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

TIM can be operated in mode • Terminal

Yes

• Node terminal

Yes

• Service center

Yes

Number of TIM 3V-IE Advanced per S7-300

More than one; number depends on the connection resources of the S7-300 CPU

Local communication • Via backplane bus with local S7-300 CPU

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1) and TD7onTIM

• Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

Yes

• Via MPI port of local CPU 2) with further CPUs and/or PCs

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)

User memory required in S7 CPU • SINAUT TD7 on CPU (TD7onCPU)

At least 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope

• SINAUT TD7 on TIM (TD7onTIM)

0 byte in most favorable case

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636. 2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP

7/42

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Number of connections • S7 communication

max. 20

• Programming device communication

max. 4

• Sum of all simultaneously operable connections

max. 24

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet

■ Ordering data

Order No.

Order No.

TIM 3V-IE Advanced communications module For connection to a SINAUT WAN via RS 232 and to Industrial Ethernet or TCP/IP networks via RJ45

6NH7 800-3CA00

Accessories

SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables; with 180° cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface

SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

• 1 pack = 1 item

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

• 1 pack = 10 items

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 items

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS 232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS 232) modem; cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4AL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS 232) with the M20, TC35 or MC45 GSM kit (access to the GSM network); also suitable for third-party modems or radio equipment with standard RS 232 interface; cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-5AN

Connecting cable With one end open for connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a thirdparty modem or radio unit (RS 232); cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-4BN

Connecting cable For connecting two TIM 3VIE/TIM 4 modules via their RS 232 interface without modems ("null modem"). Cable length 6 m

6NH7 701-0AR

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7

7/43

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 42/42D with dedicated-line modem

■ Overview

7

■ Benefits

• TIM 4 module with two WAN interfaces: - the first WAN interface via the built-in MD2 dedicated-line modem - the second WAN interface via the combined RS 232/RS 485 interface • Compact unit which can be used both as an S7-300 CP and as a standalone device: - like a TIM 3, as a communications processor (CP) in an S7-300 - as a standalone device, combined with one or several S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) via the MPI interface • The devices listed can be connected to a dedicated-line network (2- or 4-wire copper cable) via the first WAN interface on the TIM 42/42D and integrated into any SINAUT WAN via the second. The modem or any other data transmission device for the second WAN is connected to the combined RS 232/ RS 485 interface on the TIM 42/42D. • The dedicated line connected via the built-in modem can be a private dedicated line or a leased telecommunications line. The modem is also suitable for connection to a radio unit with modem input. • The TIM 42D also features a built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver to supply the date/time to all SINAUT stations connected locally or, as a master, to synchronize all SINAUT devices on the WAN. • Communication is possible with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners.

• Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to combining the TIM transmission processor, MD2 modem and another serial WAN interface into a single compact unit. • Can be used universally with S7-300, S7-400, C7 or control center PC. • The TIM 42D module provides the correct date/time at all times and supports daylight-saving time switchover. • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library. • Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10,000) incl. time stamp on TIM in order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed. • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PG routing) in parallel with data transmission via the WAN connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication

■ Application The TIM 42/42D enables one or more S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via a dedicated-line network and via any other WAN. This TIM 4 module is suitable for use • if two WANs are to be connected in one master and one of them is a dedicated-line network. • if the "master" and "node station" functions are to be combined on one TIM in a node station and one of the two WANs is to be connected is a dedicated-line network. • if a redundant transmission path is to be connected to the TIM and one of the two paths is a dedicated line. Via the integrated MD2 modem, distances of up to 33 km (at 1200 bit/s), up to 27 km (at 2,400 bit/s) and up to 11 km (at 9,600 and 19,200 bit/s) can be covered without amplifiers/ repeaters (guide values for non-coil-loaded message line type 2 x 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y). The built-in MD2 modem supports the setting up of "point-topoint", "star" or "line" network topologies as well as combinations of these basic structures. In "master" function, a small star network comprising two 2-wire cables can be connected to the modem output. The modem output can be switched with high resistance in order to tap a terminal along a line. This minimizes gap loss and only slightly reduces the maximum distance which can be bridged. The very short transmitter running times speed up data traffic with the "polling" operating mode used in the dedicated line network. In addition to private dedicated lines, the TIM 32 can also be connected to leased telephone lines. Appropriate approval has been secured. On analog-only leased lines, transmission speeds of 1,200 and 2,400 bit/s are possible. On switched analog/digital leased lines, the speed is usually restricted to 1,200 bit/s for technical reasons.

7/44

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 42/42D with dedicated-line modem

■ Application (continued) The TIM 42 is also ideal for data transmission via walkie-talkies with modem input. The MD2 modem features a built-in floating opto-relay linked to the RTS signal for switching the unit on and off via its PTT input. The two opto-relay connections are available on the RJ12 socket. As walkie-talkies are usually only able to transmit voice in a sound frequency range of between 300 Hz and 3,000 Hz, transmission speed with the MD2 modem is restricted here to 1,200 bit/s. For 2,400 bit/s, the sound frequency range has to reach beyond 3,300 Hz. With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the S7 CPU or control center PC by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages process data communication completely independently, via both WAN ports simultaneously, with the configured partners functioning as a "master", "station" and/or "node station". In order to reduce connection costs if the second WAN connected is a dial-up network, in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according to priority (high or normal): If higher-priority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is established with the partner for any reason; for example, if higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in order to exchange data. When in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM is able to store process data that must not be lost in the event of a communication fault or if one of the partners fails, along with its time stamp, until the partner returns to online mode. Important events, alarms, etc. are therefore not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured.

■ Design The TIM 42/42D offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • 1st WAN port via an RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in modem to the dedicated line or radio unit with modem input. • The two floating opto-relay connections for switching the radio unit on and off via the PTT input are also available on the RJ12 socket. • 2nd WAN port via 9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined RS232/RS485 interface for the connection of an external modem or other data transmission device. • MPI interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the TIM as a standalone device to one or more S7 CPUs or control center PCs. • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K indicators and, on the TIM 42D, DCF77 indicator (the TIM-BUS LED is unassigned on the TIM 42/42D). • The DCF77 adapter cable supplied with the TIM 42D features a BNC connector for connecting the antenna cable. • Easy to mount; the TIM 42/42D is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. If it is integrated into an S7-300 as a CP, it is connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. As a standalone device it is connected to the S7 CPU(s) or control center PC(s) via its MPI interface. • The TIM 42/42D can operate without fans. A backup battery or memory module are not required.

■ Function The TIM 42/42D can operate in "station", "node station" and "master" mode. One of the modes can be assigned to each of the two WAN interfaces. The two modes can be the same or different. Because of the built-in dedicated-line modem, the driver for the first WAN interface is set to "dedicated line". The driver can be set to "dedicated line" or "dial-up network" for the second interface. The TIM manages data traffic via the two connected WANs independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner fails. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and, on dial-up networks, the telephone numbers for the partners, are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM. If the SINAUT device connected locally is an S7 CPU, the SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transmitted. The CPU checks the data for changes and transmits it along with the parameterized target address to the TIM, from where it is forwarded for transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID for transmission via a dial-up network. If the local SINAUT device is a control center PC (SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc), operator inputs from the PC program are acquired, converted into SINAUT data telegrams in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration and forwarded to the TIM with the configured target address. The TIM buffers the data to be sent in its RAM buffer and assigns it to either the first or second WAN port depending on the respective target address. If both ports have been configured with redundancy, the data is assigned to the current path. Switching to the alternative path takes place if the current path fails.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/45

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 42/42D with dedicated-line modem

■ Function (continued)

7

The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data is determined by the type of WAN and the TIM function selected: • Dedicated line, radio network In "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled by the master. The stored data telegrams are then transferred. If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged. In "master" mode, after each poll + reply has been completed, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer (default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be exchanged between two polls, this can be defined when configuring the TIM. • Dial-up network For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with "high" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the partner addressed in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is always in accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of priority. In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to transfer data.

PG/OP communication

Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the local CPU or to the PC. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block. On the PC, the ST7cc/ST7sc software performs this task in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration.

Configuring

Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. The operating mode used depends on the type of WAN: • Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually takes place in "polling" mode. If there are two or more masters, the "multi-master polling with time-slot procedure" mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network, the "polling with time-slot procedure" mode can be selected if necessary. In both operating modes with time-slot procedure, the TIM 42 can only be used in "station" or "node station" mode. "Master" mode is possible on the TIM 42D, as this module features the DCF77 radio clock receiver required. • On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place in "spontaneous" mode.

7/46

Siemens IK PI · 2007

PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN to be remotely programmed. • S7 routing With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol supports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely. Diagnostics The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, including: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required for configuring the TIM. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program required in the CPU. Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package. The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are uploaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics & service tool. The SDBs are uploaded: • via the MPI interface on the TIM 4 if it has been set up as a standalone device • on a TIM 4 connected to an S7-300 as a CP via the MPI interface on the CPU.

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 42/42D with dedicated-line modem

■ Technical specifications Transmission rate via RS232/RS485 interface Ports • Connection to dedicated line • Connection to external data transmission device • MPI bus • DCF77 antenna (TIM 42D)

50 ... 38400 bit/s

Available protocols

• Connection to supply voltage

1 x RJ12 1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232 can be switched to RS485 1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket 1 x BNC socket (via DCF77 adapter cable supplied) 1 x 4-pin terminal block

Supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption • From backplane bus • from DC 24 V

60 mA (only if the TIM is used as a CP in an S7-300 rack) 500 mA

Power loss

12.3 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity

Transmission protocols SINAUT ST7 SINAUT ST1

Operating mode for dedicated line/radio network SINAUT ST7 protocol

Polling Polling with time-slot procedure Multi-master polling with time-slot procedure

SINAUT ST1 protocol

Polling Polling with time-slot procedure

Operating mode for dial-up network • SINAUT ST7 protocol

spontaneous

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

spontaneous

Asynchronous character format • SINAUT ST7 protocol, polling or spontaneous

10 or 11 bit

• SINAUT ST7 protocol, multi-master polling

10 bit

• SINAUT ST1 protocol, polling

11 bit 10 or 11 bit

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight

Compact module S7-300, double width 80 x 125 x 120 approx. 300 g

• SINAUT ST1 protocol, spontaneous Hamming distance d

4

Degree of protection

IP20

Transmission path

SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

2-wire, 2 x 2-wire or 4-wire, twisted pair cables, non-coil-loaded or lightly coil-loaded

Modulation method

Phase-continuous binary frequency modulation (FSK)

Transmission rates

1200 bit/s 2400 bit/s 9600 bit/s (not for leased telephone lines) 19200 bit/s (not for leased telephone lines)

Design • Module format

Configuring • Software for PG • Software for CPU

0 °C ... +60 °C -40 °C ... +70 °C Max. 95 % at +25 °C

TIM can be operated in mode • Station

Yes

• Node station

Yes

• Master

Yes

Number of TIM 42s per S7 CPU

More than one; number depends on the connection resources of the S7 CPU

Local communication in the rack of an S7-300 • Via backplane bus with local S7-300 CPU

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1)

• Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

Yes

• Via MPI port of local S7-300 CPU 2) with further CPUs and/or PCs

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)

Special communication in stand-alone mode • Via MPI port of the TIM with CPUs and/or PCs User memory required in S7 CPU

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc) Minimum 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope

Integrated MD2 modem

Mode • 2-wire or 2 x 2-wire

Half-duplex

• 4-wire

Duplex or half-duplex

Transmission level can be set to

0 dB -6 dB -9 dB (for leased telephone lines) -15 dB

Receiving level

0 to -43 dB

Adjustable terminating resistor • for 1200 and 2400 bit/s

600 ohms

• for 9600 and 19200 bit/s

150 ohms

• for tapping point

> 6 kOhms

Clear to send • at 1200 bit/s

after 7 ms

• at 2400 bit/s

after 4 ms

• at 9600 and 19200 bit/s

after 0.5 ms

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636. 2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/47

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 42/42D with dedicated-line modem

■ Technical specifications (continued) Minimum/maximum scanning frequency • at 1200 bit/s

1300 Hz/2100 Hz

• at 2400 bit/s

2400 Hz/3300 Hz

• at 9600 and 19200 bit/s

20800 Hz/33600 Hz

• Max. perm. continuous current • max. Ron

7

60 V AC/DC 400 mA 3 ohms

■ Ordering data

6NH7 800-4AA20

TIM 42D communications module Same as TIM 42, but with the addition of the DCF77 radio clock receiver incl. DCF77 adapter cable 6NH7 700-0AD15 for converting the internal connector to the external BNC connector required

6NH7 800-4AD20

SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

• Opto-relay output

2.5 kV

• MD100

at 1200 bit/s

• MD124

at 1200, 2400 and 19200 bit/s

Approvals

EU approval CE 0682 X

Order No. Accessories (continued) Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with the GSM kit M20, TC35 or MC45 (access to GSM network). Also suitable for thirdparty modems or radio equipment with RS232 standard; cable length 2.5 m.

6NH7 701-5AN

Connecting cable With one end open for connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a thirdparty modem or radio unit (RS232 or RS485); cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-4BN

Connecting cable For connecting two TIM 3V-IE/ TIM 4 modules via their RS232 interface without modems ("nul modem"); cable length 6 m

6NH7 701-0AR

Line transformer with overvoltage protection

SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

Accessories Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232) modem; cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4AL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS485) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS485) modem. Cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4DL

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2.5 kV

Order No.

TIM 42 communications module Incl. MD2 modem for connection to private dedicated lines, leased telephone lines and modemcompatible radio equipment; incl. WAN connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60 (RJ12/RJ12) for connecting the built-in MD2 modem with an LTOP overvoltage protection module; with second interface for the connection of an external data transmission device via RS232/RS485, with MPI interface

7/48

• FSK long-distance circuits Compatible with SINAUT modems

Floating opto-relay output • Max. supply voltage

Impulse strength U1.2/50 acc. to DIN VDE 0804 between power supply circuit and

• LTOP1 for 2-wire terminal

6NH9 821-0BC11

• LTOP2 for 4-wire terminal, 2 x 2-wire terminal or 2-wire terminal

6NH9 821-0BC12

RJ12/RJ12 connecting cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-2AR60

DCF77 adapter cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-0AD15

DCF77 indoor antenna Incl. 10 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0AA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a flat roof or wall; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0BA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a mast; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0DA

Indirect lightning protection For DCF77 outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-2AA

GPS complete package For simulating the DCF77 time signal, comprising a GPS receiver, GPS outdoor antenna incl. 25 m cable, BNC adapter plug, configuration software, PC adapter cable, and documentation

6NH9 831-8AA

Indirect lightning protection For GPS outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-8LA

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 43/43D with telephone modem

■ Overview

• TIM 4 module with two WAN interfaces: - the first WAN interface via the built-in MD3 telephone modem - the second WAN interface via the combined RS 232/RS 485 interface • Compact unit which can be used both as an S7-300 CP and as a standalone device: - like a TIM 3, as a communications processor (CP) in an S7-300 - as a standalone device, combined with one or several S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) via the MPI interface • The devices listed can be connected to an analog telephone network via the first WAN interface on the TIM 43/43D and integrated into any SINAUT WAN via the second. The modem or any other data transmission device for the second WAN is connected to the combined RS 232/RS 485 interface on the TIM 43/43D. • The TIM 43D also features a built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver to supply the date/time to all SINAUT stations connected locally or, as a master, to synchronize all SINAUT devices on the WAN. • Communication is possible with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners.

■ Benefits

• Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to combining the TIM transmission processor, MD3 modem and another serial WAN interface into a single compact unit. • Can be used universally with S7-300, S7-400, C7 or control center PC. • The TIM 43D module provides the correct date/time at all times and supports daylight-saving time switchover. • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library. • Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10,000) incl. time stamp on TIM in order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed. • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PG routing) in parallel with data transmission via the WAN connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication.

■ Application The TIM 43/43D enables one or more S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via an analog telephone network and via any other WAN. This TIM 4 module is suitable for use • if two WANs are to be connected in one master and one of them is an analog telephone network. • if the "master" and "node station" functions are to be combined on one TIM in a node station and one of the two WANs to be connected is an analog telephone network. • if a redundant transmission path is to be connected to the TIM and one of the two paths is an analog telephone network. With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the S7 CPU or control center PC by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages process data communication completely independently, via both WAN ports simultaneously, with the configured partners functioning as a "master", "station" and/or "node station". In order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according to priority (high or normal): If higher-priority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is established with the partner for any reason. (for example, if higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in order to exchange data). When in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM is able to store process data that must not be lost in the event of a communication fault or if one of the partners fails, along with its time stamp, until the partner returns to online mode. Important events, alarms, etc. are therefore not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/49

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 43/43D with telephone modem

■ Design

■ Function

The TIM 43/43D offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • 1st WAN port via RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in modem to the telephone outlet. • 2nd WAN port via 9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined RS232/RS485 interface for the connection of an external modem or other data transmission device. • MPI interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the TIM as a standalone device to one or more S7 CPUs or control center PCs. • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K indicators and, on the TIM 43D, DCF77 indicator (the TIM-BUS LED is unassigned on the TIM 43/43D). • The DCF77 adapter cable supplied with the TIM 43D features a BNC connector for connecting the antenna cable. • Easy to mount; the TIM 43/43D is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. If it is integrated into an S7-300 as a CP, it is connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. As a standalone device it is connected to the S7 CPU(s) or control center PC(s) via its MPI interface. • The TIM 43/43D can operate without fans. A backup battery or memory module is not required.

The TIM 43/43D can operate in "station", "node station" and "master" mode. One of the modes can be assigned to each of the two WAN interfaces. The two modes can be the same or different. Because of the built-in telephone modem, the driver for the first WAN interface is set to "dial-up network". The driver can be set to "dedicated line" or "dial-up network" for the second interface. The TIM manages data traffic via the two connected WANs independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner fails. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and, on dial-up networks, the telephone numbers for the partners, are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM. If the SINAUT device connected locally is an S7 CPU, the SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transmitted. The CPU checks the data for changes and transmits it along with the parameterized target address to the TIM, from where it is forwarded for transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID for transmission via a dial-up network. If the local SINAUT device is a control center PC (SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc), operator inputs from the PC program are acquired, converted into SINAUT data telegrams in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration and forwarded to the TIM with the configured target address. The TIM buffers the data to be sent in its RAM buffer and assigns it to either the first or second WAN port depending on the respective target address. If both ports have been configured with redundancy, the data is assigned to the current path. Switching to the alternative path takes place if the current path fails.

7

7/50

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 43/43D with telephone modem

■ Function (continued) The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data is determined by the type of WAN and the TIM function selected: • Dedicated line, radio network In "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled by the master. The stored data telegrams are then transferred. If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged. In "master" mode, after each poll + reply has been completed, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer (default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be exchanged between two polls, this can be defined when configuring the TIM. • Dial-up network For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with "high" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is always in accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of priority. In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to transfer data.

PG/OP communication

Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the local CPU or PC. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block. On the PC, the ST7cc/ST7sc software performs this task in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration.

Configuring

Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. The operating mode used depends on the type of WAN: • Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually takes place in "polling" mode. If there are two or more masters, the "multi-master polling with time-slot procedure" mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network, the "polling with time-slot procedure" mode can be selected if necessary. In both operating modes with time-slot procedure, the TIM 43 can only be used in "station" or "node station" mode. "Master" mode is possible on the TIM 43D, as this module features the DCF77 radio clock receiver required. • On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place in "spontaneous" mode.

PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN to be remotely programmed. • S7 routing With S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol supports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely. Diagnostics The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, including: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required for configuring the TIM. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program required in the CPU. Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package. The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are uploaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics & service tool. The SDBs are uploaded: • via the MPI interface on the TIM 4 if it has been set up as a standalone device • on a TIM 4 connected to an S7-300 as a CP via the MPI interface on the CPU.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/51

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 43/43D with telephone modem

■ Technical specifications Transmission rate via RS232/RS485 interface Interfaces • Connection to telephone network • Connection to external data transmission device • MPI bus • DCF77 antenna (TIM 43D) • Connection to supply voltage Power supply

24 V DC

• from 24 V DC

60 mA (only if the TIM is used as a CP in an S7-300 rack) 500 mA

Power loss

12.3 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity

0 °C ... +60 °C -40 °C ... +70 °C max. 95 % at +25 °C

Construction • Module format

Transmission protocols Available protocols

1 x RJ12 1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232 can be switched to RS485 1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket 1 x BNC socket (via DCF77 adapter cable supplied) 1 x 4-pin terminal block

Current consumption • From backplane bus

Operating mode for dedicated line/radio network • SINAUT ST7 protocol

• SINAUT ST1 protocol Operating mode for dial-up network • SINAUT ST7 protocol • SINAUT ST1 protocol Asynchronous character format • SINAUT ST7 protocol, polling or spontaneous • SINAUT ST7 protocol, multi-master polling • SINAUT ST1 protocol, polling • SINAUT ST1 protocol, spontaneous Hamming distance d

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight

Compact module S7-300, double width 80 x 125 x 120 approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

SINAUT ST7; SINAUT ST1

Polling Polling with time-slot procedure Multi-master polling with time-slot procedure Polling Polling with time-slot procedure spontaneous spontaneous 10 or 11 bit 10 bit 11 bit 10 or 11 bit 4

MD3 built-in modem Transmission path

Analog dial-up telephone network

Available ITU transmission standards • V.22 • V.22 up to • V.32 up to • V.32 up to • V.32 up to • V.34 up to • V.34 up to

1200 bit/s, duplex 2400 bit/s, duplex 4800 bit/s, duplex 9600 bit/s, duplex 14400 bit/s, duplex 19200 bit/s, duplex 33600 bit/s, duplex

Telephone charge pulse filter can be set to:

12 kHz 16 kHz

Dial-up procedure

Voice frequency dialing Pulse dialing

Loop current component

Available; can be connected and disconnected

Loudspeaker

Available; can be connected and disconnected

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1)

Line matching

600 ohms Zr (frequency-dependent)

• Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

Yes

Certification

Europe; U.S.A.; Canada

• Via MPI port of local S7-300 CPU 2) with further CPUs and/or PCs

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)

Compatible with SINAUT modems • MD125 - V.22 - V.22 up to

1200 bit/s, duplex 2040 bit/s, duplex

• MDM2425B DX - V.22 up to

2040 bit/s, duplex

• MD3 (HW version < 4) - V.22 - V.22 up to - V.32 up to - V.32 up to - V.32 up to

1200 bit/s, duplex 2040 bit/s, duplex 4800 bit/s, duplex 9600 bit/s, duplex 14400 bit/s, duplex

Configuring • Software for PG

7

50 ... 38400 bit/s

• Software for CPU

SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

TIM can be operated in mode • Station

Yes

• Node station

Yes

• Master

Yes

Number of TIM 43s per S7 CPU

More than one; number depends on the connection resources of the S7 CPU

Local communication in the rack of an S7-300 • Via backplane bus with local S7-300 CPU

Special communication in stand-alone mode • Via MPI port of the TIM with CPUs and/or PCs User memory required in S7 CPU

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc) Minimum 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636. 2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP

7/52

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 43/43D with telephone modem

■ Ordering data

Order No.

TIM 43 communications module With built-in MD3 modem for connection to the analog telephone network; incl. WAN connecting cable 6NH7700-2BR60 (RJ12 -RJ12/ TAE6) with snap-on TAE6N connector for connecting the built-in MD3 modem to a telephone outlet (TAE6N or RJ12); with second interface for the connection of an external data transmission device via RS232/RS485, with MPI interface

6NH7 800-4AA30

TIM 43D communications module Same as TIM 43, but with the addition of the DCF77 radio clock receiver incl. DCF77 adapter cable 6NH7 700-0AD15 for converting the internal connector to the external BNC connector required

6NH7 800-4AD30

SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

Order No. Accessories Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232) modem; cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4AL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 4 (RS485) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS485) modem. The connecting cable is also suitable for connecting the TIM to an RSM optical fiber module. Cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4DL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with the GSM kit M20, TC35 or MC45 (access to GSM network). Also suitable for thirdparty modems or radio equipment with RS232 standard; cable length 2.5 m.

6NH7 701-5AN

Connecting cable With one end open for connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a thirdparty modem or radio unit (RS232 or RS485); cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-4BN

Connecting cable For connecting two TIM 3V-IE/ TIM 4 modules via their RS232 interface without modems ("null modem"); cable length 6 m

6NH7 701-0AR

RJ12/RJ12 connecting cable with snap-on TAE6N connector (spare part)

6NH7 700-3BR60

DCF77 adapter cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-0AD15

DCF77 indoor antenna Incl. 10 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0AA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a flat roof or wall; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0BA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a mast; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0DA

Indirect lightning protection For DCF77 outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-2AA

GPS complete package For simulating the DCF77 time signal, comprising a GPS receiver, GPS outdoor antenna incl. 25 m cable, BNC adapter plug, configuration software, PC adapter cable, and documentation

6NH9 831-8AA

Indirect lightning protection For GPS outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-8LA

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7

7/53

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 44/44D with ISDN modem

■ Overview

7

■ Benefits

• TIM 4 module with two WAN interfaces: - the first WAN interface via the built-in MD4 ISDN modem - the second WAN interface via the combined RS 232/RS 485 interface • Compact unit which can be used both as an S7-300 CP and as a standalone device: - like a TIM 3, as a communications processor (CP) in an S7-300 - as a standalone device, combined with one or several S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) via the MPI interface • The devices listed can be connected to an ISDN network via the first WAN interface on the TIM 44/44D and integrated into any SINAUT WAN via the second. The modem or any other data transmission device for the second WAN is connected to the combined RS 232/RS 485 interface on the TIM 44/44D. • The TIM 44D also features a built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver to supply the date/time to all SINAUT stations connected locally or, as a controller, to synchronize all SINAUT devices on the WAN. • Communication is possible with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners.

• Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to combining the TIM transmission processor, MD4 modem and another serial WAN interface into a single compact unit. • Can be used universally with S7-300, S7-400, C7 or control center PC. • The TIM 44D module provides the correct date/time at all times and supports daylight-saving time switchover. • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library. • Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10,000) incl. time stamp on TIM in order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed. • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing) in parallel with data transmission via the WAN connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication.

■ Application The TIM 44/44D enables one or more S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via an ISDN network and via any other WAN. This TIM 4 module is suitable for use • if two WANs are to be connected in one master and one of them is an ISDN network. • if the "master" and "node station" functions are to be combined on one TIM in a node station and one of the two WANs to be connected is an ISDN network. • if a redundant transmission path is to be connected to the TIM and one of the two paths is an ISDN network. With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the S7 CPU or control center PC by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages process data communication completely independently, via both WAN ports simultaneously, with the configured partners functioning as a "master", "station" and/or "node station". In order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according to priority (high or normal): If higherpriority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is established with the partner for any reason. For example, if higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in order to exchange data. When in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM is able to store process data that must not be lost in the event of a communication fault or if one of the partners fails, along with its time stamp, until the partner returns to online mode. Important events, alarms, etc. are therefore not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured.

7/54

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 44/44D with ISDN modem

■ Design The TIM 44/44D offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • 1st WAN port via RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in modem to the ISDN S0 outlet • 2nd WAN port via 9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined RS232/RS485 interface for the connection of an external modem or other data transmission device. • MPI interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the TIM as a standalone device to one or more S7 CPUs or control center PCs • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K indicators and, on the TIM 44D, DCF77 indicator (the TIM-BUS LED is unassigned on the TIM 44/44D). • The DCF77 adapter cable supplied with the TIM 44D features a BNC connector for connecting the antenna cable. • Easy to mount; the TIM 44/44D is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. If it is integrated into an S7-300 as a CP, it is connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. As a standalone device it is connected to one or more S7 CPUs or to one or more control center PCs via its MPI interface. • The TIM 44/44D can be operated without fans. A backup battery or memory module is not required.

■ Function The TIM 44/44D can operate in "station", "node station" and "master" mode. One of the modes can be assigned to each of the two WAN interfaces. The two modes can be the same or different. Because of the built-in ISDN modem, the driver for the first WAN interface is set to "dial-up network". The driver can be set to "dedicated line" or "dial-up network" for the second interface. The TIM manages data traffic via the two connected WANs independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner fails. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and, on dial-up networks, the telephone numbers for the partners, are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM. If the SINAUT device connected locally is an S7 CPU, the SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transmitted. The CPU checks the data for changes and transmits it along with the parameterized target address to the TIM, from where it is forwarded for transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID for transmission via a dial-up network. If the local SINAUT device is a control center PC (SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc), operator inputs from the PC program are acquired, converted into SINAUT data telegrams in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration and forwarded to the TIM with the configured target address. The TIM buffers the data to be sent in its RAM buffer and assigns it to either the first or second WAN port depending on the respective target address. If both ports have been configured with redundancy, the data is assigned to the current path. Switching to the alternative path takes place if the current path fails.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/55

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 44/44D with ISDN modem

■ Function (continued)

7

The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data is determined by the type of WAN and the TIM function selected: • Dedicated line, radio network In "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled by the master. The stored data telegrams are then transferred. If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged. In "master" mode, after each poll + reply has been completed, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer (default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be exchanged between two polls, this can be defined when configuring the TIM. • Dial-up network For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with "high" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is always in accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of priority. In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to transfer data.

PG/OP communication

Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the local CPU or PC. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block. On the PC, the ST7cc/ST7sc software performs this task in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration.

Configuring

Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. The operating mode used depends on the type of WAN: • Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually takes place in "polling" mode. If there are two or more masters, the "multi-master polling with time-slot procedure" mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network, the "polling with time-slot procedure" mode can be selected if necessary. In both operating modes with time-slot procedure, the TIM 44 can only be used in "station" or "node station" mode. "Master" mode is possible on the TIM 44D, as this module features the DCF77 radio clock receiver required. • On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place in "spontaneous" mode.

7/56

Siemens IK PI · 2007

PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN to be remotely programmed. • S7 routing With S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol supports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely. Diagnostics The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, including: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required for configuring the TIM. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program required in the CPU. Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package. The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are uploaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics & service tool. The SDBs are uploaded: • via the MPI interface on the TIM 4 if it has been set up as a standalone device • on a TIM 4 connected to an S7-300 as a CP via the MPI interface on the CPU.

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 44/44D with ISDN modem

■ Technical specifications Transmission rate via RS232/RS485 interface Interfaces • Connection to ISDN network • Connection to external data transmission device • MPI bus • DCF77 antenna (TIM 44D)

50 to 38400 bit/s

Available protocols

• Connection to supply voltage

RJ12 9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232 can be switched to RS485 9-pin Sub-D socket BNC socket (via DCF77 adapter cable supplied) 4-pin terminal block

Power supply

24 V DC

Current consumption • From backplane bus • from 24 V DC Power loss

12.3 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity

0 °C ... +60 °C -40 °C ... +70 °C max. 95 % at +25 °C

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight Degree of protection Configuring • Software for PG • Software for CPU

Compact module S7-300, double width 80 x 125 x 120 approx. 300 g IP20 SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

• Station

Yes

• Node station

Yes

• Master

Yes

Number of TIM 44s per S7 CPU

More than one; number depends on the connection resources of the S7 CPU

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1) Yes

• Via MPI port of local S7-300 CPU 2) with further CPUs and/or PCs

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)

User memory required in S7 CPU

• SINAUT ST7 protocol

Polling Polling with time-slot procedure Multi-master polling with time-slot procedure

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

Polling Polling with time-slot procedure

• SINAUT ST7 protocol

spontaneous

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

spontaneous

Asynchronous character format • SINAUT ST7 protocol, polling or spontaneous

10 or 11 bit

• SINAUT ST7 protocol, multi-master polling

10 bit

• SINAUT ST1 protocol, polling

11 bit

• SINAUT ST1 protocol, spontaneous

10 or 11 bit

Hamming distance d

4

Integrated MD4 modem Transmission path

Digital ISDN network

• V.110

1200 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

2400 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

9600 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

19200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

1200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

2400 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

19200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

38400 bit/s, duplex

Certification

Europe

7

Compatible with SINAUT modems

• Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

Special communication in stand-alone mode • Via MPI port of the TIM with CPUs and/or PCs

Operating mode for dedicated line/radio network

Available standard transmission standards

TIM can be operated in mode

Local communication in the rack of an S7-300 • Via backplane bus with local S7-300 CPU

SINAUT ST7 SINAUT ST1

Operating mode for dial-up network 60 mA (only if the TIM is used as a CP in an S7-300 rack) 500 mA

Construction • Module format

Transmission protocols

• LGM64K - V.110

9600 bit/s, duplex

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc) Minimum 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636. 2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/57

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 44/44D with ISDN modem

■ Ordering data

Order No.

TIM 44 communications module With built-in MD4 modem for connection to the analog telephone network; incl. WAN 6NH7 700-4AR60 (RJ12/RJ45) connecting cable for connecting the built-in MD4 modem with the ISDN S0 outlet; with second interface for connecting an external data transmission device via RS232/RS485; with MPI interface

6NH7 800-4AA40

TIM 44D communications module Same as TIM 44, but with the addition of the DCF77 radio clock receiver incl. DCF77 adapter cable 6NH7 700-0AD15 for converting the internal connector to the external BNC connector required

6NH7 800-4AD40

SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version

7

• German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

7/58

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Order No. Accessories Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD3, MD3 or MD4 (RS232) modem; cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4AL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 4 (RS485) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS485) modem. The connecting cable is also suitable for connecting the TIM to an RSM optical fiber module. Cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4DL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with the GSM kit M20, TC35 or MC45 (access to GSM network). Also suitable for thirdparty modems or radio equipment with RS232 standard; cable length 2.5 m.

6NH7 701-5AN

Connecting cable With one end open for connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a third-party modem or radio unit (RS232); cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-4BN

Connecting cable For connecting two TIM 3V-IE/ TIM 4 modules via their RS232 interface without modems ("null modem"); cable length 6 m

6NH7 701-0AR

RJ12/RJ45 connecting cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-4AR60

DCF77 adapter cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-0AD15

DCF77 indoor antenna Incl. 10 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0AA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a flat roof or wall; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0BA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a mast; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0DA

Indirect lightning protection For DCF77 outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-2AA

GPS complete package For simulating the DCF77 time signal, comprising a GPS receiver, GPS outdoor antenna incl. 25 m cable, BNC adapter plug, configuration software, PC adapter cable, and documentation

6NH9 831-8AA

Indirect lightning protection For GPS outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-8LA

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 4V/4VD without built-in modem

■ Overview

■ Application The TIM 4V/4VD enables one or more S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via any SINAUT WAN. This TIM 4 module is suitable for use • if the TIM has to be connected to a WAN with which the builtin modems are not compatible. This type of TIM has to be used for example for connections to the GSM network, to radio modems or to a fiber-optic cable. • if an MD3 modem is to be used as a dedicated-line modem (the integrated MD3 modem on a TIM 43 can only be configured for dial-up operation). • if a number of MD2 or MD3 dedicated-line modems is to be connected in parallel via the RS485 interface to the TIM in the controller in order to create a more extensive star network. • if an MD4 modem is to be used for connection to a ISDN dedicated line (the integrated MD4 modem on a TIM 44 can only be configured for dial-up operation).

• TIM 4 modules without built-in modem • With one serial WAN interface • Compact unit which can be used both as an S7-300 CP and as a standalone device: - like a TIM 3, as a communications processor (CP) in an S7-300 - as a standalone device, combined with one or several S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) via the MPI interface • The devices listed can be integrated into any SINAUT WAN via the TIM 4V/4VD. The modem or data transmission device required in each case is connected to the combined RS 232/RS 485 interface on the TIM 4V/4VD. • The TIM 4VD also features a built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver to supply the date/time to all SINAUT stations connected locally or, as a master, to synchronize all SINAUT devices on the WAN. • Communication is possible with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners.

With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the S7 CPU or control center PC by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages process data communication with the configured partners completely independently in "master", "station" or "node station" mode. In order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according to priority (high or normal): If higherpriority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is established with the partner for any reason (for example, if higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in order to exchange data). When in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM is able to store process data that must not be lost in the event of a communication fault or if one of the partners fails, along with its time stamp, until the partner returns to online mode. Important events, alarms, etc. are therefore not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured.

■ Benefits

• TIM 4 module which supports flexible connection to any SINAUT WAN. • Can be used universally with S7-300, S7-400, C7 or control center PC. • The TIM 4VD module provides the correct date/time at all times and supports daylight-savings time switchover. • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library. • Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10,000) incl. time stamp on TIM in order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed. • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing) in parallel with data transmission via the WAN connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/59

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 4V/4VD without built-in modem

■ Design The TIM 4V/4VD offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • 9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined RS232/RS485 interface for the connection of an external modem or other data transmission device. • MPI interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the TIM as a standalone device to one or more S7 CPUs or control center PCs. • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with SF and MPI/K indicators and, on the TIM 4VD, DCF77 indicator (the TXD, RXD and TIM-BUS LEDs are unassigned on the TIM 4V/4VD). • The DCF77 adapter cable supplied with the TIM 4VD features a BNC connector for connecting the antenna cable. • Easy to mount; the TIM 4V/4VD is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. If it is integrated into an S7-300 as a CP, it is connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. As a standalone device it is connected to the S7 CPU(s) or control center PC(s) via its MPI interface. • The TIM 4V/4VD can be operated without fans. A backup battery or memory module is not required.

■ Function The TIM 4V/4VD can operate in "station", "node station" and "master" mode.

7

The TIM manages data traffic via the connected WAN independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner fails. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and, on dial-up networks, the telephone numbers for the partners, are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM. If the SINAUT device connected locally is an S7 CPU, the SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transmitted. The CPU checks the data for changes and transmits it along with the parameterized target address to the TIM, from where it is forwarded for transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID for transmission via a dial-up network. If the local SINAUT device is a control center PC (SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc), operator inputs from the PC program are acquired, converted into SINAUT data telegrams in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration and forwarded to the TIM with the configured target address.

7/60

Siemens IK PI · 2007

The TIM stores the data to be transferred in its RAM buffer. The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data is determined by the type of WAN and the TIM function selected: • Dedicated line, radio network In "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled by the master. The stored data telegrams are then transferred. If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged. In "master" mode, after each poll + reply has been completed, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer (default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be exchanged between two polls, this can be defined when configuring the TIM. • Dial-up network For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with "high" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is always in accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of priority. In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the partner addressed in order to transfer data. Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the local CPU or PC. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block. On the PC, the ST7cc/ST7sc software performs this task in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration. Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. The operating mode used depends on the type of WAN: • Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually takes place in "polling" mode. If there are two or more masters, the "multi-master polling with time-slot procedure" mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network, the "polling with time-slot procedure" mode can be selected if necessary. In both operating modes with time-slot procedure, the TIM 4V can only be used in "station" or "node station" mode. "Master" mode is possible on the TIM 4VD, as this module features the DCF77 radio clock receiver required. • On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place in "spontaneous" mode.

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 4V/4VD without built-in modem

■ Function (continued) PG/OP communication

Configuring

PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN to be remotely programmed. • S7 routing With S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol supports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely.

The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required for configuring the TIM. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program required in the CPU. Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package.

Diagnostics The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, including: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic

The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are uploaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics & service tool. The SDBs are uploaded: • via the MPI interface on the TIM 4 if it has been set up as a standalone device • on a TIM 4 connected to an S7-300 as a CP via the MPI interface on the CPU.

■ Technical specifications Transmission rate

50 to 38400 bit/s

TIM can be operated in mode • Station

Yes

• Connection to external data transmission device

9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232 can be switched to RS485

• Node station

Yes

• Master

Yes

• MPI bus

9-pin Sub-D socket

• DCF77 antenna (TIM 4VD)

BNC socket (via DCF77 adapter cable supplied)

Number of TIM 4Vs per S7 CPU

More than one; number depends on the connection resources of the S7 CPU

• Connection to supply voltage

4-pin terminal block

Supply voltage

24 V DC

Local communication in the rack of an S7-300 • Via backplane bus with local S7-300 CPU

• from backplane bus

60 mA (only if the TIM is used as a CP in an S7-300 rack)

• Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

Yes

• from DC 24 V

400 mA

• Via MPI port of local S7-300 CPU 2) with further CPUs and/or PCs

Power loss

9,9 W

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)

Ports

Current consumption

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

0 °C ... +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C ... +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95 % at +25 °C

Special communication in stand-alone mode • Via MPI port of the TIM with CPUs and/or PCs User memory required in S7 CPU

Design • Module format

Compact module S7-300, double width

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

80 x 125 x 120

• Weight

approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Configuring • Software for PG

SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG

• Software for CPU

SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

7

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1)

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc) Minimum 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636. 2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/61

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 4V/4VD without built-in modem

■ Technical specifications (continued) Transmission protocols Available protocols

SINAUT ST7 SINAUT ST1

Operating mode for dedicated line/radio network • SINAUT ST7 protocol

• SINAUT ST1 protocol

Polling Polling with time-slot procedure Multi-master polling with time-slot procedure Polling Polling with time-slot procedure

Operating mode for dial-up network • SINAUT ST7 protocol • SINAUT ST1 protocol Asynchronous character format • SINAUT ST7 protocol, polling or spontaneous • SINAUT ST7 protocol, multi-master polling • SINAUT ST1 protocol, polling • SINAUT ST1 protocol, spontaneous Hamming distance d

■ Ordering data

7

Order No.

TIM 4V communications module With RS232/485 interface for the connection of an external data transmission device, with MPI interface

6NH7 800-4AA00

TIM 4VD communications module Same as TIM 4V, but with the addition of the DCF77 radio clock receiver incl. DCF77 adapter cable 6NH7 700-0AD15 for converting the internal connector to the external BNC connector required

6NH7 800-4AD00

SINAUT ST7 standard software package 11/2005 edition on CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the PG • SINAUT TD7 function block library for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

Accessories Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232) modem; cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4AL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 4 (RS485) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS485) modem. The connecting cable is also suitable for connecting the TIM to an RSM optical fiber module. Cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4DL

7/62

Siemens IK PI · 2007

spontaneous spontaneous 10 or 11 bit 10 bit 11 bit 10 or 11 bit 4

Order No. Accessories (continued) Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with the GSM kit M20, TC35 or MC45 (access to GSM network). Also suitable for thirdparty modems or radio equipment with RS232 standard; cable length 2.5 m.

6NH7 701-5AN

Connecting cable With one end open for connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a third-party modem or radio unit (RS232); cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-4BN

Connecting cable For connecting two TIM3V/TIM4 modules via their RS232 interface without modems ("null modem"); cable length 6 m

6NH7 701-0AR

DCF77 adapter cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-0AD15

DCF77 indoor antenna Incl. 10 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0AA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a flat roof or wall; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0BA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a mast; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0DA

Indirect lightning protection For DCF77 outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-2AA

GPS complete package For simulating the DCF77 time signal, comprising a GPS receiver, GPS outdoor antenna incl. 25 m cable, BNC adapter plug, configuration software, PC adapter cable, and documentation

6NH9 831-8AA

Indirect lightning protection For GPS outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-8LA

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 4R/4RD without built-in modem

■ Overview

■ Application The TIM 4R/4RD enables one or more S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via any two SINAUT WANs. This TIM 4 module is suitable for use • if two WANs are to be connected in one master. • if the "master" and "node station" modes are to be combined on one TIM in one node station. • if a redundant transmission path is to be connected to the TIM.

• TIM 4 modules without built-in modem • With two serial WAN interfaces • Compact unit which can be used both as an S7-300 CP and as a standalone device: - like a TIM 3, as a communications processor (CP) in an S7-300 - as a standalone device, combined with one or several S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) via the MPI interface • The devices listed can be integrated into any SINAUT WAN via the TIM 4R/4RD. The modem or data transmission device required in each case is connected to the two RS 232/RS 485 interfaces on the TIM 4R/4RD. • The TIM 4RD also features a built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver to supply the date/time to all SINAUT stations connected locally or, as a controller, to synchronize all SINAUT devices on the WAN. • Communication is possible with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1 partners.

■ Benefits

• Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to combining the TIM transmission processor and two WAN interfaces into a single compact unit. • TIM 4 module which supports flexible connection to any SINAUT WAN. • Can be used universally with S7-300, S7-400, C7 or control center PC. • The TIM 4RD module provides the correct date/time at all times and supports daylight-savings time switchover. • Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly configuration of connections and data to be transferred with the SINAUT configuring software and block library. • Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10,000) incl. time stamp on TIM in order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed. • Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing) in parallel with data transmission via the WAN connection. • Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of ST1-compatible communication.

In all configurations listed, the TIM 4R/4RD is ideal if none of the integrated modem types is suitable for either of the two WAN ports. This is the case: • In the event of connection to the GSM network, to radio modems or a fiber-optic cable. • if an MD3 modem is to be used as a dedicated-line modem (the integrated MD3 modem on a TIM 43 can only be configured for dial-up operation). • if a number of MD2 or MD3 dedicated-line modems is to be connected in parallel via the RS485 interface to the TIM in the controller in order to create a more extensive star network. • if an MD4 modem is to be used for connection to a ISDN dedicated line (the integrated MD4 modem on a TIM 44 can only be configured for dial-up operation). With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the S7 CPU or control center PC by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages process data communication completely independently, via both WAN ports simultaneously, with the configured partners functioning as a "master", "station" and/or "node station". In order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according to priority (high or normal): If higherpriority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is established with the partner for any reason (for example, if higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in order to exchange data). When in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM is able to store process data that must not be lost in the event of a communication fault or if one of the partners fails, along with its time stamp, until the partner returns to online mode. Important events, alarms, etc. are therefore not lost and the integrity of information in control center system archives is assured.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/63

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 4R/4RD without built-in modem

■ Design The TIM 4R/4RD offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • 9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined RS 232/RS 485 interface for the connection of an external modem or other data transmission device. • RJ45 socket as additional combined RS 232/RS 485 interface. The RJ45/Sub-D interface adapter cable supplied provides another 9-pin Sub-D connector for connecting an external modem or other data transmission device. • MPI interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the TIM as a standalone device to one or more S7 CPUs or control center PCs. • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K indicators and, on the TIM 4RD, DCF77 indicator (the TIM-BUS LED is unassigned on the TIM 4R/4RD). • The DCF77 adapter cable supplied with the TIM 4RD features a BNC connector for connecting the antenna cable. • Easy to mount; the TIM 4R/4RD is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail; if integrated into an S7-300 as a CP, it is connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. As a standalone device it is connected to one or more S7 CPUs or to one or more control center PCs via its MPI interface. • Can be operated without fans; a backup battery or memory module is not required.

■ Function

7

The TIM 4R/4RD can operate in "station", "node station" and "master" mode. One of the modes can be assigned to each of the two WAN interfaces. The two modes can be the same or different. The driver can be set to "dedicated line" or "dial-up network" for each of the two WAN interfaces. The same driver can be selected for both interfaces or different drivers can be assigned. The TIM manages data traffic via the two connected WANs independently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner fails. The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality required in each case and, on dial-up networks, the telephone numbers for the partners, are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM. If the SINAUT device connected locally is an S7 CPU, the SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transmitted. The CPU checks the data for changes and transmits it along with the parameterized target address to the TIM, from where it is forwarded for transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID for transmission via a dial-up network. If the local SINAUT device is a control center PC (SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc), operator inputs from the PC program are acquired, converted into SINAUT data telegrams in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration and forwarded to the TIM with the configured target address.

7/64

Siemens IK PI · 2007

The TIM stores the data to be transferred in its RAM buffer. The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data is determined by the type of WAN and the TIM function selected: • Dedicated line, radio network In "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled by the master. The stored data telegrams are then transferred. If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged. In "master" mode, after each poll + reply has been completed, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer (default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be exchanged between two polls, this can be defined when configuring the TIM. • Dial-up network For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in "station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with "high" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a connection with the partner addressed in order to start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is always in accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of priority. In "controller" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the addressed partner in order to transfer data. Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the local CPU or PC. A block integrated in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas configured on the block. On the PC, the ST7cc/ST7sc software performs this task in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration. Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used for data traffic. The operating mode used depends on the type of WAN: • Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually takes place in "polling" mode. If there are two or more masters, the "multi-master polling with time-slot procedure" mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network, the "polling with time-slot procedure" mode can be selected if necessary. In both operating modes with time-slot procedure, the TIM 4R can only be used in "station" or "node station" mode. "Master" mode is possible on the TIM 4RD, as this module features the DCF77 radio clock receiver required. • On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place in "spontaneous" mode. PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN to be remotely programmed. • S7 routing With S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol supports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely.

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 4R/4RD without built-in modem

■ Function (continued) Diagnostics

Configuring

The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides extensive diagnostics functions, including: • TIM operating status • TIM module status • General diagnostics information • TIM diagnostics buffer • Status of connections with local and remote communication partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc) • TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic

The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required for configuring the TIM. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program required in the CPU. Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package. The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are uploaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics & service tool. The SDBs are uploaded: • via the MPI interface on the TIM 4 if it has been set up as a standalone device • on a TIM 4 connected to an S7-300 as a CP via the MPI interface on the CPU.

■ Technical specifications Data transmission rate Interfaces • 1st connection to external data transmission device • 2nd connection to external data transmission device

50 to 38400 bit/s

• Connection to supply voltage

9-pin Sub-D connector, RS 232 can be switched to RS 485 RJ45, RS 232 can be switched to RS 484 (the interface adapter cable supplied provides an additional 9-pin Sub-D connector) 9-pin Sub-D socket BNC socket (via DCF77 adapter cable supplied) 4-pin terminal block

Power supply

24 V DC

• MPI bus • DCF77 antenna (TIM 4RD)

Current consumption • from backplane bus

Local communication in the rack of an S7-300 • Via backplane bus with local S7-300 CPU • Via backplane bus with further local TIMs

Yes

• Via MPI port of local S7-300 CPU 2) with further CPUs and/or PCs

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)

Special communication in stand-alone mode • Via MPI port of the TIM with CPUs and/or PCs User memory required in S7 CPU

• from 24 V DC

60 mA (only if the TIM is used as a CP in an S7-300 rack) 500 mA

Transmission protocols

Power loss

12.3 W

Available protocols

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity

0 °C … +60 °C -40 °C … +70 °C max. 95 % at +25 °C

Operating mode for dedicated line/radio network • SINAUT ST7 protocol

Construction • Module format • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight

Compact module S7-300, double width 80 x 125 x 120 approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Configuring • Software for PG

• SINAUT ST1 protocol Operating mode for dial-up network • SINAUT ST7 protocol • SINAUT ST1 protocol

• Station

Yes

• Node station

Yes

Asynchronous character format • SINAUT ST7 protocol, polling or spontaneous • SINAUT ST7 protocol, multi-master polling • SINAUT ST1 protocol, polling • SINAUT ST1 protocol, spontaneous

• Master

Yes

Hamming distance d

Number of TIM 4Rs per S7 CPU

More than one; number depends on the connection resources of the S7 CPU

• Software for CPU

SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG SINAUT TD7 function block library for CPU

TIM can be operated in mode

Yes, over TD7onCPU 1)

Yes, through TD7onCPU (for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7 communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc) Minimum 20 KB, actual requirement determined by data volume and functional scope SINAUT ST7 SINAUT ST1

Polling Polling with time-slot procedure Multi-master polling with time-slot procedure Polling Polling with time-slot procedure spontaneous spontaneous 10 or 11 bit 10 bit 11 bit 10 or 11 bit 4

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635 and C7-636. 2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following CPU types: All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/65

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

TIM communications modules TIM 4R/4RD without built-in modem

■ Ordering data

Order No.

TIM 4R communications module for connecting 2 external data transmission devices via RS 232/485; incl. interface adapter cable 6NH7 700-0AS05 for the second serial RS 232/485 interface for converting the internal connector (RJ45) to the 9-pin Sub-D connector required externally; with MPI interface

6NH7 800-4AA90

TIM 4RD communications module Same as TIM 4R, but with the addition of the DCF77 radio clock receiver incl. DCF77 adapter cable 6NH7 700-0AD15 for converting the internal connector to the external BNC connector required

6NH7 800-4AD90

SINAUT ST7 software package On CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software V3.4 for the PG • SINAUT TD7 block library V2.1.4 for the CPU • SINAUT ST7 software V4.3 for TIM • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version

7

• German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

7/66

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Order No. Accessories Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS 232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS 232) modem; cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4AL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 4 (RS 485) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS 485) modem. The connecting cable is also suitable for connecting the TIM to an RSM optical fiber module. Cable length 1.5 m

6NH7 701-4DL

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS 232) with the GSM kit M20, TC35 or MC45 (access to GSM network). Also suitable for thirdparty modems or radio equipment with RS 232 standard; cable length 2.5 m.

6NH7 701-5AN

Connecting cable With one end open for connecting a TIM3V/TIM4 with a third-party modem or radio unit (RS 232); cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-4BN

Connecting cable For connecting two TIM 3V-IE/ TIM 4 modules via their RS232 interface without modems ("null modem"); cable length 6 m

6NH7 701-0AR

Interface adapter cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-0AS05

DCF77 adapter cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-0AD15

DCF77 indoor antenna Incl. 10 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0AA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a flat roof or wall; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0BA

DCF77 outdoor antenna For mounting on a mast; incl. 20 m antenna cable with BNC connectors

6NH9 831-0DA

Indirect lightning protection For DCF77 outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-2AA

GPS complete package For simulating the DCF77 time signal, comprising a GPS receiver, GPS outdoor antenna incl. 25 m cable, BNC adapter plug, configuration software, PC adapter cable, and documentation

6NH9 831-8AA

Indirect lightning protection For GPS outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-8LA

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

General information

■ Overview

■ Application Although the modems were developed as components of the SINAUT ST7 system, they can be used independently of this system as standard dedicated-line or dial-up modems. Due to their design and electrical characteristics, the modems are particularly suitable for use in industrial applications.

■ Design

SINAUT MD3 modem

The SINAUT ST7 system provides three modems, which, like the TIM module, are housed in an S7-300 enclosure. • MD2; dedicated-line modem for multi-point connection, can be tapped, can also be used as a repeater, max. 19,200 bit/s • MD3; modem for the analog telephone network, max. 33,600 bit/s; can also be used as a dedicated-line modem for a point-to-point connection, max. 33,600 bit/s in voice band • MD4; modem for the digital ISDN network, max. 64,000 bit/s; also suitable for an ISDN dedicated line;

All three modem types are identical in design and offer all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules • RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the WAN (dedicated line or dial-up network) • 9-pin Sub-D connector with RS 232 interface for connection to the serial interface on the TIM • 9-pin Sub-D socket with RS 485 interface for connection to the serial interface on the TIM • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with TXD, RXD, DTR, RTS/ONL, CTS/RI, and DCD indicators • Easy to mount on an S7-300 DIN rail or a 35 mm standard mounting rail • SINAUT ST7 modems can be operated without fans

RS232 interface (9-pin, male)

These modems can be connected to the serial modem interface of a TIM module with appropriate components (TIM 3V-IE and all TIM 4 modules).

7

RS485 interface (9-pin, female)

■ Benefits

• SIMATIC S7-300 design • Can be mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail or on a 35 mm standard mounting rail (via the 6NH7760-0AA adapter, to be ordered separately) • 24 V DC power supply connection • RS232 and RS485 interface • Electrical isolation between power supply and RS232/RS485 interface

24 V

RJ12 Western connector: WAN access point

G_IK10_XX_30050

The modems are supplied together with the WAN connecting cable required in each case. Connecting cables for connecting the modems to a TIM must be ordered separately.

Available connections on a SINAUT ST7 modem (schematic diagram with covers removed)

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/67

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

General information

■ Design (continued) Configuration examples An external MD modem is connected to a TIM via a type 7701 standard connecting cable. The modem is mounted on a separate S7-300 DIN rail or a 35 mm standard mounting rail (a suitable adapter is available).

If two WAN accesses are required on an S7-400 with TIM 4, another external MDx modem can be connected. The TIM and modem are mounted together on a separate S7-300 DIN rail. The TIM is connected to the CPU via its MPI interface. The TIM is connected to the external MDx modem via a type 7701 standard connecting cable.

Connecting cable 7701

Connecting cable 7701

S7-400

S7-300

WAN (1)

WAN (2)

In the following configuration, the modem is housed on the outside on the right in the rack. The TIM is connected with the adjacent module on the left by means of a bus connector. There is no bus connector between the TIM and modem. Therefore S7 modules cannot be used to the right of the modem.

MPI

WAN WAN (2) (1)

The next configuration shows how a star-type dedicated-line network is linked to a TIM operating as a master, e.g. a TIM 4 on a control center PC (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc). Every cable of the star network is connected to a modem in the master. All these modems are connected to the RS 232/RS 485 interface on the TIM 4 via their RS 485 interface.

Connecting cable 7701

Connecting cable 7701

7

TIM 4

G_IK10_XX_30053

MDx

MDx

G_IK10_XX_30051

TIM 4

SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc

S7-300

Siemens IK PI · 2007

MDx

WAN (2) Star network

MDx

TIM 4

WAN (1)

MPI

G_IK10_XX_30054

WAN WAN (1) (2)

7/68

MDx

MDx

G_IK10_XX_30052

TIM 4

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Overview

■ Application Although the MD2 modem was developed as a component of the SINAUT ST7 system, it can be used independently of this system as a standard dedicated-line modem. Due to its design and electrical characteristics, the MD2 is particularly suitable for use in industrial applications. Distances of up to 33 km (at 1200 bit/s), up to 27 km (at 2400 bit/s) and up to 11 km (at 9600 and 19,200 bit/s) can be covered by the MD2 without amplifiers/repeaters (guide values for non-coil-loaded message line type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y). The distances indicated can be multiplied by connecting two MD2 modems to one repeater. The MD2 modem supports the setting up of "point-to-point", "star" or "line" network topologies as well as combinations of these basic structures. If the modem is used in the master, a small star network comprising two 2-wire cables can be connected to the modem output. The star network can be extended by a multiple of 2 x 2-wire by connecting a number of MD2 modems (max. 32) via the RS485 interface.

• Frequency-modulated (FSK) dedicated-line modem • Half-duplex data transmission on 2-wire dedicated lines, duplex data transmission on 4-wire dedicated lines • As the modem supports tapping, lines with a number of stations connected to them can also be set up. The MD2 can also be used as a repeater on 2-wire and 4-wire dedicated lines. • Private or telecommunications leased lines can be used as dedicated lines. The MD2 is also suitable for connection to a radio unit with modem input.

■ Benefits

• SIMATIC S7-300 design • Can be mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail or on a 35 mm standard mounting rail (via the 6NH7760-0AA adapter, to be ordered separately) • 24 V DC power supply connection • RS232 and RS485 interface • Electrical isolation between power supply and RS232/RS485 interface • 4 different transmission rates can be selected • Supports tapping • Integrated transformer for the connection of two 2-wire lines • Built-in repeater function for range multiplication • Suitable for connection to a radio unit with modem input

The modem output can be switched with high resistance in order to tap a terminal along a line. This minimizes gap loss and only slightly reduces the maximum distance which can be bridged. The very short transmitter running times speed up data traffic with the "polling" operating mode used in the dedicated line network. In addition to private dedicated lines, the MD2 can also be connected to leased telephone lines. Appropriate approval has been secured. On analog-only leased lines, transmission rates of 1200 and 2400 bit/s are possible. On switched analog/digital leased lines, the speed is usually restricted to 1200 bit/s for technical reasons. The MD2 is also ideal for data transmission via walkie-talkies with modem input. The MD2 modem features a built-in floating opto-relay linked to the RTS signal of the RS232 interface for switching the radio unit on and off via its PTT input. The two opto-relay connections are available on the RJ12 socket. As walkie-talkies are usually only able to transmit voice in a sound frequency range of between 300 Hz and 3000 Hz, transmission rate with the MD2 modem is restricted here to 1200 bit/s. For 2400 bit/s, the sound frequency range has to reach beyond 3300 Hz.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/69

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Design The MD2 modem offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the dedicated line. • 9-pin Sub-D connector with RS232 interface for connecting the modem to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM. • 9-pin Sub-D socket with RS485 interface for connecting the modem to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM.

• 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with TXD, RXD, DTR, RTS/ONL, CTS/RI, und DCD indicators. • Easy to mount; the modem is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. Alternatively, it can be mounted on a 35 mm standard mounting rail. • The modem can be operated without fans.

■ Integration The various ways in which the MD2 modem can be connected to a TIM or other MD2 modems, as well as to the dedicated line (via an LTOP overvoltage protection module), are illustrated below. Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via the RS 232 interface One MD2 modem can be connected to a TIM via the RS 232 interface. This technique can be used to set up "point-to-point" and "line" network configurations as well as a small star network with only two 2-wire lines (see schematic configurations below). Point-to-point

Line

Star, line, point-to-point Master

Station

2- or 4-wire terminal station

7

2 x 2-wire terminal station 2-wire terminal station 2-wire tandem station

Possible network configurations for connection of an MD2 to a TIM via RS 232

7/70

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_30083

2- or 4-wire tandem station

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Integration (continued) The interconnections between the components at the various terminals and tapping points (the 6NH7700-2AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD2) are illustrated below. 2-wire terminal station

4-wire terminal station

TIM

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

RS232

MD2

RS232

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

Overvoltage protection LTOP1 6NH9821-0BC11

2-wire dedicated line

TIM

RS232

MD2

RS232

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

7

Overvoltage protection LTOP2 6NH9821-0BC12

4-wire dedicated line

G_IK10_XX_30084

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via RS 232, 2-wire and 4-wire terminal

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/71

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Integration (continued) 2 x 2-wire terminal station

2-wire tandem station

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

RS232

MD2

RS232

TIM 3V TIM 4

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

RS232

Overvoltage protection LTOP2 6NH9821-0BC12

2-wire dedicated line (second route)

Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via RS 232, 2 x 2-wire terminal and 2-wire tapping point

7/72

MD2

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

Overvoltage protection LTOP2 6NH9821-0BC12

2-wire dedicated line (first route)

RS232

2-wire tandem station

G_IK10_XX_30085

TIM 3V TIM 4

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Integration (continued) Connection of a number of MD2 modems to a TIM via the RS 485 interface

4-wire tandem station

A number of MD2 modems can be connected to a TIM via the RS 485 interface. This type of interconnection is used if a number of dedicated lines have to be combined on a single WAN port on the TIM, i.e. if a star topology is connected, as illustrated schematically below.

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

Star, line, point-to-point

Master

Station

RS232

MD4

RS232

Neutral point Bundling of several 2 or 4-wire terminal stations 2 or 4-wire terminal station 2 or 4-wire tandem station

G_IK10_XX_30087

TIM

A possible neutral point connection using standard components is illustrated on page 7/74 (the 6NH7700-2AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD2). Each MD2 in the neutral point connection can be configured individually as a 2-wire, 4-wire or 2 x 2-wire terminal. (For configuring the terminals and tapping points in the stations, please see above.)

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

7

4-wire tandem station

G_IK10_XX_30086

Overvoltage protection LTOP2 6NH9821-0BC12

Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via RS 232, 4-wire tapping point

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/73

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Integration (continued)

TIM

RS485

MD2

MD2

RS485

MD2

RS485

RS485

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4DL

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

4-wire dedicated line

2-wire dedicated line (first route)

7

2-wire dedicated line

Connection of a number of MD2 modems with one TIM via RS 485, star-type connection of a number of dedicated lines

6NH7701-4DL standard connecting cable is used to connect the TIM to the first MD2. A prefabricated connecting cable is not available for the connection of the other modems. However, standard components from the SIMATIC S7 range can be used for this purpose. The same parts used to create an MPI connection can be used. The 6XV1830-0AH10 cable and 6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0 connector are recommended.

7/74

Siemens IK PI · 2007

2-wire dedicated line (second route)

G_IK10_XX_30088

Overvoltage protection LTOP1 6NH9821-0BC11 or LTOP2 6NH9821-0BC12

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Integration (continued) In most cases, an additional ST7 station with a TIM and built-in or external MD2 modem is used at the point where a repeater is used. A TIM32 or TIM42 or TIM 3V-IE with MD2 can be connected to the 2-wire or 4-wire line at this repeater point. (The 6NH7700-2AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD2.)

Interconnection of two MD2 modems to one repeater If the distance to be covered is too large, two MD2 modems can be connected to one repeater (2-wire or 4-wire repeater). The repeater performs signal amplification and regenerates the individual characters.

Repeater set up using 2 x MD2

Connecting cable 6NH7701-1CB

TIM 32 TIM 42

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

MD2

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

MD2

RS232

7

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

Overvoltage protection LTOP1 6NH9821-0BC11

2-wire tandem station

2-wire terminal station

2-wire dedicated line 2-wire terminal station

G_IK10_XX_30089

Overvoltage protection LTOP2 6NH9821-0BC12

2-wire dedicated line

RS232

Two MD2 modems as 2-wire repeater with simultaneous 2-wire tapping on a TIM (e.g. TIM32)

In order to set up a 4-wire repeater configuration, simply replace the two LTOP1 modules with LTOP2 modules in the configuration with the 2-wire repeater.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/75

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Integration (continued) Calculating the maximum range (in km) based on transmission rate and wire diameter The table below can be used to calculate approximate values for the maximum distance in km which can be covered by the MD2 modem, depending on transmission rate and wire diameter.

A level reserve of 4 dB was applied when calculating the maximum ranges. This should ensure that even in the event of deviations in cable characteristics, which experience has shown to be possible during operation, the level will always be sufficient to ensure fault-free data transmission.

The values in the table are guide values for non-coil-loaded message lines type 2 x 2 x A J-Y(St)Y (A = core diameter in mm). Transmission rate (bit/s)

Maximum range (km) Transmission level –6 dB 1)

Transmission level 0 dB 1)

with LTOP

without LTOP

with LTOP

without LTOP

Outside diameter 0.6 mm 1 200

21.4 – AST x 0.8

22 – AST x 0.3

25.4 – AST x 0.8

26 – AST x 0.3

2 400

17.4 – AST x 0.6

17.8 – AST x 0.2

20.6 – AST x 0.6

21 – AST x 0.2

9 600 / 19 200

6.7 – AST x 1.0

7.6 – AST x 0.1

8.1 – AST x 1.0

9 – AST x 0.1

1 200

28 – AST x 1.1

28.7 – AST x 0.4

33.2 – AST x 1.1

33.9 – AST x 0.4

2 400

23 – AST x 0.8

23.5 – AST x 0.2

27.2 – AST x 0.8

27.8 – AST x 0.2

9 600 / 19 200

9.0 – AST x 1.4

10.3 – AST x 0.1

10.9 – AST x 1.4

12.1 – AST x 0.1

1 200

35.7 – AST x 1.4

36.6 – AST x 0.5

42.4 – AST x 1.4

43.3 – AST x 0.5

2 400

29.2 – AST x 1.0

30 – AST x 0.2

34.7 – AST x 1.0

35.4 – AST x 0.2

9 600 / 19 200

11.1 – AST x 1.7

12.6 – AST x 0.1

13.4 – AST x 1.7

15 – AST x 0.1

1 200

49.5 – AST x 1.9

50.7 – AST x 0.7

58.7 – AST x 1.9

60 – AST x 0.7

2 400

42.9 – AST x 1.4

44 – AST x 0.3

50.9 – AST x 1.4

52 – AST x 0.3

9 600 / 19 200

16.1 – AST x 2.4

18.3 – AST x 0.2

19.4 – AST x 2.4

21.6 – AST x 0.2

1 200

58.5– AST x 2.2

60 – AST x 0.8

69.4 – AST x 2.2

70.9 – AST x 0.8

2 400

53.6 – AST x 1.7

55 – AST x 0.4

63.6 – AST x 1.7

65 – AST x 0.4

9 600 / 19 200

19.3 – AST x 2.9

22 – AST x 0.2

23.3 – AST x 2.9

26 – AST x 0.2

Outside diameter 0.8 mm

Outside diameter 0.9 mm

Outside diameter 1.2 mm

7

Outside diameter 1.4 mm

AST = number of tapping points 1) Not possible on leased telephone lines. Set transmission level to -9 dB.

7/76

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD2 dedicated-line modem

■ Technical specifications Interfaces • Connection to dedicated line

RJ12

• RS232 connection to data terminal equipment

9-pin Sub-D connector

• RS485 connection to data terminal equipment

9-pin Sub-D socket

• Connection to supply voltage Power supply

4-pin terminal block 24 V DC

Current consumption • from 24 V DC

100 mA

Power loss

2.4 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

0 °C ... +60 °C

Transmission level can be set to

0 dB -6 dB -9 dB (for leased telephone lines) -15 dB

Receiving level

0 to -43 dB

Adjustable terminating resistor • for 1200 and 2400 bit/s

600 ohms

• for 9600 and 19200 bit/s

150 ohms

• for tapping point

> 6 kOhms

Clear to send • at 1200 bit/s

after 7 ms

• at 2400 bit/s

after 4 ms

• at 9600 and 19200 bit/s

after 0.5 ms

• Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C ... +70 °C

Minimum/maximum scanning frequency

• Relative humidity

max. 95 % at +25 °C

• at 1200 bit/s

1300 Hz/2100 Hz

• at 2400 bit/s

2400 Hz/3300 Hz

• at 9600 and 19200 bit/s

20800 Hz/33600 Hz

Asynchronous character format

10 or 11 bit

Construction • Module format

Compact module S7-300, double width

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

80 x 125 x 120

• Weight

approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Transmission path

2-wire, 2 x 2-wire or 4-wire, twisted pair cable, non-coilloaded or lightly coil-loaded

Modulation method

Phase-continuous binary frequency modulation (FSK)

Transmission rates

1200 bit/s 2400 bit/s 9600 bit/s (not for leased telephone lines) 19200 bit/s (not for leased telephone lines)

Operating mode

Floating opto-relay output • max. supply voltage

60 V AC/DC

• max. perm. continuous current

400 mA

• max. Ron

3 ohms

Impulse strength U1.2/50 acc. to DIN VDE 0804 between power supply circuit and • Power supply circuit and FSK trunk line circuits

2.5 kV

• Power supply circuit and opto-relay output

2.5 kV

7

Compatible with SINAUT modems • MD100

at 1200 bit/s

• 2-wire or 2 x 2-wire

Half-duplex

• MD124

at 1200, 2400 and 19200 bit/s

• 4-wire

Duplex or half-duplex

Certification

EU approval CE 0682 X

■ Ordering data MD2 dedicated-line modem For multi-point connection, supports tapping, can also be used as a repeater, max. 19,200 bit/s; incl. WAN connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60 (RJ12/RJ12) for connecting the modem with an LTOP overvoltage protection module

Order No. 6NH7 810-0AA20

MD2 Modem Instruction Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 811-0AA21

• English

6NH7 811-0AA22

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 modem Cable length 1.5 m • RS 232

6NH7 701-4AL

• RS 485

6NH7 701-4DL

Order No. Accessories Connecting cable For connecting two MD2 modems (RS 232) in order to create a repeater; cable length 0.3 m

6NH7 701-1CB

RJ12/RJ12 connecting cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-2AR60

Line transformer with overvoltage protection • LTOP1 for 2-wire terminal • LTOP2 for 4-wire terminal, 2 x 2-wire terminal or 2-wire tapping point Adapter For mounting the MD2 modem on a 35 mm standard mounting rail

6NH9 821-0BC11 6NH9 821-0BC12

6NH7 760-0AA

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/77

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD3 telephone modem

■ Overview

■ Application Although the MD3 modem was developed as a component of the SINAUT ST7 system, it can be used independently of this system as a standard telephone or dedicated-line modem. Due to its design and electrical characteristics, the MD3 is particularly suitable for use in industrial applications. Telephone modem When used as a telephone modem, it can be used to establish connections with other MD3 modems or compatible devices, e.g. with MD125 or MDM2425B DX modems, which were used on the SINAUT ST1 system. Dedicated-line modem In addition to private dedicated lines, the MD3 can also be connected to leased telephone lines. Appropriate approval has been secured. Both on purely analog leased lines and on analog/digital switched leased lines, there are no restrictions in terms of possible transmission rates.

• Dial-up modem for data transmission via the analog telephone network • It can also be used as a dedicated-line modem. On 2-wire dedicated lines duplex data transmission is therefore possible in the voice band. • Private or telecommunications leased lines can be used as dedicated lines.

■ Benefits

7

• SIMATIC S7-300 design • Can be mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail or on a 35 mm standard mounting rail (via the 6NH7760-0AA adapter, to be ordered separately) • 24 V DC power supply connection • RS232 and RS485 interface • Electrical isolation between power supply and RS232/RS485 interface • Transmission rate on telephone network and dedicated line max. 33,600 bit/s

7/78

Siemens IK PI · 2007

When used as a dedicated-line modem on private lines, the MD3 can cover distances of up to 34 km (at 300 bit/s), up to 28 km (at 1200 to 19200 bit/s) and up to 19 km (at 33600 bit/s) without amplifiers/repeaters (guide values for non-coil-loaded message line type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y). There are no restrictions in terms of distance when the MD3 is connected to leased telephone lines. Depending on the quality of the leased line used, the dedicated-line provider will guarantee sufficient receiving levels on both terminal points. Line qualities M1020 and M1025 are recommended. When used as a dedicated-line modem, the MD3 supports the setting up of "point-to-point" or "star" network topologies. If the modem is used in the controller, up to 32 point-to-point connections can be added to the star network by integrating a number of MD3s via the RS485 interface.

■ Design The MD3 modem offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the telephone outlet or dedicated line via the 6NH7700-3BR60 connecting cable supplied. • 9-pin Sub-D connector with RS232 interface for connecting the modem to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM. • 9-pin Sub-D socket with RS485 interface for connecting the modem to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM. • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with TXD, RXD, DTR, RTS/ONL, CTS/RI, und DCD indicators. • Easy to mount; the modem is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. Alternatively, it can be mounted on a 35 mm standard mounting rail. • The modem can be operated without fans.

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD3 telephone modem

■ Integration The diagrams below illustrate how the MD3 modem and the TIM module can be connected to the telephone outlet and which configurations are possible when the modem is used as a dedicated-line modem.

Telephone modem: Connection of the MD3 with a TIM and TAE6 telephone outlet The diagram below illustrates how the MD3 modem, when operating in dial-up mode and using the standard connecting cable specified (the 6NH7700-3BR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD3), is connected to a TIM (via RS 232) as well as to the telephone outlet (TAE6N socket). A telephone can be connected to the same telephone outlet in parallel with the modem (via the TAE6F socket).

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

TAE6F TIM

RS232

RS232

MD3

TAE6N

Connecting cable 6NH7700-3BR60

RJ12

RJ12

Telephone socket

G_IK10_XX_30080

7

Connection of an MD3 with a TIM and TAE6 telephone socket

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/79

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD3 telephone modem

■ Integration (continued) Dedicated-line modem: Connection of an MD3 to a TIM via the RS 232 interface

Dedicated-line modem: Connection of a number of MD3 modems to a TIM via the RS 485 interface

One MD3 modem can be connected to a TIM via the RS 232 interface. This technique can be used to set up a "point-to-point" network configuration.

A number of MD3 modems can be connected to a TIM via the RS 485 interface. This type of interconnection is used if a number of dedicated lines have to be combined on a single WAN port on the TIM, i.e. if a star topology is connected, as illustrated schematically below.

Point-to-point Master

Star

Terminal station

Neutral point Bundling of several 2-wire terminal stations

The diagram below shows how the components are interconnected at the two 2-wire terminals (the 6NH7700-3BR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD3).

2-wire terminal station

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

7

RS232 TIM

RS232 MD3

Connecting cable 6NH7700-3BR60

Connection of an MD3 to a TIM via RS 232, 2-wire terminal

7/80

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_30081

Overvoltage protection LTOP1 6NH9821-0BC11

2-wire dedicated line

Station

G_IK10_XX_30078

Station

G_IK10_XX_30076

Master

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD3 telephone modem

■ Integration (continued) A possible neutral point connection using standard components is illustrated below (the 6NH7700-3BR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD3). Each MD3 in the neutral point connection is configured as a 2-wire terminal. (For configuring the 2-wire terminals in the stations, please see above).

TIM

RS485

MD3

MD3

RS485

MD3

RS485

RS485

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4DL

Connecting cable 6NH7700-3BR60

Connecting cable 6NH7700-3BR60

Connecting cable 6NH7700-3BR60

2-wire dedicated line

2-wire dedicated line

7

2-wire dedicated line

G_IK10_XX_30082

Overvoltage protection LTOP1 6NH9821-0BC11

Connection of a number of MD3 modems with one TIM via RS 485, star-type connection of a number of dedicated lines

Standard connecting cable 6NH7701-4DL is used to connect the TIM to the first MD3. A prefabricated connecting cable is not available for the connection of the other modems. However, standard components from the SIMATIC S7 range can be used for this purpose. The same parts used to create an MPI connection can be used. The 6XV1830-0AH10 cable and 6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0 connector are recommended.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/81

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD3 telephone modem

■ Integration (continued) Dedicated-line modem: Maximum range (in km) of the MD3 modem The table below can be used to calculate approximate values for the maximum distance in km which can be covered by the MD3 modem, depending on transmission rate. The values in the table are guide values for non-coil-loaded message lines type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y. Transmission rate (bit/s)

A level reserve of 4 dB was applied when calculating the maximum ranges. This should ensure that even in the event of deviations in cable characteristics, which experience has shown to be possible during operation, the level will always be sufficient to ensure fault-free data transmission..

Maximum range (km) Transmission level –15 dB

Transmission level –10 dB

with LTOP

without LTOP

with LTOP

without LTOP

300

29

30

34

35

1200 to 19200

23

24

28

29

33600

14

15

19

20

With terminating resistor Z = Zr

■ Technical specifications Interfaces • Connection to telephone network or dedicated line

RJ12

• RS232 connection to data terminal equipment

9-pin Sub-D connector

• RS485 connection to data terminal equipment

9-pin Sub-D socket

• Connection to supply voltage

4-pin terminal block

Power supply

24 V DC

Current consumption

7

• from 24 V DC

200 mA

Power loss

4.8 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

0 °C ... +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C ... +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95 % at +25 °C

Modem control

AT commands V.25bis commands

Telephone charge pulse filter can be set to:

12 kHz 16 kHz

Dial-up procedure

Voice frequency dialing Pulse dialing

Loop current component

Available; can be connected and disconnected

Loudspeaker

Available; can be connected and disconnected

Line matching

600 ohms Zr (frequency-dependent)

Transmission level can be set to

-10 dB -15 dB

Asynchronous character format

10 or 11 bit

Standard dedicated-line profiles

300 bit/s (direct) 1200 bit/s (direct) 2400 bit/s (direct) 9600 bit/s (direct) 19200 bit/s (direct) 19200 bit/s (buffered) 33600 bit/s (buffered)

Construction • Module format

Compact module S7-300, double width

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

80 x 125 x 120

• Weight

approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Transmission path

Analog dial-up telephone network Dedicated line, 2-wire twisted pair cable, non-coil-loaded

Available ITU transmission standards in analog telephone network

Compatible with SINAUT modems (as telephone modem) • MD125 - V.22 - V.22 up to

1200 bit/s, duplex 2400 bit/s, duplex

• MDM2425B DX - V.22 up to

2400 bit/s, duplex 1200 bit/s, duplex 2400 bit/s, duplex 4800 bit/s, duplex 9600 bit/s, duplex 14400 bit/s, duplex

• V.22

1200 bit/s, duplex

• V.22 up to

2400 bit/s, duplex

• V.32 up to

4800 bit/s, duplex

• V.32 up to

9600 bit/s, duplex

• MD3 (HW version < 4) - V.22 - V.22 up to - V.32 up to - V.32 up to - V.32 up to

• V.32 up to

14400 bit/s, duplex

Certification

• V.34 up to

19200 bit/s, duplex

Europe U.S.A. Canada

• V.34 up to

33600 bit/s, duplex

Error correction

V.42 and MNP4

Recommended line quality on leased telephone lines

M1020 M1025

Data compression

V.42bis and MNP5

7/82

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD3 telephone modem

■ Ordering data MD3 modem For the analog telephone network, max. 33600 bit/s; can also be used as a dedicated-line modem for a point-to-point connection, max. 33600 bit/s in voice band; incl. WAN 6NH7700-3BR60 connecting cable (RJ12 -RJ12/ TAE6) with snap-on TAE6N connector for connecting the modem to a telephone outlet (TAE6N or RJ12) or an LTOP overvoltage protection module (for dedicated-line operation)

Order No. 6NH7 810-0AA30

Order No. Accessories Connecting cable For connecting a TIM3V/TIM4 with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 modem Cable length 1.5 m • RS 232

6NH7 701-4AL

• RS 485 (not for TIM 3V-IE)

6NH7 701-4DL

RJ12/RJ12 connecting cable with snap-on TAE6N connector (spare part)

6NH7 700-3BR60

Line transformer with overvoltage protection (for dedicated line only)

MD3 Modem Instruction Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 811-0AA31

• English

6NH7 811-0AA32

• LTOP1 for 2-wire terminal

6NH9 821-0BC11

Adapter For mounting the MD3 modem on a 35 mm standard mounting rail

6NH7 760-0AA

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/83

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD4 ISDN modem

■ Overview

Deutsche Telekom ISDN dedicated-line products Designation

Available channels

Remark

LeasedLink SFV Digital 64S

1 x 64 Kbit/s B channel

Suitable for one MD4 dedicated-line connection

LeasedLink SFV Digital 64S2

2 x 64 Kbit/s B channels Suitable for two parallel MD4 dedicated-line connections

LeasedLink SFV Digital TS02

2 x 64 Kbit/s B channels Suitable for two parallel MD4 dedicated-line connections 1 x 16 Kbit/s D channel

• Dial-up modem for data transmission via the digital ISDN network • Can also be used as a modem for duplex point-to-point data transmission via an ISDN dedicated line

■ Benefits

7

• SIMATIC S7-300 design • Can be mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail or on a 35 mm standard mounting rail (via the 6NH7760-0AA adapter, to be ordered separately) • 24 V DC power supply connection • RS232 and RS485 interface • Electrical isolation between power supply and RS232/RS485 interface • Transmission speed on ISDN telephone network and ISDN dedicated line max. 64,000 bit/s

■ Application Although the MD4 modem was developed as a component of the SINAUT ST7 system, it can be used independently of this system as a standard ISDN modem. Due to its design and electrical characteristics, the MD4 is particularly suitable for use in industrial applications. ISDN modem When used as an ISDN dial-up modem, the MD4 can be used to establish connections with other MD4 modems or compatible devices, e.g. with LGM64K modems, which were used on the SINAUT ST1 system. Dedicated-line modem There are no restrictions in terms of distance when the MD4 is connected to an ISDN dedicated line. The dedicated-line provider must ensure that the receiving level is sufficient at both terminals. For example, Deutsche Telekom offers the following ISDN dedicated-line products, which are suitable for the MD4:

7/84

Siemens IK PI · 2007

The D channel cannot be used for an MD4 dedicated-line connection.

When used as a dedicated-line modem, the MD4 modem supports the setting up of "point-to-point" or "star" network topologies. If the modem is used in the controller, up to 32 point-to-point connections can be added to the star network by integrating a number of MD4s via the RS485 interface.

■ Design The MD4 modem offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: • Compact construction; double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules. • RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the ISDN S0 outlet via the 6NH7700-4AR60 connecting cable supplied. • 9-pin Sub-D connector with RS232 interface for connecting the modem to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM. • 9-pin Sub-D socket with RS485 interface for connecting the modem to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM. • 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • LEDs on the front panel with TXD, RXD, DTR, RTS/ONL, CTS/RI, und DCD indicators. • Easy to mount; the modem is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. Alternatively, it can be mounted on a 35 mm standard mounting rail. • The modem can be operated without fans.

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD4 ISDN modem

■ Integration The various ways in which the MD4 modem and TIM can be connected to the ISDN S0 socket and which configurations are possible when the modem is used on an ISDN dedicated line are illustrated below

ISDN dial-up modem: Connection of the MD4 with a TIM and ISDN S0 outlet The diagram below illustrates in summary format how the MD4 modem, when operating in dial-up mode and using the standard connecting cable specified (the 6NH7700-4AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD4) is connected to a TIM (via RS 232) as well as to the ISDN S0 outlet. Additional modems, telephones, etc. can be connected via parallel switched S0 outlets or a telecommunications system.

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

TIM

RS232

RS232

MD4

Connecting cable 6NH7700-4AR60

RJ12

RJ45

ISDN socket (S0)

ISDN socket (S0)

G_IK10_XX_30075

7

Connection of the MD4 with a TIM and ISDN S0 outlet

ISDN dedicated line: Connection of an MD4 to a TIM via the RS 232 interface One MD4 modem can be connected to a TIM via the RS 232 interface. This technique can be used to set up a "point-to-point" dedicated-line configuration. Point-to-point

Station

Terminal station

G_IK10_XX_30076

Master

The diagram below shows how the components are interconnected to the two end terminals of the ISDN dedicated line (the 6NH7700-4AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD4).

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/85

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD4 ISDN modem

■ Integration (continued) Connecting cable 6NH7701-4AL

RS232

Connecting cable 6NH7700-4AR60

RS232

MD4

RJ12

RJ45 G_IK10_XX_30077

TIM

ISDN socket(S0)

Connection of an MD4 to a TIM via RS 232 on ISDN dedicated line Note The S0 interface on the ISDN dedicated line cannot be used in parallel for dial-up operation. Only if the second B channel is enabled for dedicated line operation, an additional MD4 can be connected for dedicated-line operation.

ISDN dedicated line: Connection of a number of MD4 modems to a TIM via the RS 485 interface A number of MD4 modems can be connected to a TIM via the RS 485 interface. This type of interconnection is used if a number of dedicated ISDN lines have to be combined on a single WAN port on the TIM, i.e. if a star topology is connected, as illustrated schematically below. Star Master

Station

Neutral point Bundling of several terminal stations Terminal station

G_IK10_XX_30106a

7

A possible neutral point connection using standard components is illustrated below (the 6NH7700-4AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD4). For configuring the dedicated-line terminals in the stations, please see above.

7/86

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD4 ISDN modem

■ Integration (continued)

TIM

RS485

MD4

MD4

RS485

MD4

RS485

RS485

Connecting cable 6NH7701-4DL

Connecting cable 6NH7700-4AR60

Connecting cable 6NH7700-4AR60

Connecting cable 6NH7700-4AR60

ISDN socket (S0)

ISDN socket (S0)

G_IK10_XX_30079

7

ISDN socket (S0)

Connection of a number of MD4 modems via RS 485, star-type convergence of a number of ISDN dedicated lines in one WAN port of the TIM

Standard connecting cable 6NH7701-4DL is used to connect the TIM to the first MD4. A prefabricated connecting cable is not available for the connection of the other modems. However, standard components from the SIMATIC S7 range can be used for this purpose. The same parts used to create an MPI connection can be used. The 6XV1830-0AH10 cable and 6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0 connector are recommended.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/87

SINAUT Telecontrol

Modems

MD4 ISDN modem

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Interfaces • Connection to ISDN dial-up network or ISDN dedicated line

1 x RJ12

• RS232 connection to data terminal equipment

1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector

• RS485 connection to data terminal equipment

1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket

• Connection to supply voltage

1 x 4-pin terminal block

Power supply

24 V DC

Current consumption • from 24 V DC

100 mA

Power loss

2.4 W

Perm. ambient conditions

Order No. 6NH7 810-0AA40

MD4 Modem Instruction Manual Paper version • German

6NH7811-0AA41

• English

6NH7 811-0AA42

Accessories

• Operating temperature

0 °C ... +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C ... +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95 % at +25 °C

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM3 V-IE/TIM 4 with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 modem Cable length 1.5 m

Compact module S7-300, double width

• RS 232

6NH7 701-4AL

• RS 485

6NH7 701-4DL

RJ12/RJ45 connecting cable (spare part)

6NH7 700-4AR60

Adapter For mounting the MD4 modem on a 35 mm standard mounting rail

6NH7 760-0AA

Construction • Module format

7

MD4 modem For the digital ISDN network, max. 64000 bit/s; can also be used in conjunction with an ISDN dedicated line for a point-to-point connection, max. 64,000 bit/s; incl. WAN connecting cable 6NH7700-4AR60 (RJ12/RJ45) for connecting the modem to an ISDN S0 outlet

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

80 x 125 x 120

• Weight

approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Transmission path

Digital ISDN network ISDN dedicated line, e.g. Deutsche Telekom’s dedicated-line products LeasedLink SFV Digital 64S ISDN LeasedLink SFV Digital 64S2 LeasedLink SFV Digital TS02

Available standard transmission standards • V.110

1200 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

2400 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

9600 bit/s, duplex

• V.110

19200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

1200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

2400 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

19200 bit/s, duplex

• X.75

38400 bit/s, duplex

Modem control

AT commands V.25bis commands

Asynchronous character format

10 or 11 bit

Certification

Europe

Compatible with SINAUT modems • LGM64K - V.110

7/88

9600 bit/s, duplex

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) MC45 GSM kit

■ Overview

■ Application Data transmission via the GSM network is the alternative in the absence of other transmission media such as dedicated lines or telephone networks and wherever it would be too expensive to set up your own radio network. Of course, the GSM signal available on site must be of sufficient strength (either in the 900 MHz or 1800 MHz range). Data transmission between two partners can take place from mobile radio to mobile radio (GSM module to GSM module) or from mobile radio to a fixed network (telephone or ISDN connection; ISDN is recommended). As well as data, the MC45 module can also send text messages directly to standby service personnel. Receipt of SMS messages can be acknowledged using a mobile telephone. If an acknowledgement is not received, the text message can be sent to another mobile phone.

■ Design • The MC45 GSM kit is available for data transmission via the mobile telephone network (GSM). • Like an MD modem, this GSM kit can be connected to the serial modem interface of a TIM module with appropriate components (TIM 3V-IE and all TIM 4 modules).

■ Benefits

• All required GSM components in one kit • Data transmission via the GSM network, both 900 MHz and 1800 MHz • Sending of text messages to standby service personnel incl. acknowledgment • Text messages can also be transmittted as fax, Email or voice mail if these are supported by the provider • 24 V DC power supply

• Compact design (74 x 65 x 33 mm) • 9-pin Sub-D connector with RS232 interface for connecting the MC45 T to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM. • RJ12 socket for connecting the MC45 T to 24 V DC via the power supply cable supplied • FME antenna connection (male) • Mini SIM card holder The scope of supply also includes: • Magnetic foot antenna with 2.5 m antenna cable • Antenna extension cable (5 m) • FME connector for connecting the extension cable to the antenna • Power supply cable (1.5 m) • DIN rail bracket with 2 screws

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7

7/89

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) MC45 GSM kit

■ Integration Data transmission between two partners can take place from mobile radio to mobile radio (GSM module to GSM module) or from mobile radio to a fixed network (telephone or ISDN connection; ISDN is recommended). Mobile radio to mobile radio Master

Station

Master

TIM 3V TIM 4

Station

RS232

Connecting cable (2.5 m) 6NH7701-5AN

TIM 3V TIM 4

RS232 Connecting cable (2.5 m) 6NH7701-5AN

7

GSM-Kit MC45 6HN9840-3DB45 Antenna cable (5 m) GSM kit Û antenna, antenna and SV cable are included

MC45

24 V

GSM-Kit MC45 6HN9840-3DB45 Antenna cable (5 m) GSM kit Û antenna, antenna and SV cable are included

Schematic diagram plus required hardware configuration for transmission from mobile radio to mobile radio

7/90

Siemens IK PI · 2007

MC45

G_IK10_XX_30097

GSM network

24 V

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) MC45 GSM kit

■ Integration (continued) Mobile radio to fixed network Master

Station

Master

Station TIM with integrated or external MD3 or MD4 modem

TIM

TIM 3V TIM 4

Connecting cable (2.5 m) 6NH7701-5AN

ISDNsocket (S0) *)

RJ45

ISDN-network

for TIM with MD4:

GSMProvider

Connecting cable 6NH7700-4AR60

Telephone network TAE6 RJ12

RS232

Telephone socket *)

7 GSM network

24 V

GSM-Kit MC45 6HN9840-3DB45 Antenna cable (5 m) GSM kit Û antenna, antenna and SV cable are included

G_IK10_XX_30098

for TIM with MD3: Connecting cable 6NH7700-3BR60

MC45

*) overvoltage protection recommended e.g. by Phoenix or Dehn

Schematic diagram plus required hardware configuration for transmission from mobile radio to fixed network

Note: For fixed network connections, analog and ISDN connections should not be mixed (either analog or ISDN); ISDN is recommended for use with mobile radio.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/91

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) MC45 GSM kit

■ Integration (continued) Sending text messages

TIM

RS232

Connecting cable (2,5 m) 6NH7701-5AN

SMSexchange

Short Message Service (SMS) GSMmobile telephone

GSM-network

24 V

MC45

Antenna cable (5 m) GSM-kit Û antenna, antenna and SV are included

7

Schematic diagram plus required hardware configuration for sending text messages

In addition to data, text messages can be sent via the GSM network, e.g. to alert standby service personnel directly. SMS messages can also be transmitted as fax, e-mail or voice mail if supported by the SMS provieder. Text messages can also be sent from a fixed network connection, e.g. via an analog telephone connection with an MD3 modem or an ISDN connection with an MD4 modem. However, these messages cannot be acknowledged from a mobile phone. This is only possible for text messages sent via an MC45 (or the previous module TC35).

7/92

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_30099

GSM-Kit MC45 6HN9840-3DB45

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) MC45 GSM kit

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Transmission paths

GSM mobile telephone network, 900 MHz and 1800 MHz

Transmission rate

9600 bit/s

RS232 interface

9-pin Sub-D socket

Power supply

24 V DC (8 ... 30 V)

Power loss

2W

Current consumption • Voice mode

300 mA (average), 2.0 A (peak)

• Idle mode

10 mA

Construction • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

74 x 65 x 33

• Weight

approx. 130 g

Asynchronous character format

10 bit

Transmit power • EGSM900

Class 4 (2 W)

• GSM1800

Class 1 (1 W)

PLC

Via AT commands

Antenna gain of GSM antenna

3 dB

Certification

Acc. to GSM phase 2/2+

MC45 GSM kit For connection to GSM mobile radio networks (900 and 1800 MHz), comprising an MC45 T GSM modem, power supply cable (1.5 m), magnetic foot antenna with 2.5 m antenna cable, antenna extension cable (5 m), FME connector and DIN rail adapter

Order No. 6NH9 840-3DB45

Accessories Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V/TIM 4 (RS232) with the M20, TC35 or MC45 GSM kit (access to the GSM network); also suitable for third-party modems or radio equipment with RS 232 standard; cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-5AN

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/93

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) MD720-3 GSM/GPRS modem

■ Overview

■ Application

• GPRS modem for linking SIMATIC S7-200 PLCs over GPRS to a PC control center with SINAUT MICRO SC • Used for low-cost monitoring and control of simple telecontrol tasks • Permanent wireless online connection of SIMATIC S7-200 with secure linking over public networks • Use as GSM modem for teleservice • Simple startup possible without special knowledge of radio systems

• Construction of systems for monitoring and controlling of simple telecontrol tasks • Energy-saving concepts for plants, e.g. through statusdependent speed control of pumps in remote stations • Control and monitoring e.g. of: - sewage treatment plants, water treatment - oil and gas supplies - district heating networks - power distribution - pumping stations - automatic machines - traffic control systems - buildings - intelligent advertising panels - weather stations - lighthouses and buoys - wind generators and photovoltaic plants • Linking of mobile stations, with central monitoring/control of track vehicles, special vehicles, local public transport, complex building machines, ships on rivers and in coastal areas • Remote programming and maintenance of SIMATIC S7-200 over GSM/CSD connection (Circuit Switched Data) • For international use

e.g. WinCC flexible, Win CC SINAUT MICRO SC OPC server and connection manager

■ Benefits

• Low-cost volume tariffs allow permanent and wireless online linking of machines or plants to a control center • Low operating costs thanks to optimized communication with effective frame design on SINAUT MICRO SC OPC server • Central control station is location-independent as result of Internet link between mobile radio provider and OPC server • Reliable transmission from PLC up to control station as result of high availability of GPRS network • Secure connection over public networks through encrypted data transmission plus additional measures of the GPRS provider • Simple planning of wireless plants without special knowledge of radio systems • Modem replacement possible by non-specialists since parameterization is carried out through the S7-200 • Cost savings through remote maintenance • Fast generation of applications by means of coordinated combination of automation components with the Micro Automation Set 21 (http://www.siemens.com/microset)

7/94

Siemens IK PI · 2007

S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD 720-3

Internet

S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD 720-3

GSM/GPRS provider

S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD 720-3

Communication between SIMATIC S7-200 systems via MICRO SC control center with assistance of routing functionality

G_IK10_XX_30149

7

Control center

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) MD720-3 GSM/GPRS modem

■ Design • Rugged plastic enclosure for DIN rail mounting • 9-pin Sub-D socket with RS232 interface (PPI adapter for SIMATIC S7-200 necessary) • Diagnostics LEDs for modem status, field strength and connection check • SET service key • 4-pin screw terminal for connection to the 24 V DC supply voltage • SMA connection for GSM/GPRS antennas

■ Function • Quad band GSM with the frequency bands 850/900/1800/1900 MHz • GPRS Multislot Class 10 (gross: 13.4 … 27 kbit/s upload, 40 … 54 kbit/s download). • Automatic establishment and holding of IP-based online connection over GPRS to the Internet • Data exchange with PC-based application SINAUT MICRO SC (router and OPC server); data exchange with further MD720-3 modems possible over routing of SINAUT MICRO SC • Hot switchover between GPRS and CSD (modem operation) • CSD and GPRS connection controllable using AT commands • Sending of SMS and fax (via SMS) using GSM services • Secure access to SIMATIC S7-200 data, also over mobile radio provider networks which do not provide public and fixed IP addresses for the modem Configuration • Parameterization using PLC blocks with the Micro/Win programming tool for SIMATIC S7-200 • PLC blocks are part of SINAUT MICRO SC • AT command interface Security • Approval of up to 3 call numbers for incoming GSM connections (CLIP function) for teleservice • User name and password for GSM connection • Unlimited client and server operation even in protected GPRS networks with private IP addresses of the mobile radio providers • Secure data transfer between modem, Internet and SINAUT MICRO SC using encryption algorithms

■ Technical specifications Data transmission rate • RS232 • GSM data calls • GPRS up to 2 uplinks up to 4 downlinks

Interfaces • RS232 • GSM/GPRS

300 bit/s … 57600 bit/s CSD 9600 bit/s 13.4 kbit … 27 kbit upload gross (modem->Internet) Net approx. 30% less 40 kbit … 54 kbit download gross (Internet -> modem) Net approx. 30% less 1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket 1 x SMA antenna socket (50 Ohm)

Frequency ranges

850, 900, 1800, 1900 MHz

Transmitted output power

2 W at 850, 900 MHz 1 W at 1800, 1900 MHz

Current consumption Send mode • at 12 V • at 24 V

430 mA 140 mA

Receive mode • at 12 V • at 24 V

90 mA 50 mA

Supply voltage

12 … 30 V DC

Power loss

typ. 5 W max. 6.2 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity

- 20 °C … +60 °C - 25 °C … +85 °C max. 95 % at +25 °C

Design • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight • Assembly

22.5 x 99 x 114 approx. 150 g Standard rail

Degree of protection

IP40

Configuration

AT commands through S7-200 program blocks

National approvals

Current approvals can be found on the Internet at http:/www.siemens.com/ simatic-net/ik-info

7

Diagnostics / maintenance • Status of establishment of connection, and of an existing connection on front LED display • Reading of configuration data over the RS232 interface • Connection status to modem and to PLC can be monitored in SINAUT MICRO SC • Direct, additional access over GSM (modem operation) for teleservice (remote programming, remote diagnostics)

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/95

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) MD720-3 GSM/GPRS modem

■ Ordering data SINAUT MD720-3 GPRS modem for IP-based data transmission over GSM networks, quad band, AT command interface, automatic establishment of GPRS connection, switchable to CSD mode, RS 232, including gender changer for RS 232/PPI adapter; manual on CD-ROM in German, English (Chinese available soon)

Order No. 6NH9 720-3AA0

Order No. Accessories ANT 794-4MR antenna Quad band antenna, omnidirectional with 5 m cable SINAUT MICRO SC Single license for one installation; OPC server for GPRS communication with S7-200; connection management with 8, 64 or 256 remote stations; routing for connections between S7-200 stations; connection monitoring; German and English GUI; for Windows XP Professional SP 2 and higher, Windows 2003 Server SP 1, Windows 2000 Professional/Server SP 4; manual on CD-ROM in German and English (Chinese available soon) • SINAUT MICRO SC8 connection management for 8 remote stations; • SINAUT MICRO SC64 connection management for 64 remote stations; • SINAUT MICRO SC256 connection management for 256 remote stations; SIMATIC S7-200 PC/PPI cable Multimaster, for connecting S7200 to serial PC interface, supports Freeport and GSM modems

7

7/96

Siemens IK PI · 2007

6NH9 860-1AA0

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA3

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA6

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA8

6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS antenna

■ Overview

■ Application • • • •

For use in GSM/GPRS networks For indoors/outdoors (degree of protection IP65) Operating temperature -40 °C to +70 °C Ideally suitable for SINAUT GPRS modems, e.g. MD720-3

■ Design • Radiator accommodated in a plastic tube for protection • RF cable with fixed connection to antenna • Fixed and rugged vertical installation outside control cabinet

■ Technical specifications

• • • •

Omnidirectional antenna for use in GSM/GPRS networks Remote antenna for indoors/outdoors Suitable for quad band Complete with cable and mounting bracket for direct connection to SINAUT GPRS modems

■ Benefits

• Weatherproof design allows installation outside buildings to improve the field strength • Quad band technology permits international use

Mobile telephone networks

GSM / GPRS

Frequencies

850 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz, 1900 MHz, 2200 MHz

Characteristic

Omnidirectional

Antenna amplification

0 dB

SWR

< 2.0

Max. power

20 W

Polarity

Linear vertical

Connectors

SMA

Length of antenna cable

5m

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Relative humidity

- 40 °C … +70 °C - 40 °C … +70 °C 100 %

Design • Dimensions (D x H) in mm • Weight • Assembly

25 x 193 380 g (incl. packaging) Using supplied bracket

Degree of protection

IP65

Outer material

Hard PVC UV-resistance

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7

7/97

SINAUT Telecontrol

Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS) ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS antenna

■ Ordering data ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS quad band antenna; weather-resistant for indoor/ outdoor use; 5 m cable with fixed connection to antenna; SMA connector; including mounting bracket, screws, wall plugs

Order No.

■ Dimension drawings

6NH9 860-1AA00 Dimensions in mm

Accessories

7/98

Siemens IK PI · 2007

193 Ø 24

81

M10 x 0.75

25

Ø 10.5

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA3

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA6

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA8

148

6

G_IK10_XX_30152

7

SINAUT MICRO SC Single license for one installation; OPC server for GPRS communication with S7-200; connection management with 8, 64 or 256 remote stations; routing for connections between S7-200 stations; connection monitoring; German and English GUI; for Windows XP Professional SP 2 and higher, Windows 2003 Server SP 1, Windows 2000 Professional/Server SP 4; manual on CD-ROM in German and English (Chinese available soon) • SINAUT MICRO SC8 connection management for 8 remote stations; • SINAUT MICRO SC64 connection management for 64 remote stations; • SINAUT MICRO SC256 connection management for 256 remote stations;

6NH9 720-3AA0

35

SINAUT MD720-3 GPRS modem for IP-based data transmission over GSM networks, quad band, AT command interface, automatic establishment of GPRS connection, switchable to CSD mode, RS 232, including gender changer for RS 232/PPI adapter; manual on CD-ROM in German, English (Chinese available soon)

SINAUT Telecontrol

Dedicated-line accessories LTOP overvoltage protection

■ Overview

■ Design The protection concept is a combination of components with complementary functions: • Surge arresters filled with inert gas for general protection (G1, G2) • Inductances to limit the rate of current rise (L1, L2) • Metal-oxide varistors for low-voltage protection (voltage-dependent resistor; R1) • Transformer for electrical isolation (T1) • Suppressor diode to limit the secondary voltage of the transformer (V1)

G1

• Line transformer with overvoltage protection • For the electrical isolation of a dedicated-line modem from the trunk line • For protection against overvoltage which may be induced via the trunk line

G2

■ Application Copper dedicated lines are much more susceptible to access and interference from parasitic voltages. Interference from parasitic voltages can be inductive or capacitive, e.g. due to lightning. Direct galvanic interference due to insulation faults is also possible. LTOP can limit parasitic voltages and overvoltage to a harmless level. Furthermore, the floating transformer is electrically isolated, thereby preventing the accidental energization of other line sections. LTOP protects personnel and investments and is therefore an essential safety element in private trunk line networks. Note: LTOP modules are not suitable for protecting dial-up network connections (telephone or ISDN network). For these types of networks, TAE6, S0, RJ12 and RJ45 outlets with overvoltage protection from vendors such as Phoenix and Dehn should be used.

T1

Modem

R1 V1 OPM

OPM

L2

■ Benefits

• Reduces overvoltage to tolerable levels before they reach sensitive electronics circuits • Electrically isolates line sections; prevents interference due to external voltages • Limits damage to segments affected by overvoltage • The protective components are housed in a plug-in OPM overvoltage module. The OPM can be replaced without interrupting the trunk line.

L1

G_IK10_XX_30070

Long-distance trunk

Two different LTOP overvoltage protection modules are available: • LTOP 1; overvoltage protection module for use at the beginning or end of a 2-wire line • LTOP 2; overvoltage protection module for use at the beginning or end of a 4-wire line or a 2-wire tapping point. 2 LTOP2 modules are required on a 4-wire tapping point. In addition to screw connections, both LTOP modules also have an RJ12 Western socket. The WAN connecting cable (RJ12 - RJ12) supplied with MD2 and MD3 modems (used as dedicated-line modems) can be connected directly to this RJ12 socket.

■ Function The combination of arresters and limiters supplemented by the line transformer is more effective than galvanically-coupled protection concepts. Leakage voltages place considerable strain on protective components in the OPM, slowly destroying them. We therefore recommend that OPMs are replaced approximately once a year. In areas affected by frequent thunderstorms, this should be reduced to approximately every 6 months as a precautionary measure.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/99

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

Dedicated-line accessories LTOP overvoltage protection

■ Integration If necessary, a number of LTOP enclosures can be interconnected. Possible and recommended configurations are described in the examples below.

Modem

Legend: Line transformer (LT - Line Transformer)

R/T

Overvoltage protection (OP - Overvoltage Protection)

LTOP1 Long-distance trunk

T

Transmitter (Transmitter)

R

Receiver (Receiver)

2-wire terminal station

Modem R

R/T

T

LTOP2

LTOP2

Long distance Long-distance trunk 1 cable 2

Long-distance trunk 4-wire terminal station Long distance trunk 1 (to/from station)

7

R/T

Only modem with integrated Yconnection e.g. MD2 or MD124

2 x 2-wire terminal station

Modem

Long-distance cable 1 (to/from station) Modem LTOP2 R

LTOP2

T

R/T

Long-distance cable 2 (to/from station) 2-wire tandem station

7/100

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Long-distance cable 2 (to/from station) 4-wire tandem station

G_IK10_XX_30071

LTOP2

SINAUT Telecontrol

Dedicated-line accessories LTOP overvoltage protection

■ Technical specifications Transmission paths

Private non-coil-loaded or coil-loaded trunk lines

Transmission ratio

1 : 1; ± 5 % (e.g. 600/600 ohms in voice band)

Transmission range

300 Hz to 35 kHz

Frequency-dependent attenuation

Attenuation [dB]

Frequency [Hz]

0.2

1300 ... 3300

0.8

5200 ... 8400

4800

0.9

10400 ... 16800

9600

1

20800 ... 30600

19200

Transmission rate [bps] MD100

MD124

MD2

MD3

1200

1200 2400

1200 2400

All

Insulation resistance

> 2000 MOhms

Test voltage

4 kV, 50 Hz, 10 sec.

Impulse withstand voltage

6 kV/2 J acc. to EN 60 099-1

Nominal discharge current isn (8/20 µs)

5 kA

Output voltage limit at isn

approx. 15 V

Trunk line connection

Screw terminals Cross-section 0.2 … 4 mm2 rigid wires Cross-section 0.2 … 2.5 mm2 flexible wires

Modem connection

Screw terminals (wire cross-section see trunk line connection) or RJ12 socket for Western connector

Installation location

As near as possible to where the cable enters the building

9600 19200

Permissible ambient conditions • Operating temperature

0 °C … +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C … +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95 % at +25 °C

7

Design • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

90 x 75 x 110 mm

• Weight - LTOP1 - LTOP2 - OPM

300 g 320 g 10 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Assembly

DIN rail TS35 (35 mm; EN 50 022)

■ Ordering data

Order No.

LTOP 1 1x line transformer, with 1 OPM overvoltage protection module for use at the beginning or end of a 2-wire line

6NH9 821-0BC11

LTOP 2 2x line transformer, with 2 OPM overvoltage protection modules for use at the beginning or end of a 4-wire line or a 2-wire tapping point

6NH9 821-0BC12

Accessories OPM Overvoltage protection module for LTOP 1 and LTOP 2, plug-in (unit packs of 4)

6NH9 821-0BB00

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/101

SINAUT Telecontrol

Dedicated-line accessories Line transformer

■ Overview

A possible star-point connection for max. 4 x 2-wire terminals using the quadruple transformer and additional standard components is illustrated below. The 6NH7700-2AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD2 modem, which is either built in or connected to the TIM as an external modem.

TIM

• Quadruple transformer for the regeneration of the trunk line connection on a dedicated-line modem from 1 x 2-wire to 4 x 2-wire

Connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60

■ Application In a controller, the quadruple transformer enables up to four point-to-point or line connections (each 2-wire) to be made in a start-type configuration, or a combination of both network topologies. The transformer is only designed for a frequency range between 300 and 3400 Hz. In conjunction with the MD2 modem, transmission rates are limited to 1200 and 2400 bit/s.

Connection to 4-fold transmitter requires adaptation

4-fold transmitter 6NH9821-4GA

600 W 4 x 600 W

Attenuation 6.5 dB

■ Design The quadruple transformer is housed in a sheet-steel enclosure. It is mounted on a 35 mm standard mounting rail.

■ Integration If a number of dedicated lines have to be combined on one WAN port of the TIM, i.e. if a star-type network is being connected, this can be achieved by connecting a number of MD2 modems in parallel. 2 x 2-wire terminals can be connected to each MD2. The quadruple transformer can be used to increase the number of 2-wire terminals per MD2 from 2 to 4. However, this means that at a transmission rate of 1200 bit/s, the attenuation is increased by 6.5 dB, reducing the max. range by approx. 6 km. Star, line, point-to-point

Station

Neutral point Bundling of several 2-wire terminal stations

2-wire tandem station

7/102

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1. 2. Route

3. 4. Route

Note: See MD2 dedicated-line modem for the configuration for the terminals and tapping points in the stations.

Master

2-wire terminal station

4 x 2-wire dedicated line

G_IK10_XX_30096

Overvoltage protection LTOP2 6NH9821-0BC12

The trunk line is connected by means of soldering tabs.

G_IK10_XX_30105

7

TIM with integrated or external MD2 modem

SINAUT Telecontrol

Dedicated-line accessories Line transformer

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Frequency range

0.3 - 3.4 kHz

Quadruple transformer

Translation

600 : 4 x 600 ohms

Attenuation at 1200 bit/s

6.5 dB

600 ohms to 4 x 600 ohms

Dielectric strength

2 kV

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

60 x 107 x 110

Weight

0.2 kg

Installation

Standard mounting rail 35 mm

Order No. 6NH9821-4GA

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/103

SINAUT Telecontrol

Radio clock components Accessories for DCF77

■ Overview An adapter cable with a BNC connector at one end is supplied with every TIM module, which has a built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver. Various accessories, both for the DCF77 and for GPS, can be connected. • DCF77 indoor antenna An indoor antenna can be used in buildings in which there are no sources of interference for the DCF77 signal. It should not be installed in the direct vicinity of television sets, monitors, thyristor controllers, network cables or fluorescent lamps. • DCF77 outdoor antenna for mounting on flat roofs, walls or masts If possible, a professional radio clock should be operated with an outdoor antenna. Unlike an indoor antenna, whose environment can change constantly due to technical activities indoors, the conditions for an outdoor antenna are almost constant. The use of indirect lightning protection is highly recommended for an outdoor antenna.

■ Integration The interconnection between the various DCF77 components (the 6NH7700-0AD15 adapter cable is part of the scope of supply of every TIM with built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver) is illustrated below.

If the lightning protector 6NH9831-2AA is used, this should be installed as close to the entrance of the building as possible. A separate antenna cable must be used to connect the lightning protector with the adapter cable of the TIM (with BNC socket at both ends, similar to the antenna cable supplied with the indoor or outdoor antenna). Users must either make this themselves or obtain it commercially in the appropriate length.

TIM with integrated DCF77 radio receiver TIM

7

Indoor antenna incl. 10 m adapter cable 6NH9831-0AA

or Adapter cable (1.5 m) is supplied with TIM (Spare parts Order No. 6NH7700-0AD15)

Outdoor antenna incl. 20 m antenna cable: - For flat roof or wall mounting 6NH9831-0BA Indirect lightning protection 6NH9831-2AA

7/104

Siemens IK PI · 2007

- For mast mounting 6NH9831-0DA G_IK10_XX_30095

BNC

SINAUT Telecontrol

Radio clock components Accessories for DCF77

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Antennas Power supply (via antenna cable)

+1.7 V to +5 V

Differential output resistance

50 ohms

Gain

16 dB

Temperature range

-30 °C ... +80 °C

Indirect lightning protection Input and output for antenna cable

one BNC socket for each

Grounding point

M 6 screwed joint

Construction • Casing material • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight

Aluminum 250 x 155 x 95 approx. 3500 g

Response rate

1 nsec

Current-carrying capacity 8/20 msec wave

5 kA

Protective level at 6 kV 1.5/50 msec wave at input

< 12 V

Input impedance

50 ohms

Insertion loss

max. 3 dB

DCF77 indoor antenna Incl. 10 m cable and BNC connectors DCF77 outdoor antenna Incl. 20 m cable and BNC connectors • For mounting on a flat roof or wall • For mounting on a mast Indirect lightning protection for DCF77 outdoor antenna

Order No. 6NH9 831-0AA

6NH9 831-0BA 6NH9 831-0DA 6NH9 831-2AA

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/105

SINAUT Telecontrol

Radio clock components GPS components

■ Overview using the satellite-based GPS (Global Positioning System) is recommended. For this application, the SINAUT system offers a GPS receiver, which simulates the DCF77 signal as an output signal. This receiver can therefore be connected directly with the DCF77 receiver in the TIM, to which it can supply the current time.

The DCF77 radio clock signal can only be received in Western Europe (radius of approx. 800 km around Frankfurt am Main, Germany). In areas where this signal cannot be received, the use of a GPS receiver, which is able to determine the local time

This GPS receiver is supplied as a complete package and includes: • GPS receiver module for snapping onto a 35 mm standard mounting rail • GPS outdoor antenna for mounting on a wall or mast, incl. 25 m antenna cable • BNC adapter plug for connecting the DCF77 adapter cable on the TIM to the BNC socket on the GPS receiver • Software for configuring the GPS receiver (for Windows 3.x, 95, NT) • PC adapter cable, length 1.5 m • Documentation Since the GPS antenna is an outdoor antenna, the offered lightning protection device accessory must be used.

■ Integration The interconnection between the various GPS components (the 6NH7700-0AD15 adapter cable is part of the scope of supply of every TIM with built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver) is illustrated below. If the lightning protector 6NH9831-2AA is used, this should be installed as close to the entrance of the building as possible.

7

TIM with integrated DCF7 radio clock receiver

A separate antenna cable must be used to connect the lightning protector with the adapter cable of the TIM (with BNC socket at both ends, similar to the antenna cable supplied with the indoor or outdoor antenna). Users must either make this themselves or obtain it commercially in the appropriate length.

GPS receiver module

TIM

DCF77 output for simulation signal

Input GPS signal BNC adapter plug

Adapter cable 6NH7700-0AD15

Indirect lightning protection for GPS 6NH9831-8LA GPS-Kit 6NH9831-8AA Complete GPS package for simulating the DCF77 time signal comprising: • GPS receiver module • GPS outdoor antenna incl. 25 m cable • BNC adapter plug • Configuration software • PC adapter cable • Documentation

7/106

Siemens IK PI · 2007

GPS outdoor antenna for wall or mast mounting incl. 25 m antenna cable

G_IK10_XX_30094

BNC

SINAUT Telecontrol

Radio clock components GPS components

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

GPS receiver module Interfaces • RS232/RS422 connection • Pulse outputs • GPS input • DCF77 simulation output

9-pin Sub-D connector Screw terminals BNC socket BNC socket

Power loss

3.5 W

Power supply

18 V to 60 V DC

Power consumption

3.5 VA

Construction • Casing material • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight

Aluminum 65 x 105 x 130 approx. 700 g

Installation

on 35 mm standard DIN rail

Order No.

GPS complete package For simulating the DCF77 time signal, comprising a GPS receiver, GPS outdoor antenna incl. 25 m cable, BNC adapter plug, configuration software, PC adapter cable, and documentation.

6NH9 831-8AA

Indirect lightning protection for GPS outdoor antenna

6NH9 831-8LA

Indirect lightning protection Input and output for antenna cable

one BNC socket for each

Grounding point

M 6 screwed joint

Construction • Casing material • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm • Weight

Aluminum 250 x 155 x 95 approx. 3500 g

Response rate

1 nsec

Current-carrying capacity 8/20 msec wave

5 kA

Protective level at 6 kV 1.5/50 msec wave at input

< 12 V

Input impedance

50 ohms

Insertion loss

max. 3 dB

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/107

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7 standard software package

■ Application The SINAUT ST7 standard software package with the following components is required for the configuration, diagnostics and operation of the SINAUT system: • SINAUT ST7 configuring software • SINAUT TD7 library The CD-ROM also contains the SINAUT ST7 Manual in electronic format (German/English). The software package is a work package which can be used for any number of SINAUT projects without a licensing process.

■ Function SINAUT ST7 configuring software for the programming device • Runs under Windows 2000 or XP; STEP 7 software V5.1 SP2 or higher must also be installed. • Includes: - module manager to supplement the HW Config STEP 7 tool; displays and sets the parameters of the TIM modules in HW-Config - WAN Manager to supplement the NetPro STEP 7 tool; displays and sets the parameters of the SINAUT WAN networks and network nodes in NetPro - the SINAUT ST7 configuring tool is used for project-wide functions such as SINAUT connection configuration and SINAUT station management - SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool; in addition to the diagnostics functions familiar to users of STEP 7, it also provides access to SINAUT-specific diagnostic information. The service tool can be used, for example, to upload new software to the TIM.

7

WAN Manager for SINAUT ST7 In the catalog for the STEP 7 network configuration tool NetPro, the SINAUT networks have been added to the sub-networks directory. The SINAUT networks required in each case can be selected from this directory and installed in the NetPro window. With the SINAUT ST7 configuring tool V3.5 and higher, Ethernet can also be configured for the SINAUT data transmission. The TIM modules can be assigned to these networks using the mouse or dialog boxes. Any erroneous connections are rejected immediately. A corresponding Properties dialog box is called up to define the generally valid parameters for a network, e.g. ST1 or ST7 protocol, transmission rate, etc. The individual properties for each of the network nodes can be defined in a further dialog box, e.g. the dedicated telephone number for the connection to a telephone network.

Module manager for SINAUT ST7 A SINAUT ST7 folder has been added to the SIMATIC 300 directory. This folder contains a list of all available TIM modules. The TIM module required in each case can be selected from this directory and installed in the S7 rack. A corresponding Properties dialog box can be called up to set the module parameters. If necessary, the Properties dialog box for a TIM module can be opened in NetPro with the same property options as in HW Config.

7/108

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7 standard software package

■ Function (continued) SINAUT ST7 configuring tool

SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool

The SINAUT ST7 configuring tool is a separate configuration tool for SINAUT ST7 and includes: • Connection configuration • Station management • SINAUT ST1 – Configuration overview

In addition to the diagnostics functions familiar to users of STEP 7, the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool also provides access to SINAUT-specific diagnostic information. The service tool can be used, for example, to upload new software to the TIM.

First, the "Connection configuration" tool is used to define the SINAUT devices (ST7 CPU, ST7cc, ST7sc or ST1 device) between which a connection is required. For this purpose, the tool displays a list of all connections possible in the right-hand side of a two-section window. The tool has generated the list automatically using the network configured with NetPro (see WAN Manager). The user moves the connections actually required from the right-hand to the left-hand window using the pop-up menu.

SINAUT TD7 library, blocks for the CPU The SINAUT TD7 library is a software package with blocks for the CPU. The package has been designed so that it can run both on an S7-400 and on an S7-300 CPU. Only a small number of blocks have been designed specifically for the S7-300 or S7-400 CPU respectively. In the terminals, the SINAUT TD7 software ensures that process data is transmitted between the individual CPUs and with the control center, e.g. ST7cc, in the event of changes. Connection, CPU or control center failures are displayed. A data update is performed automatically following debugging or CPU or control center startup. A time stamp can be assigned to data telegrams if required. The package essentially comprises: • Basic and auxiliary blocks Most of these blocks are always required in the CPU, a small number are optional. The basic blocks perform central tasks such as startup, connection and connection partner monitoring, general prompting, time management, communication processing, etc. The auxiliary blocks, for example, insert telegrams into the sending mailbox and retrieve them from the receive mailbox, perform connection-specific send and receive operations or provide access to information the user is searching for. • Data-point typicals These blocks are integrated into the CPU program on the basis of the data types and data volumes to be transmitted. In the event of changes to data, they create telegrams or output received process data.

One of the features provided by the "Station management" tool is a list of all SINAUT devices. If necessary, station-specific modifications can be made, e.g. the SINAUT station numbers can be changed for the individual devices, or message texts can be configured to be sent as text message. The station management tool also handles configuring of the data telegrams to be sent and received if telegram generation and evaluation are to be carried out by the TIM (only possible for TIMs with TD7onTIM functionality). The tool generates the system data blocks (SDB) for the CPUs and TIMs from the configuration data. If the SINAUT TD7 software is used for the CPU, the tool also preprocesses the accounting and communication data blocks for the CPUs, which it stores in the CPU block library together with the blocks (FBs, FCs) which are essential to the CPUs for SINAUT communication.

In order to operate correctly, the TD7 package needs a number of data blocks which are generated by the SINAUT ST7 configuring tool. These are: • Central accounting DB This block contains all data required centrally, e.g. accounting data for all communication partners as well as for all connections to be managed. • Communication DBs A separate communication DB is created for every connection with a sending and receive mailbox and all data required for controlling and monitoring this connection.

The third tool, "SINAUT ST1 – Configuration overview" is only required for configuring systems which also feature SINAUT ST1 devices. This tool makes adjusting the addresses for SINAUT ST1 much easier.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/109

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7 standard software package

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data SINAUT ST7 standard software package

Operating systems

Windows XP Professional SP1 Windows 2000 Professional SP1, 2, 3, 4

STEP 7 versions

STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher; for SINAUT connections via Ethernet: STEP 7 V5.3 SP2 or higher

Order No.

Standard software for SINAUT ST7 On CD-ROM, comprising: • SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software V3.6 for the PG • SINAUT TD7 block library V2.1.4 for the CPU • Electronic manual in German and English

6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0

ST7 software upgrade package for owners of versions older than V3.0

6NH7 997-0CA15-0GA0

SINAUT ST7 Manual Paper version

7

7/110

Siemens IK PI · 2007

• German

6NH7 998-0AA13

• English

6NH7 998-0AA23

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7cc, Add-on for WinCC

■ Overview

■ Benefits SINAUT ST7cc

MPI Industrial Ethernet

Ethernet TCP/IP

TIM 4

TIM 4

■ Application

DCF77/GPS

WAN

WAN

MPI

e.g. S7-300 with e.g. S7-400 with TIM 4 TIM 3V SINAUT ST7 stations

• Interfacing of SINAUT terminals to SIMATIC WinCC via WAN and Ethernet • Entry of messages, analog and count values in WinCC archives using the event times supplied by the SINAUT terminals • Protection of investments in existing SINAUT ST1 systems, as ST1 terminals can be connected • Saving of time and reduction of costs through simple configuration without requiring detailed knowledge of SINAUT

e.g. S5-115 with TIM 11 SINAUT ST1 stations G_IK10_XX_30069

SINAUT ST7cc control center system (non-redundant or redundant) with connected ST7 and ST1 terminals

Based on SIMATIC WinCC, SINAUT ST7cc is the ideal control center system for both SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1. It has been developed specifically for event-driven and time-stamped data transmission on the SINAUT system. A high-availability ST7cc control center can be set up in conjunction with the WinCC redundancy package. SINAUT ST7cc additionally assumes the function of a telecontrol center. There is therefore no need for a separate SIMATIC S7-CPU for this function.

Based on SIMATIC WinCC, SINAUT ST7cc is the ideal control center system for both SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1. It has been developed specifically for event-driven and timestamped data transmission on the SINAUT system. It avoids the possible loss of data inherent in cyclic polling in WinCC. It also ensures the use of the correct event times supplied by the SINAUT terminals for all WinCC messages and archive entries. The process image integrated into ST7cc contains all process data along with the status of all SINAUT stations in the network, and makes this data available directly to WinCC for high-speed process image visualization. ST7ccConfig provides the user with an integrated configuring tool based on the data telegrams configured in the SINAUT ST7 or ST1 terminals. WinCC and all its variables are configured automatically and updated consistently to reflect any changes. The additional use of the WinCC ACRON add-ons is recommended for archives, protocols and reports in accordance with ATV Notice H260 or Hirthammer. ST7cc features a configurable data interface for these add-ons. A high-availability ST7cc control center can be set up in conjunction with the WinCC redundancy package.

■ Design SINAUT ST7cc is installed on a Windows PC (Windows 2000, XP or Server 2003). WinCC can run on the same PC. However, WinCC client/server configurations are also possible in which the ST7cc is located on the WinCC server. A license for the WinCC complete package is required. A runtime package may be sufficient if no configurations are required on the end computer. The WinCC redundancy package incl. license is also required for the redundant ST7cc. The table on page 7/112 lists the software packages required for the ST7cc non-redundant/redundant system in detail.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/111

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7cc, Add-on for WinCC

■ Design (continued) ST7cc non-redundant system

ST7cc redundant system

Number

Software package

Number

Software package

1

Windows 2000, XP or Server 2003

2

Windows 2000, XP or Server 2003

1

WinCC complete package1)

1

WinCC complete package1)

1

WinCC runtime package

1

WinCC redundancy package (with 2 licenses)

2

SIMATIC NET with license for CP software

1

ST7cc redundancy package (with 2 licenses)

2

SW ST7cc S (with license for 6 stations) or SW ST7cc M (with license for 12 stations) or SW ST7cc L (with license for > 12 stations)

1

SIMATIC NET with license for CP software

1

SW ST7cc S (with license for 6 stations) or SW ST7cc M (with license for 12 stations) or SW ST7cc L (with license for > 12 stations)

1) A runtime package may be sufficient if no configurations are required on the end computer.

One or more SINAUT ST7 TIM communications processors is connected to the ST7cc PC via the MPI bus or via Ethernet. Both ST7 and ST1 terminals can be connected to the TIMs, only ST7 terminals to the TIMs on the Ethernet. Provision of current time of day: • Time synchronization for TIMs connected via MPI to the ST7cc PC (TIM 4x) is only possible using a TIM equipped with a DCF77 receiver. This is then responsible for central synchronization of the ST7cc PC and all stations.

• Time synchronization for TIMs connected via Ethernet to the ST7cc PC (TIM 3V-IE) is via ST7cc. Outside the reception area of the DCF77 real-time transmitter the use of a GPS receiver is recommended. This determines the local time from the satellite-based global positioning system (GPS).

■ Function

7

Operation as telecontrol center with user-friendly diagnostic capability • Direct connection of SINAUT ST7 TIMs to ST7cc via MPI and Ethernet. A separate CPU connected in series as a telecontrol center is not required. • Provision of the most important status information for each SINAUT ST7 or ST1 station with visualization in WinCC via the provided station typicals (image typicals and faceplates). • Control options for SINAUT stations via these faceplates. • Process value flags from stations with faulty connection to ST7cc. • General query for affected terminals following end of transmission fault in order to update the process image in ST7cc. • For diagnostic purposes: Selective recording of telegram traffic for individual or all SINAUT stations. Telegram visualization and evaluation is carried out as with the TIM telegram monitor. • Time synchronization by ST7cc for the TIMs connected via Ethernet to the ST7cc PC.

• Analog values (instantaneous and mean values) - floating-point numbers, integers - linear raw value adaptation (raw value → physical value) - entry of analog values (with or without linear raw value adaptation) into the assigned WinCC variables - entry of analog values (with or without linear raw value adaptation) into the WinCC archive taking into account the time stamp supplied by SINAUT ST7 or ST1 • Count values - processing of overflows on absolute-value counters. - adaptation of count values via factors. - generation of intervals at correct times. - entry of up-to-date accumulated intervals into assigned WinCC variables. - entry of completed intervals into the WinCC archive taking into account the time stamp supplied by SINAUT ST7 or ST1. • Setpoints - floating-point numbers, integers - linear raw value adaptation (physical value → raw value) if required.

Preprocessing of process data

Simple, system-wide configuration

Binary values, analog values and count values can be configured. Configurations take into account event times and assign correct time stamps to derived messages and archive entries. • Binary values - entry of up-to-date binary values into assigned WinCC variables. - binary values can be interpreted as single-pole or multi-pole messages. - entry of derived messages into the WinCC messaging system taking into account the time stamp supplied by SINAUT ST7 or ST1.

Configuring the entire system with ST7ccConfig is extremely user-friendly. Separate WinCC configuring for variables functions, archives and message system is limited to a few preparatory measures, e.g. the creation of message classes and types and of archives in WinCC.

7/112

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7cc, Add-on for WinCC

■ Technical specifications SINAUT ST7cc Operating systems

WinCC versions

STEP 7 / NCM versions

■ Ordering data SINAUT ST7cc Software for connecting SINAUT stations to WinCC (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003); Single license for 1 installation of the runtime software; runtime software, configuration software and electronic manual on CD-ROM; license key on floppy disk; German/English • SINAUT ST7cc S Small license for max. 6 SINAUT stations • SINAUT ST7cc M Medium license for max. 12 SINAUT stations • SINAUT ST7cc L Large license for more than 12 SINAUT stations • SINAUT ST7cc R Redundancy license for ST7cc (contains 2 licenses); two ST7cc S, M or L single licenses are also required • SINAUT ST7cc SM License upgrade from ST7cc S to ST7cc M (from 6 to 12 stations) • SINAUT ST7cc SL License upgrade from ST7cc S to ST7cc L (from 6 to more than 12 stations) • SINAUT ST7cc ML License upgrade from ST7cc M to ST7cc L (from 12 to more than 12 stations)

Windows XP Professional SP1, SP2 Windows 2000 Professional SP1, 2, 3, 4, Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition + SP1 WinCC V5.0 SP2 or higher, WinCC V5.1 SP1 or higher, WinCC V6.0 SP1 or higher, WinCC V6.0 SP2 HF5 or higher, WinCC V6.0 SP3 HF2 or higher, WinCC V6.0 SP4 or higher SIMATIC NCM PC/S7 V5.3 SP2 or SIMATIC STEP 7 V5.3 SP1

SINAUT ST7cc SIMATIC NET PC software versions Configuration • ST7cc

ST7cc configuring tool V2.5

• SINAUT system

SINAUT ST7 configuration software V3.5; SINAUT ST7 configuration software V3.6

Quantity framework • 6 SINAUT terminals

Small license

• 12 SINAUT terminals

Medium license

• for more than 12 SINAUT terminals

Large license

SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 for Industrial Ethernet Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to 64 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP Professional, 2003 Server, 2000 Professional/Server; German/English

6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0

CP 5613 A2 communications processor PCI card (32-bit; 5 V) for connecting a PG or PC to PROFIBUS/MPI; suitable for the connection of up to 30 TIM modules via MPI

6GK1 561-3AA01

S7-5613 Edition 2005 for CP 5613 A2 Software for S7 communication incl. PG and FDL protocol, single license for 1 installation, license key on floppy disk

6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0

SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2005 for Industrial Ethernet Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to 8 connections, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP Professional, 2003 Server, 2000 Professional/Server; German/English

6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0

CP 1613 A2 communications processor PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V universal key) for connecting a PG or PC to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s); suitable for the connection of up to 120 TIM modules via Industrial Ethernet

6GK1 161-3AA01

S7-1613 V6.2 Edition 2005 for CP 1613 A2 Software for S7 communication including PG communication, suitable for max. 120 connections, single license for 1 installation, license key on diskette

6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0

Order No.

6NH7 997-7CA15-0AA1

6NH7 997-7CA15-0AA2

6NH7 997-7CA15-0AA3

6NH7 997-8CA15-0AA0

6NH7 997-7AA00-0AD2

6NH7 997-7AA00-0AD3

6NH7 997-7AA00-0AE3

SINAUT ST7cc Manual Paper version • German

6NH7 998-7AA11

• English

6NH7 998-7AA21

CP 5611 A2 communications processor PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a PG or PC to PROFIBUS/MPI; suitable for the connection of up to 8 TIM modules via MPI

6GK1 561-1AA01

CP 5611 A2 MPI communications processor Comprising a 5611 PCI card (32-bit) and 5 m MPI cable

6GK1 561-1AM01

SIMATIC NET PC software V6.2; SIMATIC NET PC software V6.3

Order No.

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/113

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7sc SCADA Connect Software

■ Overview

■ Benefits SINAUT ST7sc

• Connection of SINAUT terminals to HMI, SCADA and Office applications via OPC • The item-buffering procedure ensures a complete and seamless archive • Saving of time and reduction of costs through the simple configuration without requiring detailed knowledge of SINAUT

MPI Industrial Ethernet

Ethernet TCP/IP

TIM 4

■ Application

TIM 4

DCF 77 GPS

WAN

WAN

e.g. S7-300 with e.g. S7-400 with TIM 4 TIM 3V-IE SINAUT ST7 stations

7

e.g. S5-115 with TIM 11 SINAUT ST1 stations

G_IK10_XX_30132

MPI

• The SCADA Connect Software SINAUT ST7sc permits the connection of SINAUT ST7 and ST1 stations to control center systems that can operate as OPC clients (e.g. iFIX from Intellution, InTouch from Wonderware, Open Enterprise from Bristol-Babcock, Micro SCADA from ABB or RESY-PMC from repas AEG). • SINAUT ST7sc is also suitable for data exchange with other applications via OPC, e.g. Matrikon using Excel. • The OPC data can be exchanged either synchronously or asynchronously (change-controlled). • The "Item Buffering" function prevents the loss of data on failure of the OPC client or if SINAUT stations supply data at a faster rate than can be transferred via the OPC interface. • System availability can be increased by connecting two ST7sc systems working in parallel to a redundant client system. • SINAUT ST7sc can also operate as a telecontrol center, meaning that a separate SIMATIC S7 CPU would no longer be required for this function.

The SINAUT system permits the networking of SIMATIC stations with a control center via a wide area network (WAN) or via Ethernet. This control center can also be a SIMATIC terminal or a PCbased control center, e.g. WinCC with the SINAUT ST7cc addon. SINAUT ST7sc offers suppliers of other control center systems the option of connecting to SINAUT without having to integrate a SINAUT interface. Communication takes place via OPC: As an OPC server, SINAUT ST7sc forms the interface between the SINAUT and the control center system, which is linked as an OPC client. The OPC interface is also suitable for data exchange with other applications such as Excel.

■ Design SINAUT ST7sc is installed on a Windows PC (Windows 2000 or XP). The OPC server function permits the connection of one or more client applications. These clients are either connected to the server via a suitable communications medium, e.g. Ethernet, or they are installed on the same PC as SINAUT ST7sc. One or more SINAUT ST7 TIM communications processors are connected to the ST7sc PC via the MPI bus or via Ethernet. Both ST7 and ST1 stations can be connected to the TIMs on the MPI, only ST7 stations to the TIMs on the Ethernet. Provision of current time of day: • Time synchronization for TIMs connected via MPI to the ST7sc PC (TIM 4x) is only possible using a TIM equipped with a DCF77 receiver. This is then responsible for central synchronization of the ST7cc PC and all terminals. • Time synchronization for TIMs connected via Ethernet to the ST7sc PC (TIM 3V-IE) takes place using ST7cc. Outside the reception area of the DCF77 real-time transmitter the use of a GPS receiver is recommended. This determines the local time from the satellite-based global positioning system (GPS).

7/114

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7sc SCADA Connect Software

■ Function

One special property of the SINAUT system is that the process data is secured against loss. If, for example, the connection from the station to the control center fails, the station stores all changes to the data locally which occur during the failure and gives it a time stamp. In this way it is possible to overcome connection failures lasting several hours or even days without any loss of data. To ensure that this data stored in the station also reaches the OPC client securely at a later stage, ST7sc includes the "item-buffering" procedure which helps to avoid the loss of data on the path to the OPC client: • If the OPC "data access" interface which represents a process image is updated by the SINAUT station faster than the client can read the data; • If the OPC client is unavailable for a shorter or longer period, or if the OPC communication link fails. The ST7sc normally sets up only one "memory cell" per item, in which it holds the last status or value of the item. When the itembuffering procedure is selected, however, one buffer is set up for each item, in which all changes to the relevant item are time-stamped and stored in sequence. The data is stored until the individual changes can be forwarded to the OPC client. The item-buffering procedure requires an HMI application that can process the time-stamped data, even if the time stamp is already several days old, e.g. after an extended connection failure.

"Data access" OPC server interface

SINAUT ST7sc

1

1 1a 1b 1c

2

3 3a

7 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e

45

78 78a 78b

3

79 79a 79b 79c

Item Buffer

In the opposite direction the OPC client can write data that is to be transmitted to a terminal (e.g. commands, setpoints, parameters) onto the ST7sc variables store via the OPC server interface. This data is converted into SINAUT data frames and sent via the WAN or Ethernet to the SINAUT station specified in the configuration.

OPC communication

n

ST7sc variable range SINAUT message decoding

SINAUT message coding SINAUT data message

SINAUT WAN communication

SINAUT data message

G_IK10_XX_30014

The SINAUT terminal records the process data when making the change and forwards it via the WAN or Ethernet to SINAUT ST7sc. SINAUT ST7sc decodes the received SINAUT frames and stores them in the ST7sc variables store according to the configuration. An OPC client can read this received data from the ST7sc variables store via the OPC "data access" server interface. This is done either synchronously or asynchronously (recommended), i.e. the OPC server interface only forwards data if changes have taken place in the ST7sc variables store.

System configuration with SINAUT ST7sc

Redundant application SINAUT ST7sc also permits a connection to a redundant client system. In this case, two ST7sc systems would be used. These systems transmit the data received from the station in parallel and independently of one another to both clients and receive data from these for transmission to the station. The redundancy intelligence is located on the side of the client: • This ensures the correct evaluation and comparison of the parallel data transmissions; • It transfers data that is to be sent to the terminals only once to one of the two ST7sc’s so that there is no duplication of the transmission. Configuring The ST7sc is configured using the ST7sc Config-Tool, which is supplied on the ST7sc software CD. The documentation for ST7sc and the Config-Tool can also be found on this CD.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/115

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT ST7sc SCADA Connect Software

■ Technical specifications SINAUT ST7sc Programming

Open and standardized; OPC data access interface V2.05; Synchronous (IOPCSyncIO) and asynchronous (IOPCAsyncIO2) reading and writing of variables via the standard interface; the variables of the item buffers are accessed by means of asynchronous reading

Logging

DCOM protocol

Operating systems

Windows XP Prof. SP1, SP2; Windows 2000 Prof. SP1, 2, 3, 4

■ Ordering data

• SINAUT ST7sc S Small license for max. 6 SINAUT stations

6NH7 997-5CA05-0AA1

• SINAUT ST7sc M Medium license for max. 12 SINAUT stations

6NH7 997-5CA05-0AA2

• SINAUT ST7sc L Large license for more than 12 SINAUT stations

6NH7 997-5CA05-0AA3

• SINAUT ST7sc SM License upgrade from ST7sc S to ST7sc M (from 6 to 12 stations)

6NH7 997-5AA00-0AD2

• SINAUT ST7sc SL License upgrade from ST7sc S to ST7sc L (from 6 to more than 12 stations)

6NH7 997-5AA00-0AD3

• SINAUT ST7sc ML License upgrade from ST7sc M to ST7sc L (from 12 to more than 12 stations)

6NH7 997-5AA00-0AE3

SINAUT ST7sc Manual Paper version for V1.0 • German

6NH7 998-5AA11

• English

6NH7 998-5AA21

CP 5611 A2 communications processor PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a PG or PC to PROFIBUS/MPI; suitable for the connection of up to 8 TIM modules via MPI

6GK1 561-1AA01

CP 5611 A2 MPI communications processor Comprising a 5611 PCI card (32-bit) and 5 m MPI cable

6GK1 561-1AM01

7/116

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SIMATIC NCM PC/S7 V5.3 SP2 or SIMATIC STEP 7 V5.3 SP1

SIMATIC NET PC software versions

SIMATIC NET PC software V6.2; SIMATIC NET PC software V6.3

Configuring

ST7sc Config tool

Quantity framework • 6 SINAUT terminals • 12 SINAUT terminals • More than 12 SINAUT terminals

Small license Medium license Large license

Order No.

SINAUT ST7sc Software for connecting SINAUT terminals to HMI, SCADA and Office applications via OPC; single license for 1 installation of the runtime software; runtime software, configuration software and electronic manual on CD-ROM; license key on floppy disk; German/English

7

SINAUT ST7sc STEP 7 / NCM versions

Order No. SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 for CP 5611 Software for S7 communication incl. FDL protocol, single license for 1 installation, license key on floppy disk

6GK1 704-5CW63-3AA0

CP 5613 A2 communications processor PCI card (32-bit; 5 V) for connecting a PG or PC to PROFIBUS/MPI; suitable for the connection of up to 30 TIM modules via MPI

6GK1 561-3AA01

S7-5613 Edition 2005 for CP 5613 A2 Software for S7 communication incl. PG and FDL protocol, single license for 1 installation, license key on floppy disk

6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0

SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 Software for S7 communication including PG communication, suitable for max. 64 connections, single license for 1 installation, license key on diskette

6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0

SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2005 for CP 1612 Software for S7 communication including PG communication, suitable for max. 8 connections, single license for 1 installation, license key on diskette

6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0

CP 1613 A2 communications processor PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V universal key) for connecting a PG or PC to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s); suitable for the connection of up to 120 TIM modules via Industrial Ethernet

6GK1 161-3AA01

S7-1613 Edition 2005 for CP 1613 Software for S7 communication including PG communication, suitable for max. 120 connections, single license for 1 installation, license key on diskette

6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT MICRO SC

• Software package for PC and SIMATIC S7-200, comprising: - PC: OPC server, connection manager - S7-200: PLC block library • OPC server for GPRS linking as many as 256 SIMATIC S7-200 stations to a control center • Permanent, bidirectional and wireless online connection to the S7-200 via GPRS • GPRS communication between S7-200 stations by means of routing function • Clear monitoring of GPRS station connections • Low GPRS mobile radio costs due to optimized communication with effective frame design Encrypted transmission for protection against data manipulation and tapping

■ Benefits

• Design of low-cost fault signaling and monitoring systems with SIMATIC S7-200 and WinCC flexible using GPRS system solution • Low-cost GPRS volume tariffs allow permanent and wireless online linking of machines or plants to a master center • Design of GPRS-based automation networks without special contracts with mobile radio providers over closed virtual private networks (VPN) • Low operating costs due to selectable cyclic or event-based transmission • Free selection of central control station location through use of Internet • Protection against tapping and manipulation of transmitted data between S7-200 station and OPC server of the SINAUT MICRO SC by means of encryption and scrambling algorithms • Fast detection of communication faults thanks to clear monitoring of all S7-200 station connections • No complex radio planning, therefore fast commissioning with low project costs • Fast generation of applications through matched combination of automation components with the Micro Automation Set 21 (http://www.siemens.com/microset)

■ Application

• Configuration of systems for monitoring and controlling simple telecontrol tasks • Energy-saving concepts for plants, e.g. through statusdependent speed control of pumps in remote stations • Control and monitoring e.g. of: - sewage treatment plants, water treatment - oil and gas supplies - district heating networks - power distribution - pumping stations - automatic machines - traffic control systems - buildings - intelligent advertising panels - weather stations - lighthouses and buoys - wind generators and photovoltaic plants • Linking of mobile stations, with central monitoring/control of track vehicles, special vehicles, local public transport, complex building machines, ships on rivers and in coastal areas

e.g. WinCC flexible, Win CC SINAUT MICRO SC OPC server and connection manager

7 Control center

S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD 720-3

Internet

S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD 720-3

GSM/GPRS provider

S7-200 station with modem SINAUT MD 720-3

G_IK10_XX_30149

■ Overview

Communication between SIMATIC S7-200 systems via MICRO SC control center

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/117

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT MICRO SC

■ Design

Combination of SINAUT MICRO and SINAUT ST7 SINAUT MICRO and SINAUT ST7 use different protocols for data transmission. However, it is possible to combine a SINAUT MICRO system with a SINAUT ST7 system. This is carried out in the PC of the control center over the OPC server of the SINAUT MICRO SC.

WinCC

MICRO SC OPC server

ST7cc

S7-200 stations

SINAUT ST7 stations

■ Function • Access to SIMATIC S7-200 variables over the OPC interface • Wireless communication between S7-200 stations through the integral routing function • WinCC and WinCC flexible can be used as clients • Configuration of monitoring time and time synchronization of S7-200 stations • Adjustable cyclic transmission of all variables; transmission of variables can be combined with monitoring • Event-based communication with the S7-200 stations • Input screens for creation of S7-200 stations • The PC on which the MICRO SC software is installed must be permanently accessible from the GPRS network. The PC must therefore be directly connected to the GPRS network using a dedicated line, or permanently to the Internet, e.g. by means of DSL.

7

Security • Password authentication for establishment of connection by an S7-200 station • Secure data transfer between modem, Internet and SINAUT MICRO SC using encryption algorithms Diagnostics • Integrated diagnostic functions for: - tabular overall view of connection status of all stations - connection status as list - adjustable refresh response - manual scanning of connection status - integral diagnostics functions for monitoring of connections

7/118

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_30150

OPC communication

When using WinCC in the control center

Non-Siemens system OPC communication MICRO SC OPC server

S7-200 stations

ST7cc

SINAUT ST7 stations

When using a non-Siemens system in the control center

G_IK10_XX_30151

The SINAUT MICRO SC software package consisting of: • Block library for the S7-200 CPU (CPU 224 or higher) • OPC server software for the PC control center - for data exchange with an OPC client, e.g. WinCC or WinCC Flexible • Connection manager software for the PC control center - for configuration of a secure GPRS connection with an MD720-3 modem - for monitoring these connections and - for data routing in the case of cross-communication between SIMATIC S7-200 and S7-200

SINAUT Telecontrol

Software

SINAUT MICRO SC

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Controls that are supported

S7-200 CPU 224 or higher (block library included in scope of supply)

Number of stations that can be used

8, 64 or 256 controllers

Interfaces to the OPC Client

• DCOM protocol • OPC "data access interface V2.05" • Synchronous and asynchronous reading of variables

Interfaces and functions for the SIMATIC S7-200

• Writing of variables in the SIMATIC S7 in the case of value changes to OPC variables • Transfer of SIMATIC S7 data to OPC variables (for event-driven communication from the SIMATIC S7) • Activatable cyclic reading of variables; adjustable time interval • Monitoring of connected SIMATIC S7 with time-of-day synchronization • Routing of data packets between connected SIMATIC S7-200 stations • Protocol optimized for GRPS; tunnel configuration from GPRS modem • Via Internet access as server with public IP address (recommendation: Fixed public Internet address)

Diagnostics data

Integral OPC client for connection monitoring

Configuration

Using integral configuration tool

SINAUT MICRO SC Single license for one installation; OPC server for GPRS communication with S7-200; connection management with 8, 64 or 256 remote stations; routing for connections between S7-200 stations; connection monitoring; German and English GUI; for Windows XP Professional SP 2 and higher, Windows 2003 Server SP 1, Windows 2000 Professional/Server SP 4; manual on CD-ROM in German and English (Chinese available soon) • SINAUT MICRO SC8 connection management for 8 remote stations; • SINAUT MICRO SC64 connection management for 64 remote stations; • SINAUT MICRO SC256 connection management for 256 remote stations;

Order No.

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA3

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA6

6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA8

Accessories SINAUT MD720-3 GPRS modem for IP-based data transmission over GSM networks, quad band, AT command interface, automatic establishment of GPRS connection, switchable to CSD mode, RS232, including gender changer for RS232/PPI adapter; manual on CD-ROM in German, English, Chinese

6NH9 720-3AA0

ANT 794-4MR antenna Quad band antenna, omnidirectional with 5 m cable

6NH9 860-1AA0

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7

7/119

SINAUT Telecontrol

Accessories

Connecting cables

■ Overview A range of standard connecting cables is available for interconnecting SINAUT components or connecting them to the relevant WAN. Some of these connecting cables are part of the scope of supply of the hardware components and others can be ordered as required.

7

7/120

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Accessories

Connecting cables

■ Overview (continued) Connecting cables for connecting TIM and modem modules Order No.

Description

6NH7701-4AL

Connecting cable for connecting TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with one of the SINAUT ST7 modems MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232). Also suitable for coupling the so-called modems to a SIMATIC point-to-point CP such as CP 340, CP 342 or CP 441 with RS232 interface. Cable length 1.5 m

TIM3V/4

Connecting cable for connecting TIM 4 (RS485) with one of the SINAUT ST7 modems MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS485). Cable length 1.5 m TIM3V/4

6NH7701-1CB

6NH7701-4BN

6NH7701-0AR

6NH1701-7AN

Connecting cable for connecting TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232) with the GSM kit M20, TC35 or MC45 (access to GSM network). Also suitable for non-Siemens modems or transmitters with RS232 standard. Cable length 2.5 m.

Connecting cable with one free end for connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a non-Siemens modem or transmitter (RS232). Cable length 2.5 m

Test cable. Connecting cable for connecting two TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 using their RS232 interfaces without using modems (null modem). Cable length 6 m

MD2

M20, TC35, MC45

TIM3V/4

7

TIM3V/4

nonSiemens modem, transmitter

TIM3V/4

TIM3V/4

Connecting cable for connecting TIM 11 (RS232) with one of the SINAUT ST7 modems MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232). Cable length 2.5 m TIM11 (SINAUT ST1)

6NH1701-7BK

MD2/3/4 RSM

Connecting cable for connecting two MD2 (RS232) modems to create a repeater. Cable length 0.3 m MD2

6NH7701-5AN

MD

MD

Connecting cable for connecting TIM 011B (RS232) with one of the SINAUT ST7 modems MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232). Cable length 1.0 m. TIM 011B (SINAUT ST1)

MD

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_30072

6NH7701-4DL

Figure

7/121

SINAUT Telecontrol

Accessories

Connecting cables

■ Overview (continued) Connecting cables for WAN connection The connecting cables can also be ordered as spare parts by quoting the numbers indicated.

Order No.

Description

6NH7700-2AR60

Connecting cable with 2 x RJ12 connectors for connecting an MD2 (RJ12 modem) with an LTOP overvoltage protection module (RJ12). The connecting cable is also suitable for an MD2 modem which is integrated into a TIM module. Cable length 6 m

6NH7700-3BR60

6NH7700-4AR60

7

Figure

Connecting cable with 2 x RJ12 Western connectors and snap-on TAE6N connectors for connecting an MD3 modem (RJ12) with a telephone socket (TAE6N) or LTOP overvoltage protection module (RJ12) if the MD3 modem is used as modem for the dedicated line. The connecting cable is also suitable for an MD3 modem which is integrated into a TIM module. Cable length 6 m

Connecting cable with RJ12 and RJ45 Western connector for connecting an MD4 modem (RJ12) with an ISDN-S0 socket (RJ45). The connecting cable can also be used for an MD4 modem which is integrated into a TIM module. Cable length 6 m

RJ12

RJ12

TAE6N

RJ12

RJ12

RJ12

RJ45

G_IK10_XX_30073

A 6NH7700-xxx connecting cable is supplied with every TIM module with a built-in MD modem as well as with every MD modem. It can be used to connect the MD modem built into the TIM or the separate modem to the relevant WAN.

Interface adapter cable for TIM 4R/4RD

An adapter cable is required to connect the second serial interface with an external modem or other transmission devices. An RJ45 connector is located at one end of this cable and

a 9-pin Sub-D miniature connector at the other, to which the standard cable for the modem/transmission device can be connected (for selection see Table Connecting cables for connecting TIM and modem modules). The adapter cable is supplied with every TIM 4R/4RD module. However, it can also be ordered as a spare part by quoting the number in the table below.

Order No.

Description

6NH7700-0AS05

Adapter cable for the second serial RS232/485 interface of the TIM4R/4RD for connecting the internal connector (RJ45) to the 9-pole Sub-D miniature connector required externally. Cable length 0.5 m

Figure RJ45

TIM4R TIM4RD

7/122

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9pol. Sub-D MD

G_IK10_XX_30074

Instead of a built-in modem, the TIM 4R/TIM 4RD features a second serial interface (combined RS 232/485). The interface connector, which can be accessed in the same place as the RJ12 connector on the built-in modem, is an 8-pin RJ45 connector.

SINAUT Telecontrol

Accessories

Connecting cables

■ Ordering data Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4 modem; Cable length 1.5 m • RS 232 Also suitable for interfacing the modems listed with a SIMATIC point-to-point CP such as the CP 340, CP 341 or CP 441 with RS 232 interface • RS 485 (not for TIM 3V-IE)

Order No.

6NH7 701-4AL

6NH7 701-4DL

Connecting cable For connecting two MD2 modems (RS 232) in order to create a repeater; Cable length 0.3 m

6NH7 701-1CB

Connecting cable For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS 232) with the M20, TC35 or MC45 GSM kit (access to the GSM network); also suitable for third-party modems or radio equipment with RS 232 standard interface; Cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-5AN

Connecting cable open at one end For connecting a TIM3V/TIM4 with a third-party modem or radio unit (RS 232 or RS 485); Cable length 2.5 m

6NH7 701-4BN

Test cable Connecting cable for connecting two TIM3V/TIM4 modules via their RS232 interface without modems (null modem); Cable length 6 m

6NH7 701-0AR

Order No. Connecting cable with 2 x RJ12 connectors For connecting an MD2 modem (RJ12) with an LTOP overvoltage protection module (RJ12); also suitable for an MD2 built into a TIM; Cable length 6 m

6NH7 700-2AR60

Connecting cable with 2 x RJ12 Western connectors and snap-on TAE6N connector For connecting an MD3 modem (RJ12) with a telephone socket (TAE6N) or with an LTOP overvoltage protection module (RJ12) if the MD3 modem is operated as a dedicated-line modem; also suitable for an MD3 built into a TIM. Cable length 6 m

6NH7 700-3BR60

Connecting cable with RJ12 and RJ45 Western connectors For connecting an MD4 modem (RJ12) with an ISDN S0 socket (RJ45); also suitable for an MD4 built into a TIM. Cable length 6 m

6NH7 700-4AR60

Adapter cable For the second RS 232/485 serial interface on a TIM 4R/4RD, for converting the internal connector (RJ45) to the 9-pin Sub-D miniature connector required externally; Cable length 0.5 m

6NH7 700-0AS05

7

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/123

SINAUT Telecontrol

Partner solutions TeleService

D

■ Overview

■ Application

Fixed or radio network

PG/PC

Modem (PG/PC)

TeleService increases the effective availability of plants and machines. The use of TeleService means that technical services (e.g., maintenance, updating, fault analysis) can be carried out cost-effectively from a central service center.

TS Adapter II

MPI

S7-400

S7-300

C7

PROFIBUS DP DP Slave

7

TeleService can be used for remote maintenance of SIMATIC S7/C7 automation systems via a wired or radio network using a PG/PC. The known functionality of STEP 7 and the engineering tools are available to the user, comparable with a local MPI connection.

S7-CPU

• For remote maintenance of SIMATIC S7/C7 automation systems using a wired or radio network • Functions: - access to remote plants (remote maintenance): Distributed systems can be centrally managed, controlled and monitored using remote connections (can be used in SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400). - establishment of connection from/to remote plants (PG-AS remote coupling). - data exchange between plants (AS-AS remote coupling): Exchange of process data between two SIMATIC automation systems over the telephone network. - sending a text message: A SIMATIC automation system can send a text message via a GSM radio modem. • For use on the SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400, C7

In addition to remote maintenance, remote coupling can be established to a PG/PC using an FB call and program control. This coupling permits the exchange of process data between an S7 CPU and the PG/PC with support of PRODAVE MPI.

■ Design Different components are required in accordance with the TeleService function. For remote maintenance: • Engineering Software TeleService. • One Hayes-compatible modem on the PG/PC side and one on the plant side (not necessary with TS Adapter II). • TS Adapter, plant side. • Modem cable for connecting the PG/PC and modem (service-side). • Modem cable for connecting the TS Adapter and modem (included in TS Adapter II package). Required in addition to the components for remote maintenance in the case of PG/PLC remote coupling: • PRODAVE MPI V5.0 and higher for PG/PC: Toolbox for process data traffic between SIMATIC S7/C7 for autonomous processing of data traffic. • "PG_DIAL" function block (included in TeleService software package) for the PLC. Required in addition to the components for remote maintenance in the case of PLC/PLC remote coupling: • TS Adapter for the second PLC. • "AS_DIAL" function block (included in TeleService software package) for the PLCs. For sending SMSes: • Engineering Software TeleService Version 5.2 and higher. • 1 GSM wireless modem on plant side, Hayes-compatible. • TS Adapter, plant side. • Modem cable for connecting the TS Adapter and modem (included in TS Adapter II package).

7/124

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SINAUT Telecontrol

Partner solutions TeleService

■ Design (continued) TS Adapter II The following features are new to TS Adapter II as compared to the predecessor TS Adapter 5.2: • Single-width standard S7-300 housing. • Mounted onto DIN or S7-profile rail, therefore no time-consuming cabinet installation required using a mounting plate. • Integral modem, either analog or ISDN as required. • USB interface for parameterization (V5.2: Serial interface). This means that notebooks without a serial interface can also be used. This interface can also be used locally as a programming interface for the connected devices. • Serial RS232 interface for connecting external modems (e.g. wireless modem). • Firmware with update-capability, e.g. for error rectification (not possible with V5.2). • Power supply over MPI or over external 24 V power supply (5.2 V only over MPI). This ensures that there will be no problems with the power supply locally. • Connection of an external modem, e.g. a GSM wireless modem, over serial interface. • Can be connected to: - MPI - PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s (previously 1.5 Mbit/s) - PPI Scope of delivery: The following components are supplied with the TS Adapter II: • CD with driver • TeleService Software V6.0 (can be used for 14 days; a license must be obtained thereafter) • MPI cable, 0.8 m, for connecting the adapter to the MPI/DP interface. • USB cable, 5 m, for parameterizing the adapter; it can also be used for programming the connected devices. • Standard telephone cable, 3 m, with RJ12 connectors (only for analog TS Adapter II). • Standard telephone cable, 3 m, with RJ45 connectors (only for ISDN TS Adapter II). • TAE6N connector.

■ Function The following functionalities are provided for remote maintenance with TeleService: • Parameterization of modems: Parameterization is supported on the PG/PC side by Windows functions. On the plant side, the TS adapter (with default settings) takes over parameterization. • Electronic phone book: For supporting plant administration (e.g., phone number, location). • Multilevel access enable program: Uses password and/or callback number to prevent unauthorized connections being made to a plant. • Callback functionality: The plant automatically calls back the service center following a TeleService call. • Routing of the PG functionality: Routing using TeleService is supported exactly as with a local connection. Prerequisites are S7/M7 CPUs and CP modules with routing capability. • Import/export of the TS adapter parameters: The parameters can be saved in a file (*.tap) on the programming device/PC, and downloaded again. The remote link in the configuration with the TS adapter also supports the following functionality: • Program-controlled FB call: For coupling between S7 CPU and PG/PC. Acceptance of calls on the PG/PC side is ensured by PRODAVE MPI and TeleService. • Triggering for exchange of process data also on the PG/PC side by PRODAVE MPI. New in TeleService V6.0: • TeleService V6.0 is independent of STEP 7. • Support for the new TS Adapter II. • Authorization over the new Automation License Manager. • Exclusively for use with Windows 2000, Windows XP Home and Windows XP Professional.

When using the TS Adapter II modem outside Germany, a standard national telephone plug can be snapped onto the RJ12 connector. A TAE6N connector is supplied for Germany. In some countries, telephone sockets with RJ12 sockets are available, in which case telephone cables can be used without the need for a telephone plug. For operation, TeleService Software Version 6.0 is required.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

7/125

7

SINAUT Telecontrol

Partner solutions TeleService

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Technical specifications from TeleService see "Engineering Tools".

Order No.

TeleService, Version 6.0

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

125 x 110 x 40

Weight, approx.

250 g

Ports • to S7/C7 • to PC • to external modem • to analog telephone system • to ISDN telephone system

RS 485 (max. 12 Mbit/s) USB 1.1 (12 Mbit/s) RS 232 (max. 115 Kbaud) RJ12 RJ45

Task: Remote maintenance of SIMATIC S7/C7 by means of fixed or radio network Target system: SIMATIC S7-200, SIMATIC S7-300, SIMATIC S7-400, SIMATIC C7 Requirement: TS Adapter (STEP 7 not required) Delivery package: on CD, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; with electronic documentation

24 V DC

• Floating license

6ES7 842-0CC10-0YA5

Current consumption

60 mA (typ.) / 120 mA (max.)

• Floating License Upgrade (from each previous version)

6ES7 842-0CC10-0YE5

Max. inrush current

0.7 A; 8 µs

• Software Update Service

6ES7 842-0CA01-0YX2

Degree of protection

IP20

6ES7 972-0CB35-0XA0

Temperature • Operation • Storage/transport

± 0 °C to +60 °C -40 °C to +70 °C

TS Adapter II Analog With MPI connection and RS 232; 9-pole, male (modem side) TS Adapter II ISDN With MPI connection and RS 232; 9-pole, male (modem side)

6ES7 972-0CC35-0XA0

SIMATIC Manual Collection Electronic manuals on CD-ROM, five languages: S7-200/300/400, C7, LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG, STEP 7, engineering software, runtime software, PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC NET

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

SIMATIC Manual Collection update service for 1 year Current "Manual Collection" CD and the three subsequent updates

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

TS Adapter II

Voltage is supplied externally or through MPI interface

7

7 7/126

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Network transitions

8/2 8/2 8/3 8/3 8/4 8/4 8/5 8/5 8/8 8/8 8/12 8/12 8/17 8/21 8/21 8/26 8/26 8/30 8/32 8/32

Introduction Industrial Ethernet – PROFIBUS network transition IWLAN – PROFIBUS network transition Industrial Ethernet – AS-Interface network transition Industrial Ethernet – MODBUS network transition PROFIBUS – AS-Interface network transition PROFIBUS – EIB network transition PROFIBUS – MODBUS network transition IWLAN – PROFIBUS network transition IWLAN/PB Link PN IO Industrial Ethernet – PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB Link PN IO IE/PB link Industrial Ethernet – AS-Interface network transition IE/AS-i LINK PN IO PROFIBUS DP – AS-Interface network transition DP/AS-i LINK Advanced DP/AS-Interface Link 20E PROFIBUS DP – EIB network transition DP/EIB Link

PROFIBUS DP – PROFIBUS PA network transition Sec. 4 DP/PA coupler Sec. 4 DP/PA Link PROFIBUS DP – RS 232C network transition Sec. 4 PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C Link

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Network transitions Introduction

■ Overview Network transition

IE/PB Link PN IO or IE/PB Link

Industrial Ethernet

PROFIBUS

S7-200 CP 243-1

S7-300

CP 343-1 CP 343-1 Advanced

CP 342-5 CP 342-5 FO CP 343-5

S7-400 CP 443-1 CP 443-1 Advanced

CP 443-5 Basic CP 443-5 Extended

PC

CP 1604

8 Industrial Ethernet – PROFIBUS network transitions

8/2

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Microbox

G_IK10_XX_40001

CP 5613 A2/ CP 5613 FO CP 5614 A2/ CP 5614 FO CP 5611 A2 CP 5512

CP 1613 A2 CP 1616

Network transitions Introduction

■ Overview (continued) SCALANCE W788-1PRO W788-2PRO

Industrial Ethernet

PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS

Industrial Ethernet IWLAN/PB Link PN IO SCALANCE W788-1PRO W788-2PRO

Industrial Ethernet

IWLAN RCoax Cable

G_IK10_XX_30037

PROFIBUS IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

IWLAN – PROFIBUS network transitions

Network transition IE/AS-I LINK PN IO

CP 243-1 CP 243-1 IT

CP 343-1 CP 343-1 Advanced

S7-200

S7-300

AS-Interface

8

CP 243-2

CP 343-2 CP 343-2 P

G_IK10_XX_40002

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Ethernet – AS-Interface network transitions

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/3

Network transitions Introduction

■ Overview (continued) Network transition Industrial Ethernet

CP 343-1 CP 343-1 Advanced

MODBUS

S7-300 CP 341 with loadable drivers 1)

CP 443-1 CP 443-1 Advanced

CP 441-2 with loadable drivers 1) 1) see Catalog ST 70

G_IK10_XX_40003

S7-400

Industrial Ethernet – MODBUS network transitions

Network transition DP/AS-i LINK Advanced or DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

PROFIBUS

AS-Interface

S7-200 CP 243-2

BM 141 BM 142 BM 147

8

ET 200X CP 142-2

ET 200M IM 153

CPU 31x-2 CP 342-5 CP 342-5 FO CP 343-5

CP 343-2 CP 343-2 P

S7-300 CP 343-2 CP 343-2 P

IM 308-C CP 5431 FMS/DP

PROFIBUS – AS-Interface network transitions

8/4

Siemens IK PI · 2007

CP 2430

G_IK10_XX_40010

S5-115U to -115U

Network transitions Introduction

■ Overview (continued) Network transition PROFIBUS

G_IK10_XX_40004

EIB

DP/EIB Link

PROFIBUS – EIB network transitions

Network transition

MODBUS

PROFIBUS

CP 443-5 Basic CP 443-5 Extended

S7-300

S7-400

CP 341 with loadable drivers

1)

CP 441-2 with loadable drivers

1)

1) see Catalog ST 70

G_IK10_XX_40005

CP 342-5 CP 342-5 FO CP 343-5

PROFIBUS – MODBUS network transitions

8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/5

Network transitions Introduction

■ Application The advantages of Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, EIB and AS-Interface can be utilized in a common bus system by means of special links. S7-400 e.g. with CP 443-1 Advanced

PC with SOFTNET PN IO

S7-300 e.g. with CP 343-1

PROFINET

ET 200pro ET 200S

PROFIBUS

ET 200pro ET 200S When IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is used as dual master AS-Interface

AS-Interface

Power Safety supply monitor unit

8

Safe slave with Emergency Stop

Laser scanner

Power supply unit

The following links are available: • IE/PB Link and IE/PB Link PN IO for the transition from Industrial Ethernet to PROFIBUS (also for fail-safe communication) • IE/AS-i LINK PN IO for the transition from Industrial Ethernet to AS-Interface • IWLAN/PB Link PN IO for the transition from IWLAN to PROFIBUS • DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and DP/AS-Interface Link 20E for the transition from PROFIBUS to AS-Interface • DP/EIB Link for the transition from PROFIBUS to KNX/EIB In the case of PLCs such as e.g. SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300, S7-400, SINUMERIK or SIMOTION C, data is exchanged between the individual networks by means of communications processors or integrated interfaces. The data is linked by means of a PLC, and therefore passed on to the other network already preprocessed.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

LOGO!

Safe slave with Emergency Stop

Network transitions from one bus system to another are implemented using links, PLCs or PCs. In the case of PLCs or PCs, this can take place via integrated interfaces and communications processors (CPs). Links pass on the data autonomously from one network to the other.

8/6

Field device

Safety monitor

DP/AS-i LINK Advanced AS-Interface

Power supply unit

LOGO!

Safe slave with Emergency Stop

Safety monitor

G_IK10_XX_40016

IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

Field device

IE/PB LINK PN IO

S7-300 e.g. with CP 342-5

PROFINET network transition with proxy functionality PROFIBUS segments can be connected to Industrial Ethernet via PROFINET proxys. This connection can be implemented using a solution with the SIMATIC WinAC PN optional package, SIMATIC S7-300/400-CPUs with DP and PN interface, IE/PB Link or via the IE/PB Link PN IO. For a wireless network transition, a SCALANCE W-700 Access Point with the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO can be used. This allows all PROFIBUS standard slaves to be used unchanged for PROFINET.

Network transitions Introduction

■ Application (continued)

■ More information

PROFINET Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct communication of field devices (IO devices) with controllers (IO controllers) as well as the solution of isochronous drive controls for motion control applications. PROFINET also supports distributed automation with the help of component engineering (Component Based Automation).

Important note: It is important to note the restrictions for use of the specified SIMATIC Net products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1...) which you can view in the Internet:. Additional information is available in the Internet: http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info

PROFIBUS DP device types PROFIBUS DP distinguishes between two different master classes and different DP functions: DP Master Class 1 The DP Master Class 1 is the central component on PROFIBUS DP. The central controller or PC exchanges information with distributed stations (DP slaves) in a fixed, repeated message cycle. DP Master Class 2 Devices of this type are used (programming, configuration or control devices) during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for controlling the plant during normal operation (diagnostics). A DP Master Class 2 can be used, for example, to read the input, output, diagnostics and configuration data of the slaves. DP slave A DP slave is an I/O station that reads in input data and transfers output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output data depends on the device and can be up to 244 byte. The functional scope can differ between DP Master Class 1 and 2 or DP slaves. This determines the performance and availability of a communications processor. AS-Interface master AS-Interface is a single-master system and consists of a master, an AS-Interface power supply and the stations, referred to as slaves. The masters, e.g. communications processors or links, handle data exchange with the slaves.

8 PN

IO-C

IO-D

DP-M

DP-S

ASi-M

CBA

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/7

Network transitions

IWLAN — PROFIBUS network transition IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

■ Overview

■ Benefits

PN

DP-M

DP-S

ASi-M

• High mobility; increased plant availability through wireless data transmission to mobile communication partners, e.g. to control an automated guided vehicle system (AGVS) • Wear-free; contact-free technology with RCoax as a substitute for contact wires, e.g. in monorail overhead conveyors • Integration of PROFIBUS field devices into an IWLAN radio network (investment protection) • Designed for compatibility with Power Rail Booster; optimized for installation in overhead conveyors with ET 200S • Flexible implementation by connecting an IWLAN antenna or an alternative antenna for RCoax cable • Module replacement without the need for a programming device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data

■ Application IO-C

8

IO-D

CBA

• Compact router between Industrial Wireless LAN and PROFIBUS • Flexible integration of field level systems into an IWLAN radio infrastructure according to IEEE 802.11b/g and IEEE 802.11a with up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz with SCALANCE W Access Points • PROFINET IO proxy; connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller according to PROFINET standard: - from the viewpoint of the IO-controller, all DP slaves are handled like I/O devices with Ethernet interface, i.e. the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO is their proxy. - from the viewpoint of the DP slaves, the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO is the DP master • Connection of a WLAN antenna or alternatively an antenna for operation with an RCoax cable (radiating cable) • Communication with programmable controllers in mobile applications such as automated guided vehicles, storage and retrieval systems or monorail overhead conveyors • Direct substitution of solutions with Power Rail Booster for PROFIBUS with non-contact data transmission technology; Advantages: No wear of sliding contacts • For installation in the casing of the Power Rail Booster (common with overhead conveyor and automated guided vehicles) to degree of protection IP20 • High, reliable data throughput together with rapid roaming • High degree of protection against unauthorized access thanks to 128-bit encoding (AES) • Module replacement without the need for a programming device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data • Integration in STEP 7

8/8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

The IWLAN Link PN IO supports the use of an IWLAN with RCoax and WLAN antennas for wireless or contact-free data transmission e.g. in monorail overhead conveyors or storage and retrieval systems. With the support of PROFINET the numerous different PROFIBUS system functions, such as diagnosis over the bus, remain available. • Monorail overhead conveyors; vehicle controllers for monorail overhead conveyors can be implemented at low cost on the basis of SIMATIC components. High availability, short response times and easy expansion can be achieved by using distributed controllers, such as SIMATIC ET 200S IM 151/CPU. The IWLAN/PB Link PN IO allows the vehicle control systems to be used unchanged. The user can also program them remotely with STEP 7 over IWLAN. • Storage and retrieval systems; with these systems, data light barriers requiring intensive maintenance can be replaced by an IWLAN solution. This enhances plant availability.

■ Design The IWLAN/PB Link PN IO is snapped onto a standard rail, and the outer dimensions correspond to the housing of the Power Rail Booster. Using a connector, either an antenna for RCoax or an antenna for an IWLAN radio field can be connected. The degree of protection IP20 ensures that the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO is suitable for installation in the control cabinet. • Compact design; the rugged plastic casing features on the front: - an R-SMA interface for connecting antennae - one 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS - one 4-pin terminal strip for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC. - Diagnostic LEDs • Can be operated without a fan • Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)

Network transitions

IWLAN — PROFIBUS network transition IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

■ Function PROFINET • PROFINET IO proxy; wireless connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller according to PROFINET standard Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP, including: • Diagnosis of the assigned PROFINET field devices; using the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO as a proxy, the connected DP slaves can be diagnosed in the same manner as PROFINET IO devices (also in the user program of the PROFINET IO controller)

• • • • •

General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics LAN controller statistics Diagnostics Buffer Integration into network management systems through the support of SNMP V1 MIB-II

Configuring With STEP 7 V 5.3 SP2 or higher (HSP IWLAN/PB Link PN IO necessary), the parameters required for the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO, e.g. the addresses, are assigned and all the necessary routing information is automatically generated.

■ Integration SIMATIC S7-400 with CP 443-1 Advanced

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet

RCoax cable segment 1

Antenna ANT792-4DN IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

PROFIBUS

Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR RCoax cable segment 2

ET 200S with IM 151 CPU

Antenna ANT792-4DN IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR RCoax cable segment 3

ET 200S with IM 151 CPU

PROFIBUS

Antenna ANT792-4DN

ET 200S with IM 151 CPU

IWLAN/PB IWL Link PN IO

8

PROFIBUS

G_IK10_XX_300333

Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR

Monorail overhead conveyor

System solution with IWLAN/PB Link PN IO using example of monorail overhead conveyor

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/9

Network transitions

IWLAN — PROFIBUS network transition IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Data transmission rates • Radio - standards supported

1 … 54 Mbit/s 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g

• PROFIBUS

9.6 kbit/s … 12 Mbit/s incl. 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)

Interfaces • Connection to Industrial Wireless LAN

RSMA antenna socket

• Connection to PROFIBUS - maximum segment length for PROFIBUS 1) - maximum current consumption at the PROFIBUS interface with connection of network components (for example, optical network components)

9-pin Sub-D socket 20 m

• Connection for power supply

4-pin terminal block

Power supply 2)

2 supplies for 20.4 … 28.8 V DC

100 mA at 5 V

Current consumption (at rated voltage) • External from 24 V DC, max.

300 mA

Power loss

approx. 6.5 W

Order No.

6GK1 417-5AB00 6GK1 417-5AB01

C-PLUG Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data; can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot

6GK1 900-0AB00

NCM S7 configuration software for Industrial Ethernet

Delivered with STEP 7 V5.3

Documentation S7-CPs/NCM Paper version for Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Station (STEP 7 V5.3) • German

6GK7 080-0AA01-8AA0

• English

6GK7 080-0AA01-8BA0

S7-300 power supply PS 307 24 V DC

6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0 6XV1 875-2A

Performance data

IWLAN RCoax cables Radiating cables for complex radio environments as special antenna for SCALANCE W Access Points; for enhanced temperature range (-40 °C … + 85 °C); sold by the meter • 2.4 GHz

PROFINET communication

• 5 GHz

6XV1 875-2D

IWLAN RCoax N-Connect Female Antenna ANT792-4DN RCoax helical antenna with circular polarization for RCoax systems; 2.4 GHz; N-Connect female connection; antenna gain 1 dB at 2.4 GHz; degree of protection IP67; ambient temperature -20 °C … +60 °C

6GK5 792-4DN00-0AA6

IWLAN RCoax N-Connect Female Antenna ANT793-4MN RCoax 5/8 antenna, vertical polarization for RCoax systems; 5 GHz; N-Connect female connection; degree of protection IP67; ambient temperature -20 °C … +60 °C

6GK5 793-4MN00-0AA6

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

0 °C … + 60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

- 40 °C … + 70 °C

• Relative humidity, max.

95 % at +25 °C

Construction • Module format

Power Rail Booster enclosure

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

90 x 132 x 75

• Weight

approx. 300 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Configuration Configuration software

8

IWLAN/PB Link PN IO Network transition between Industrial Wireless LAN and PROFIBUS with PROFINET IO functionality, TCP/IP, S7-Routing, IEEE 802.11 b/g/a at 2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s, 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS; including electronic manual on CD-ROM German, English, French, Spanish, Italian • National approvals for operation outside the U.S.A. and Canada • National approvals for operation inside the U.S.A. and Canada

STEP 7/NCM S7 with V5.3 SP2 or later plus Hardware Support Package for IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

• Number of DP slaves on the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO (PROFINET IO-Devices for PROFINET IO)

max. 8

• Number of DP inputs.

max. 256 byte

• Number of DP outputs.

max. 256 byte

Additional functionality • Number of S7 connections

max. 8

• Number of DSGW connections

max. 8

1) A repeater is required if the specified length is exceeded 2) The power supply is electrically isolated; a high-impedance connection (>700 kΩ) exists to the contact spring for mounting of the enclosure on the DIN rail).

8/10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

6XV1 875-2A

Network transitions

IWLAN — PROFIBUS network transition IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

■ Ordering data SCALANCE W788-1PRO IWLAN Access Point with built-in radio interface; radio networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a at 2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s; national approvals; WPA/AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE), degree of protection IP65 (-20 °C … +60 °C); scope of supply: 2 antennas ANT795-4MR, IP67 hybrid plug-in connector, assembly material, manual on CD-ROM; German/English • National approvals for operation outside the U.S.A. and Canada • National approvals for operation inside the U.S.A. and Canada SCALANCE W788-2PRO IWLAN Dual Access Point with two built-in radio interfaces; radio networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a at 2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s; national approvals; WPA/AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE), degree of protection IP65 (-20 °C … +60 °C); scope of supply: 2 antennas ANT795-4MR, IP67 hybrid plug-in connector, assembly material, manual on CD-ROM; German/English • National approvals for operation outside the U.S.A. and Canada • National approvals for operation inside the U.S.A. and Canada SCALANCE W788-1RR IWLAN Access Point with built-in radio interface; Industrial Wireless LAN Rapid Roaming (IWLAN RR) or Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN); radio networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a at 2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s; national approvals; WPA/AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE), degree of protection IP65 (-20 °C … +60 °C); scope of supply: 2 antennas ANT795-4MR, IP67 hybrid plug-in connector, assembly material, manual on CD-ROM; German/English • National approvals for operation outside the U.S.A. and Canada • National approvals for operation inside the U.S.A. and Canada SCALANCE W788-2RR IWLAN Dual Access Point with two built-in radio interfaces; Industrial Wireless LAN Rapid Roaming (IWLAN RR) or Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN); radio networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a at 2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s; national approvals; WPA/AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE), degree of protection IP65 (-20 °C … +60 °C); scope of supply: 2 antennas ANT795-4MR, P67 hybrid plug-in connector, assembly material, manual on CD-ROM; German/English • National approvals for operation outside the U.S.A. and Canada • National approvals for operation inside the U.S.A. and Canada

Order No.

Order No. RCoax N-Connect Male Termination Impedance Terminating resistor, 50 Ohm

6GK5 795-1TN00-1AA0

RCoax N-Connect Female N-Connector Plug-in connector for assembly in the field

6GK5 798-0CN00-0AA0

RCoax N-Connect male/male Flexible connecting cable e.g. between two RCoax segments 6GK5 788-1ST00-2AA6 6GK5 788-1ST00-2AB6

6GK5 788-2ST00-2AA6 6GK5 788-2ST00-2AB6

•1m

6XV1 875-5AH10

•5m

6XV1 875-5AH50

RCoax N-Connect/R-SMA male/male Flexible connecting cable for components with R-SMA connection and RCoax N-Connect •1m

6XV1 875-5CH10

•5m

6XV1 875-5CH50

RCoax R-SMA/SMA Male/Male Flexible Connection Cable Flexible cable for connecting an IWLAN/PB Link PN IO to components with R-SMA and SMA connections, e.g. cabinet feedthrough; assembled with two R-SMA to N-male connectors • 0.3 m

6XV1 875-5DE30

RCoax N-Connect/R-SMA female/female panel feedthrough Panel feedthrough for wall thicknesses up to 5.5 mm, R-SMA female and N-female connections

6GK5 798-0PT00-2AA0

Preset-PLUG Swap medium for simple initial startup of IWLAN clients, e.g. SCALANCE W-740 client modules or IWLAN/PB Link PN IO

6GK5 798-8AB00

8

6GK5 788-1SR00-2AA6 6GK5 788-1SR00-2AB6

6GK5 788-2SR00-2AA6 6GK5 788-2SR00-2AB6

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/11

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB Link PN IO

■ Overview

PN

IO-C

IO-D

DP-M

CBA

8

8/12

Siemens IK PI · 2007

DP-S

ASi-M

• Compact network transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS • Connection to Industrial Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with autosensing for automatic switchover • Connection to PROFIBUS with 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s incl. 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA • PROFINET IO proxy; connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller via real-time communication (RT) according to PROFINET standard: - from the viewpoint of the IO-controller, all DP slaves are handled like I/O devices of the Ethernet interface, i.e. the IE/PB Link PN IO is its proxy. • Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication by S7 routing, i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely programmed by the programming device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS. • Cross-network access to data of S7 stations for visualization by means of S7 OPC server and S7 routing; - via the IE/PB Link PN IO access can be made from the PC on the Industrial Ethernet (e.g. for HMI applications with OPC Client interface) by means of S7 OPC server, to all data of the S7 stations on the PROFIBUS. • Module replacement without the need for a PG, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB Link PN IO

■ Benefits

PROFINET applications • Protection of investment due to simple connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller • Access to process data from all plant management levels

• Worldwide access to data of the PROFIBUS nodes via Industrial Ethernet and Internet for vertical integration • Optimization of a plant from a central location • Loading of STEP 7 programs from a central location • Independence from manufacturers thanks to support of the PROFINET standard for distributed field devices • Module replacement without the need for a PG, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data SIMATIC S7-400 with CP 443-1 Advanced

SIMATIC HMI

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet

IE/PB Link PN IO ET 200S

ET 200S

ET 200S

PROFIBUS SINAMICS ET 200M

G_IK10_XX_30036

ET 200S

MICROMASTER

Migration for PROFIBUS devices Sample configuration of PROFINET with Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS. Via the IE/PB Link PN IO as proxy, PROFIBUS devices can be seamlessly incorporated in the PROFINET.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/13

8

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB Link PN IO

■ Benefits (continued) • Optimization of a plant from a central location • Access to process data from all plant management levels • Loading of STEP 7 programs from a central location

Applications in the case of vertical integration • Worldwide access to data of the PROFIBUS nodes via Industrial Ethernet and Internet for vertical integration

Intranet/Internet

S7-400 with CP 443-1 Advanced SIMATIC Panel PC 670

PC with CP 1616

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet Cell level

PC

IE/PB Link or IE/PB Link PN IO

S7-300

DP/PA Link

8

Drive Data access

ET 200S

ET 200X

SITRANS

G_IK10_XX_40006

PROFIBUS DP Field level

Sample configuration of IE/PB Link PN IO as router from Industrial Ethernet to PROFIBUS for vertical integration

■ Application As an independent component, the IE/PB Link PN IO forms the seamless transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS. By means of the IE/PB Link PN IO as proxy, the existing PROFIBUS devices can continue to be used and integrated into a PROFINET application. The IE/PB Link PN IO also offers the following functions: • S7 routing - cross-network programming device/operator panel communication, i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely programmed by the programming device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS. - from the HMI stations on the Industrial Ethernet, access can be made to visualization data of the S7 stations on the PROFIBUS. • Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP) - this makes it possible, for example to parametrize and diagnose a PROFIBUS field device using SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) on the Industrial Ethernet via the IE/PB Link PN IO.

8/14

Siemens IK PI · 2007

■ Design The IE/PB Link PN IO exhibits all the advantages of the SIMATIC design: • Compact design; the rugged plastic casing features on the front: - one RJ45 port for connection to Industrial Ethernet. - one 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS - one 2-pin terminal strip for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC. - diagnostic LEDs • Connection is by means of the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with 180° cable exit or by means of a standard patch cable • Simple mounting; the IE/PB Link PN IO is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. • Can be operated without a fan • Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB Link PN IO

■ Function PROFINET • PROFINET IO proxy; connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller via real-time communication (RT) according to PROFINET standard Additional functions for vertical integration • S7 routing - cross-network programming device communication, i.e. all S7 stations on Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS can be remotely programmed by the programming device. - from the HMI stations on the Industrial Ethernet, access can be made to visualization data from the S7 stations on the PROFIBUS. • Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP) - with this option, the IE/PB Link PN IO can be used as a router for data sets that have to be sent to field devices (DP slaves). SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a tool that creates data sets of this type for parameterizing and diagnosing field devices. Application: This makes it possible, for example to parameterize and diagnose a PROFIBUS PA field device using SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) on Industrial Ethernet via the IE/PB Link PN IO and DP/PA coupler. The additional functions for vertical integration can also be used in an existing PROFIBUS application without PROFINET for interfacing to a higher-level Industrial Ethernet. The IE/PB Link PN IO can be used as an additional DP master Class 2 on a PROFIBUS segment for coupling to Industrial Ethernet and offers the above-mentioned functions. Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7 or SNMP, including: • Diagnosis of the assigned PROFINET field devices; using the IE/PB Link PN IO as a proxy, the connected DP slaves can be diagnosed in the same manner as PROFINET IO devices (also in the user program of the PROFINET IO controller) • General diagnostics and statistics functions • Connection diagnostics • LAN controller statistics • Diagnostics buffer • Integration into network management systems through the support of SNMP V1 MIB-II

■ Technical specifications Data transmission rates • Industrial Ethernet

10/100 Mbit/s autosensing

• PROFIBUS

9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s incl. 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)

Interfaces • Connection to Industrial Ethernet - 10BaseT/100BaseT

RJ45

• Connection to PROFIBUS

9-pin Sub D socket

• Connection for power supply

2-pin terminal block

Power supply

24 V DC (+/-5%)

Current consumption (at rated voltage) • external from 24 V DC, max.

600 mA

Power loss

approx. 10 W

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

0 °C ... + 60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

- 40 °C ... + 70 °C

• Relative humidity, max.

95 % at +25 °C

Construction • Module format

S7-300 construction

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

80 x 125 x 120

• Weight

approx. 600 g

Degree of protection

IP20

Configuring Configuration software for PROFINET and additional functions

STEP 7/NCM S7, V5.3 SP1 or higher

Performance data PROFINET communication PROFINET IO performance data • Number of DP slaves on the IE/PB Link PN IO (PROFINET IODevices for PROFINET IO)

64

• Number of DP inputs, max.

2.048 byte

• Number of DP outputs, max.

2.048 byte

8

Additional functionality • Number of S7 connections

Max. 32

• Number of DSGW connections

Max. 32

Configuring The IE/PB Link PN IO is configured with STEP 7, V 5.3 SP1 and higher. The parameters required for IE/PB Link PN IO, e.g. the addresses, are assigned using STEP 7 and all the necessary routing information is automatically generated. The configuration data for PROFINET IO created using STEP 7 are saved on the IO Controller. The maximum volume of data that can be stored must be taken into account. The initialization data for the Ethernet interface are backed up on the C-PLUG (Configuration Plug) swap medium. The IE/PB Link PN IO can be replaced without the need for a programming device in the event of failure because the relevant configuration data are backed up on the IO-Controller or on the C- PLUG.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/15

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB Link PN IO

■ Ordering data IE/PB Link PN IO Network transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS; with PROFINET IO functionality, TCP/IP, S7 routing and dataset routing, 10/100 Mbit/s Fast Ethernet, 9.6 to 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS; including electronic manual on CD-ROM German, English, French, Spanish, Italian

Order No. 6GK1 411-5AB00

• 1 pack = 1 item

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

• 1 pack = 10 items

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 items

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

C-PLUG Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data, can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot

6GK1 900-0AB00

S7-300 DIN rail

6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0

S7-300 power supply PS 307 24 V DC

6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0

NCM S7 configuration software for Industrial Ethernet

Included in STEP 7 V5 scope of supply

Documentation S7-CPs/NCM Paper version for Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS; manual package for configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link and PC-Station (STEP 7 V5.3) • German

6GK7 080-0AA01-8AA0

• English

6GK7 080-0AA01-8BA0

Manual for twisted pair and fiber optic networks Paper version network architecture, components, configurations, mounting guidelines • German

6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0

• English

6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

Manual for PROFIBUS networks Paper version Network architecture, project management, network components, mounting • German

6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0

• English

6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1

8/16

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Additional information is available in the Internet: http://www.siemens.com/profinet

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables; with 180° cable outlet; for network components and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet interface

8

■ More information

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB link

■ Overview • Compact network transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS • Connection to Industrial Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with autosensing for automatic switchover • Connection to PROFIBUS with data transmission rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s incl. 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA • PROFINET Standard Version V1.0. • IE/PB Link supports the PROFINET communication services for data communication between the PROFINET devices and is a proxy for PROFIBUS field devices. • PROFINET defines an engineering model for distributed automation solutions and a model for integrated communication over PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet with IT standards. • Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication by S7 routing, i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely programmed using the programming device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS. PN

IO-C

IO-D

DP-M

DP-S

ASi-M

CBA

■ Benefits Applications in Component Based Automation • Support for the PROFINET standard V1.0 • Consistent modularization of plants and machines through easy handling of distributed intelligence

• Access to process data from all plant management levels • Worldwide access to data of the PROFIBUS nodes via Industrial Ethernet and Internet for vertical integration • Optimization of a plant from a central location • Loading of STEP 7 programs from a central location

SIMATIC Panel PC 670 with PN CBA OPC-Server

S7-300 with CP 343-1 Advanced

MOBIC with CP 1515

Mobile startup, diagnostics on-site via LAN access to station

S7-400 with CP 443-1 Advanced

8

PC with PN CBA OPC-Server

PG

Access Point SCALANCE W PROFINET Industrial Ethernet Data access

Load programs

IE/PB Link PN IO

Drive

Communication between autonomous PROFINET devices

Drive

Communication between autonomous PROFINET devices

Communication between autonomous PROFINET devices

ET 200X

ET 200S

G_IK10_XX_40007

PROFIBUS DP

Sample configuration of PROFINET with Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS. Over the IE/PB Link as proxy, PROFIBUS devices can be seamlessly incorporated in the PROFINET. Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/17

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB link

■ Benefits (continued) Applications in the case of vertical integration • Worldwide access to data of the PROFIBUS nodes via Industrial Ethernet and Internet for vertical integration • Optimization of a plant from a central location • Loading of STEP 7 programs from a central locations Intranet/Internet

S7-400 with CP 443-1 Advanced SIMATIC Panel PC 670

PC with CP 1616

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet Cell level IE/PB Link or IE/PB Link PN IO

PC S7-300

DP/PA Link

8

Drive Data access

ET 200S

ET 200X

Sample configuration of IE/PB Link as network transition from Industrial Ethernet to PROFIBUS for vertical integration

8/18

Siemens IK PI · 2007

SITRANS

G_IK10_XX_40006

PROFIBUS DP Field level

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB link

■ Application As an independent component, the IE/PB Link enables the seamless transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS. PROFINET defines an engineering model for distributed automation solutions and a model for integrated communication over PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet with IT standards. PROFINET facilitates communication relationships between PROFIBUS devices as well as between PROFIBUS devices and Ethernet devices. IE/PB Link supports the connection of DP slaves as well as the connection of PROFIBUS devices with loadable functionality in the form of a program, e.g. an ET 200 S with CPU. This allows vertical integration from the management level down to the field level. • Support for Component Based Automation based on the new PROFINET standard of PROFIBUS International. This standard supports: - component technology in automation engineering - graphical configuration of communication between intelligent devices instead of complex programming - manufacturer-independent, plant-wide engineering - component Based Automation provides access to the variables of the PROFINET components from all standard PC applications with an OPC client interface, e.g. visualization systems. The objects can be directly selected from a list of variables from the selected PROFINET component through OPC servers. The IE/PB Link also offers the following functions: • S7 routing - enables cross-network PG/OP communication, i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely programmed using the programming device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS. - HMI stations on the Industrial Ethernet can access visualization data from the S7 stations on the PROFIBUS. • Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP) - this makes it possible, for example, to parameterize and diagnose a PROFIBUS field device using SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) on the Industrial Ethernet via the IE/PB Link.

■ Design The IE/PB link has all the advantages of the SIMATIC design • Compact design; the rugged plastic casing features on the front - 15-pin Sub-D connector for interfacing to Industrial Ethernet (automatic switching between AUI and industrial twisted pair). - RJ45 interface for connection to twisted pair - 9-pin Sub-D connector for connection to PROFIBUS - 4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC • Automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing. • The IE/PB link is operated without fans. • Simple mounting; the IE/PB link is mounted on an S7-300 sectional rail.

■ Function The IE/PB Link module supports the following communication services: • PROFINET communication services in accordance with the PROFINET standard Version V1.0 • Network transition as DP Master Class 2/vertical integration - S7 Routing - data record routing (PROFIBUS DP) PROFINET IE/PB Link supports the communication services specified in PROFINET for data communication between the PROFINET devices and is a proxy for PROFIBUS field devices. It facilitates communication relationships between PROFIBUS devices as well as between PROFIBUS devices and Ethernet devices. IE/PB Link supports the connection of simple DP slaves as well as the connection of PROFIBUS devices with loadable functionality in the form of a program, e.g. for an ET200 S with its own CPU. Network transition as DP Master Class 2/vertical integration • The IE/PB Link can be used as an additional DP Master Class 2 on a PROFIBUS segment for coupling to Industrial Ethernet and offers the following functions. • S7 Routing - enables cross-network PG communication, i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely programmed using the programming device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS. • Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP) - with this option, the IE/PB Link can be used as a router for data sets that have to be sent to field devices (DP slaves). SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a tool that creates data sets of this type for parameterizing and diagnosing field devices. Application: This makes it possible, for example, to parameterize and diagnose a PROFIBUS PA field device using SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) on Industrial Ethernet via the IE/PB Link and DP/PA coupler/link. Diagnostics data Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7, including: • Operating status • General diagnostics and statistics functions • Connection diagnostics • LAN controller statistics • Message buffer

8

Configuration For configuring the additional functions of IE/PB Link, STEP 7 Version V5.1 SP2 and higher is necessary. The parameters required for IE/PB Link, such as the addresses, are assigned using STEP 7 and all the necessary routing information is automatically generated. For configuring the PROFINET communication, the separate engineering tool SIMATIC iMap to the PROFINET standard is required. The tool is offered as an option package with STEP 7. The SIMATIC iMap engineering software, which operates system-wide and manufacturer-independently, replaces the otherwise complex programming of the communication relationships between intelligent devices with easy graphical configuration.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/19

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — PROFIBUS network transition IE/PB link

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Data transmission rates • Industrial Ethernet

10/100 Mbit/s autosensing

• PROFIBUS

9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s incl. 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)

Interfaces • Connection to Industrial Ethernet - AUI (10 Mbit/s) - 10BaseT/100BaseT

15-pin Sub-D socket RJ45

• Connection to PROFIBUS

9-pin Sub-D socket

• Connection for supply voltage

4-pin terminal block

Supply voltage

24 V DC (+/-5%)

Current consumption (at rated voltage) • External from 24 V DC, max.

600 mA

Power loss

approx. 10 W

Perm. ambient conditions

6GK1 411-5AA00

S7-300 DIN rail

6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0

S7-300 power supply PS 307 24 V DC

6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0

NCM S7 configuration software for Industrial Ethernet

Shipped with STEP 7 V5

Manual for TP and fiber-optic networks Paper version Network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines • German

6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0

• Operating temperature

0 °C … + 60 °C

• English

6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

• Transport/storage temperature

- 40 °C … + 70 °C

• Relative humidity, max.

95 % at +25 °C

• Module format

S7-300 construction

Manual for PROFIBUS networks Paper version Network architecture, project management, network components, installation

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

80 x 125 x 120

• German

6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0

• Weight

approx. 600 g

• English

6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1

Degree of protection

IP20

SIMATIC iMap V3.0 for configuring PROFINET CBA Prerequisite: Windows 2000 Prof. with Service Pack 4 or higher or Windows XP Prof. with Service Pack 1 or Windows 2003 Server with Service Pack 1 or higher; on PG or PC with Pentium processor, min. 1 GHz; STEP 7 V5.3 or higher with Service Pack 3, PN OPC Server V6.3 or higher; Delivery form: German, English, with electronic documentation

Construction

Configuration Configuration software for PROFINET

Option package SIMATIC iMAP V1.2 and higher

Configuring software for additional functions

NCM S7 in STEP 7, V5.1 SP2 or higher

Performance data PROFINET communication

8

Order No.

IE/PB link Network transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS, including electronic manual on CD-ROM, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian

• Number of DP slaves on the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO (PROFINET IO-Devices for PROFINET IO)

max. 64 1)

• Number of DP inputs

max. 2048 byte

• Number of DP outputs

max. 2048 byte

Additional functionality • Number of S7 connections

max. 32

• Number of DSGW connections

max. 32

1) All PROFINET IO Devices (DP slaves) to be connected to the IE/PB Link PN IO must be generated as PROFIBUS-DPV0 (standard slaves) using STEP 7.

• Single license

6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5

• Software Update Service

6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2

• Upgrade to V3.0, single license

6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5

■ More information Additional information is available in the Internet: http://www.siemens.com/automation/cba

8/20

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — AS-Interface network transition IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

■ Overview

■ Benefits

• Short startup time due to simple configuration by pressing a button and testing of the AS-Interface segment on display or through Web interface • Reduction in downtimes and servicing times on failure of slave due to convenient diagnostics on display or through Web interface • Reduction of installation costs because the power can be supplied entirely from the AS-Interface cable, so an additional power supply is not required • Reduced engineering overhead thanks to convenient configuration of Siemens slaves by means of Drag&Drop in HW-Config (STEP 7)

■ Application PN

IO-C

IO-D

DP-M

DP-S

ASi-M

CBA

• Compact network transition between Industrial Ethernet (PROFINET IO device) and AS-Interface • Single and dual AS-Interface master (according to AS-Interface specification V3.0) for connecting 62 AS-Interface slaves • High-performance, integrated analog value transmission • Integral earth-fault monitoring for the AS-Interface cable • Simple diagnostics and startup on site using a pixel-graphics display and operator keys or Web interface with standard browser • Optimum TIA integration through STEP 7, integration in engineering tools from other vendors through PROFINET type file (GSDML) • Vertical integration (standard Web interface) through Industrial Ethernet • Power supply from the AS-Interface cable or alternatively with 24 V DC (optional) • Module replacement without PG by using C-PLUG (optional)

The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is a PROFINET IO-Device (according to IEC 61158) and AS-Interface master (according to AS-Interface specification V3.0 to EN 50 295), and enables transparent data access to the AS-Interface from Industrial Ethernet. PROFINET IO-Controllers can exchange I/O data cyclically with the AS-Interface; with acyclic services AS-i master calls can also be carried out. The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is thus ideally suitable for distributed configuration and for linking an underlying AS-Interface network. The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO in the version as AS-i single master is sufficient for applications with typical quantity frameworks. The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO in the version as AS-i dual master is used for applications with high quantity frameworks. In this case, twice the quantity frameworks can be used on two AS-i segments running independently of each other.

8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/21

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — AS-Interface network transition IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

■ Application (continued) PC with SOFTNET PN IO

S7-400 with CP 443-1 Advanced

SCALANCE X208

PROFINET

S7-300 e.g. with CP 343-1

HMI

IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

ET 200S

AS-Interface Power supply unit Power supply unit

Slave

Laser scanner

Safety monitor

Safe slave with Emergency Stop

8

Linking of AS-Interface to PROFINET via IE/AS-i LINK PN IO as single/dual master

8/22

Siemens IK PI · 2007

LOGO!

Safe slave with Emergency Stop

AS-Interface

Safety monitor

G_IK10_XX_40017 G_IK10_XX_40017

When IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is used as dual master

ET 200pro

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — AS-Interface network transition IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

■ Application (continued) With an upstream IWLAN client module, e.g. SCALANCE W7461PRO, an AS-Interface segment can be integrated wirelessly into the PROFINET world. Typical applications here are those solved with fault-prone festoon cables or contact conductor technology; maintenance costs are thus reduced.

Radio cell 1

Radio cell 2 S7-400

PROFINET Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE W788-1PRO

SCALANCE W788-1PRO

Field PG/ Notebook with CP 7515

Client Module SCALANCE W746-1PRO

SIMATIC HMI

IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

G_IK10_XX_30143

ASInterface Automatic Guided Vehicle System (AGVS)

8

Wireless communication between Industrial Ethernet and AS-Interface components

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/23

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — AS-Interface network transition IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

■ Design

■ Function

• Sturdy plastic enclosure with degree of protection IP20 for DIN rail mounting • Compact design; - display in front panel for exactly detailed indication of operating state and functional readiness of all connected and activated AS-Interface slaves - keys for startup and testing of the AS-Interface segment directly on the IE/AS-i LINK PN IO - LED display of operating state of PROFINET IO and AS-Interface - integral 2-port switch (RJ45 socket) for connection to Industrial Ethernet supports the linear topology without external switch - convenient startup, diagnostics and testing of the IE/AS-i LINK PN IO over a Web interface with standard browser - power supply from the AS-Interface shaped cable or alternatively with 24 V DC - low mounting depth through recessed connector assembly • Simple assembly on standard DIN rail • Operation without fans or batteries • Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)

The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO allows a PROFINET IO master to cyclically access the I/O data of all slaves of a subordinate AS-Interface segment. In line with the enhanced AS-Interface specification (V3.0), a maximum of 62 slaves – each with 4 inputs and 4 outputs – as well as analog slaves can be connected per AS-Interface segment. The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO occupies 62 input byte and 62 output byte in the IO controller as standard, in which the I/O data of the connected AS-Interface slaves are saved. The input/output buffer can be compressed so that only the actual I/O memory space required is occupied in the system of the IO controller. Integral evaluation of analog signals is just as simple as the accessing of digital values. PROFINET IO controllers are also able to trigger AS-Interface master calls (e.g. write parameters, modify addresses, read diagnostics values) by means of the acyclic PROFINET services. The subordinate AS-i segment can be completely started up using an input display in the AS-Interface link. The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is equipped with two switched Ethernet ports which additionally permit use of the integral Web server, making the input display already described even easier to use. Firmware updates are also available. The optional C-PLUG supports module replacement without a programming device, ensuring that downtimes in the event of a fault are reduced to a minimum. Diagnostics data Extensive diagnostics options are available via the display and input keys, Web interface or STEP 7, including • Operating status of the link • Status of the link as PROFINET IO device • Diagnostics of the AS-Interface network • Frame statistics • Standard diagnostics sites for rapid diagnostics access using standard browser Configuration The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO can be configured using STEP 7 from Version V5.4 SP2 or simply by importing the actual configuration on the display.

8

Alternatively, the IE/AS-i LINK IO can be integrated in the engineering tool by means of the PROFINET type file (GSD): • STEP 7 versions lower than V5.5 SP2 • Engineering tools from other manufacturers With STEP 7 configuring, uploading of the AS-Interface configuration is possible in STEP 7 from V5.4 SP2 onwards. In addition, AS-Interface Slaves from Siemens can be conveniently configured in HW-Config (slave catalog).

8/24

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Network transitions

Industrial Ethernet — AS-Interface network transition IE/AS-i LINK PN IO

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Data transmission rates per AS-i segment • AS-Interface bus cycle time

5 ms for 31 slaves; 10 ms for 62 slaves

• Ethernet data transmission rate

10/100 Mbit/s, autosensing

Interfaces

Order No.

IE/AS-i LINK PN IO Network transition between Industrial Ethernet and AS-Interface; master profiles M3 and M4, enhanced AS-Interface specification V3.0; degree of protection IP20; manual on CD-ROM German, English, French, Spanish, Italian

• AS-Interface connection - with single master - with dual master (2 AS-i segments)

1 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in) 1 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in) 2 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in)

• Single master with display

6GK1 411-2AB10

• Connection to Ethernet

2 x RJ45 sockets (switch ports)

• Dual master with display

6GK1 411-2AB20

3-pole terminal contacts (plug-in) incl. functional ground for integral ground fault monitoring

Accessories

• Optional: 24 V DC supply voltage

• Slot for the swap medium

C-PLUG

Display

128 x 64 pixels with backlighting

Keys

Membrane keyboard (6 keys)

Supply voltage • From the AS-Interface shaped cable (segment 1)

According to AS-Interface specification EN 50 295

• Optional

24 V DC

Current consumption • From the AS-Interface shaped cable

max. 250 mA

Loading capacity

C-PLUG

6GK1 900-0AB00

Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data; can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables; with 90° cable outlet; e.g. for ET 200S

• Power loss

7.5 W

• 1 pack = 1 item

6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0

Degree of protection

IP20

• 1 pack = 10 items

6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 items

6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature - horizontal mounting - vertical mounting

0 °C … +60 °C 0 °C … +45 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-30 °C … +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95% at +25 °C

• Operating altitude

3000 m above mean sea level

8

Construction • Assembly

On standard DIN rail

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

90 x 132 x 88.5

• Weight

approx. 380 g

Supported AS-Interface master profiles

M1, M2, M3, M4 (corresponding to AS-Interface specification V3.0)

Configuration of AS-Interface

by means of keys on front panel, with STEP 7 Version V5.4 SP2, through Web interface

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/25

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — AS-Interface network transition DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

■ Overview

PN

8

■ Benefits

DP-M

DP-S

ASi-M

• Compact network transition between PROFIBUS (DP slave) and AS-Interface • Single and dual AS-Interface master (according to AS-Interface specification V3.0) for connecting 62 AS-Interface slaves • High-performance, integrated analog value transmission • High-performance, integral earth-fault monitoring for the AS-Interface cable • Simple diagnostics and startup on site using a pixel-graphics display and operator keys or Web interface with standard browser • Optimum TIA integration through STEP 7, integration into engineering tools of other vendors through PROFIBUS type file (GSD) • Vertical integration (standard Web interface) through Industrial Ethernet • Power supply from the AS-Interface cable or alternatively with 24 V DC (optional) • Module replacement without PG by using C-PLUG (optional)

8/26

Siemens IK PI · 2007

• Short startup time through simple configuration by pressing a button and testing the AS-Interface segment via display or Web interface • Reduction in downtimes and servicing times on failure of slave through convenient diagnostics on display or Web interface and by simple replacement of module with the C-PLUG swap medium • Reduction of installation costs because the power can be supplied entirely from the AS-Interface cable, so an additional power supply is not required • Reduced engineering overhead through convenient configuration of Siemens slaves per slave catalog in HW-Config (STEP 7) • Lower costs for high quantity frameworks as result of the dual AS-Interface master

■ Application The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is PROFIBUS DPV1 slave (according to EN 50 170) and AS-Interface master (according to AS-Interface specification V3.0 to EN 50 295) and enables transparent data access to the AS-Interface from PROFIBUS DP. PROFIBUS DP masters can exchange I/O data cyclically with the AS-Interface; DP masters with acyclic services can additionally carry out AS-Interface master calls. The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is thus particularly suitable for distributed configuration and for linking a subordinate AS-Interface network. The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced in the version as AS-Interface single master is sufficient for applications with typical quantity frameworks. The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced in the AS-Interface dual master version is used for applications with high quantity frameworks. In this case, twice the quantity frameworks can be used on two AS-Interface segments running independently of each other.

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — AS-Interface network transition DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

■ Application (continued) PC with SOFTNET-DP S7-300 e.g. with CP 342-5

S7-400 with CP 443-5 Extended

HMI

PROFIBUS

ET 200S ET 200pro

When IE/AS-i LINK Advanced is used as dual master

PG e.g. with CP 5611 A2

AS-Interface

AS-Interface

Power supply unit

Slave

Laser scanner

Safety monitor

Power supply unit

LOGO!

Safety monitor

Safe slave with EMERGENCY-STOP

Safe slave with EMERGENCY-STOP Linking of AS-Interface to PROFIBUS via DP/AS-i LINK Advanced as single/dual master

8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/27

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — AS-Interface network transition DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

■ Design

■ Function

• Stable plastic enclosure with degree of protection IP20 for DIN rail mounting • Compact design; - display in front panel for exactly detailed indication of operating state and functional readiness of all connected and activated AS-Interface slaves - 6 keys for startup and testing of the AS-Interface segment directly on the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced - LED display of operating state of PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface - integral Ethernet port (RJ45 socket) for convenient startup, diagnostics and testing of DP/AS-i LINK Advanced through a Web interface with standard browser - power supply from the AS-Interface shaped cable or alternatively with 24 V DC - low mounting depth due to recessed connector assembly • Simple assembly on standard DIN rail • Operation without fans or batteries • Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)

The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced allows a PROFIBUS DP master to cyclically access the I/O data of all slaves of a subordinate AS-Interface segment. In line with the enhanced AS-Interface specification (V3.0), a maximum of 62 slaves – each with 4 inputs and 4 outputs – as well as analog slaves can be connected per AS-Interface segment. The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced occupies 62 input byte and 62 output byte in the DP master as standard, in which the I/O data of the connected digital AS-Interface slaves are saved. The input/output buffer can be compressed so that only the I/O memory space actually required is occupied in the system of the DP master. Integral evaluation of analog signals is just as simple as the access to digital values; it is unnecessary to call communications blocks. PROFIBUS DP V1 masters are also able to trigger AS-Interface master calls (e.g. write parameters, modify addresses, read diagnostics values) by means of the acyclic PROFIBUS services. The subordinate AS-Interface segment can be completely started up using an input display in the AS-i link. The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is equipped with an additional Ethernet port which permits use of the integral Web server and therefore additionally increases the convenience of the input display already described. Firmware updates are also available free of charge. The optional C-PLUG supports module replacement without a programming device, ensuring that downtimes in the event of a fault are reduced to a minimum. Diagnostics data Extensive diagnostics options are available via LEDs, the display and input keys, Web interface or STEP 7, including • Operating status of the link • Status of the link as PROFIBUS DP slave • Diagnostics of the AS-Interface network • Frame statistics • Standard diagnostics sites for rapid diagnostics access using standard browser Configuration

8

The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced can be configured using STEP 7 from Version V5.4 or simply by importing the actual configuration on the display. Alternatively, the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced can be integrated in the engineering tool by means of the PROFIBUS type file (GSD): • COM PROFIBUS • Older STEP 7 versions lower than V5.4 • Engineering tools from other vendors With STEP 7 configuring, uploading of the AS-Interface configuration is possible in STEP 7 from V5.4 onwards. In addition, AS-Interface Slaves from Siemens can be conveniently configured in HW-Config (slave catalog).

8/28

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — AS-Interface network transition DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Data transmission rates per AS-Interface segment • AS-Interface bus cycle time

5 ms for 31 slaves; 10 ms for 62 slaves

• PROFIBUS data transmission rate

Up to 12 Mbit/s

• Ethernet data transmission rate

10/100 Mbit/s, autosensing

Interfaces • AS-Interface connection - with single master - with dual master (2 AS-i segments)

1 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in) 1 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in) 2 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in)

• Connection to PROFIBUS

1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket

• Connection to Ethernet

1 x RJ45 socket

• Optional: 24 V DC supply voltage

3-pole terminal contacts (plug-in) incl. functional ground for integral ground fault monitoring

• Slot for the swap medium

C-PLUG

Display

128 x 64 pixels with backlighting

Keys

Membrane keyboard (6 keys)

Supply voltage • From the AS-Interface shaped cable (segment 1)

According to AS-Interface specification EN 50 295

• Optional: 24 V DC

24 V DC, PE conductor

Current consumption • From the AS-Interface shaped cable

max. 250 mA

Loading capacity • 5 V DC on PROFIBUS connection

max. 70 mA

• Power loss

7.5 W

Degree of protection

IP20

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature - horizontal mounting - vertical mounting

0 °C … +60 °C 0 °C … +45 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-30 °C … +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95% at +25 °C

• Operating altitude

3000 m above mean sea level

Order No.

DP/AS-i LINK Advanced Network transition between PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface; master profiles M3 and M4, enhanced AS-Interface specification V3.0; degree of protection IP20; manual on CD-ROM, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian • Single master with display

6GK1 415-2BA10

• Dual master with display

6GK1 415-2BA20

Accessories C-PLUG Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data; can be used for SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG slot

6GK1 900-0AB00

IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged metal housing and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables; with 90° cable outlet; e.g. for ET 200S • 1 pack = 1 item

6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0

• 1 pack = 10 items

6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 items

6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0

Bus connector RS 485 with angled cable outlet (35°) With screw-type terminals, max. data transmission rate 12 Mbit/s • Without PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0

8

Construction • Assembly

On standard DIN rail

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

90 x 132 x 88.5

• Weight

approx. 380 g

Supported AS-Interface master profiles

M1, M2, M3, M4 (corresponding to complete AS-Interface specification V3.0)

Configuration of AS-Interface

by means of keys on front panel, with STEP 7 Version V5.4 and later, through Web interface

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/29

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — AS-Interface network transition DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

■ Overview The DP/AS-Interface link 20E connects PROFIBUS DP with AS-Interface. It provides the following functions: • PROFIBUS DP slave and AS-Interface master • Up to 62 AS-Interface slaves can be connected and integrated analog value transfer (according to the extended AS-Interface specification V2.1). • Supports all AS-Interface master functions in accordance with the extended AS-Interface specification V2.1, i.e. Master Class M3. • Supplied from the AS-Interface cable, so no additional power supply is necessary. • Supports uploading of the AS-Interface configuration in STEP 7 from V5.2.

PN

DP-M

DP-S

ASi-M

■ Benefits

• Reduction of installation costs because the power is supplied entirely from the AS-Interface cable, so an additional power supply is not required.

• Shorter start-up time thanks to easy configuration at the press of a button • Reduction of downtimes or service times due to failure of a slave thanks to the LEDs • Quick and easy start-up thanks to readout of the AS-Interface configuration (ES03 and higher) e.g. S7-400 with CPU 413-2 DP

PROFIBUS DP

8

DP/AS-Interface Link 20E AS-Interface power supply unit Passive module (without slave AISC)

Aktive module (with slave AISC)

Repeater

1)

AS-Interface power supply unit

Actuator/sensor (wit Slave-ASIC)

Actuator/sensor (without slave-ASIC)

Branch

Transition from PROFIBUS DP to AS-Interface over DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

8/30

Siemens IK PI · 2007

1) Use of extenders not currently possible.

G_IK10_XX_40008

AS-Interface cable

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — AS-Interface network transition DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

■ Application The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E is a PROFIBUS DP slave (according to EN 50 170) and AS-Interface master (according to EN 50 295 ) and enables the AS-Interface to be operated on PROFIBUS DP. Simple PROFIBUS masters can exchange I/O data cyclically with AS-Interface; masters with acyclic services can exchange I/O data and perform master calls. DP/AS-Interface Link 20E cannot be used in conjunction with the extender.

■ Design • Compact housing with degree of protection IP20 for DIN rail mounting • LEDs in the frontplate for displaying the operating status and operational readiness of all connected and activated slaves • The PROFIBUS DP address can be set by the simple push of a button • LED display of PROFIBUS DP slave address, DP bus fault and diagnostics • Two pushbuttons for switching the operating mode and for setting the existing ACTUAL configuration as SETPOINT configuration • Power is supplied from the AS-Interface shaped cable

■ Function The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E allows a DP master to access all slaves of an AS-Interface segment. According to the expanded specifications (V2.1) a maximum of 62 slaves each with 4 inputs and 3 outputs can now be connected. By default, the DP/AS-Interface Link 20E occupies 32 byte input and 32 byte output data in the DP master in which the I/O data of the AS-Interface slaves connected are stored. The size of the input/output buffer can be compressed, so that only the memory space of the DP master actually required is occupied. PROFIBUS DP masters are also able to invoke the AS-Interface master calls through the acyclic PROFIBUS utilities menu (e.g. parametric control, change addresses, read diagnostic values). Configuration The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E can be configured at the PROFIBUS with STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS. Enclosed with the manual are also the type and GSD files, so that it is also possible to carry out configuration with versions that do not yet contain the DP/AS-Interface Link 20E as standard. Configuration of the AS-Interface segment can be preset either by means of STEP 7 or simply by adopting the ACTUAL configuration. Startup is also possible without PROFIBUS. For STEP 7 configuration, uploading of the AS-Interface configuration is possible in STEP 7 V5.2 and newer.

■ Technical specifications AS-Interface bus cycle time

5 ms for 31 slaves 10 ms for 62 slaves

PROFIBUS transmission rate

max. 12 Mbit

Supported AS-Interface master profile

M3 (corresponding to Complete AS-Interface Specification V2.1)

Configuring AS-Interface

by means of pushbutton on the frontplate or with STEP 7 V5.1 SP2

Interfaces • AS-Interface connection

Clip contacts

• Connection to PROFIBUS

9-pin Sub-D socket

Supply voltage • From the AS-Interface cable

According to AS-Interface specification EN 50 295

Current consumption • From the AS-Interface cable

max. 200 mA

Loading capacity 5 V DC on PROFIBUS connection

max. 90 mA

Power loss

3.7 W

Mounting

DIN rail or direct mounting

Degree of protection

IP20

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature - horizontal mounting - vertical mounting

0 °C ... +60 °C 0 °C ... +45 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-40 °C ... +70 °C

• Relative humidity

max. 95% at +25 °C

Construction • Module format

S7-200 construction

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

90 x 80 x 60

• Weight

approx. 200 g

■ Ordering data DP/AS-Interface Link 20E Network transition between PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface in degree of protection IP20

Order No.

8

6GK1 415-2AA01

DP/AS-Interface Link 20E manual Paper version including type and GSD files • German

6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA0

• English

6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA1

• French

6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA2

• Spanish

6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA3

• Italian

6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA4

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/31

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — EIB network transition DP/EIB Link

■ Overview

■ Benefits

• New applications by linking production and process automation (PROFIBUS) to building automation (EIB) for optimized, all-encompassing energy management • High-performance open-loop control, closed-loop control and visualization systems from automation engineering, e.g. SIMATIC, are now available for EIB • Flexible installation thanks to mounting in control cabinets and subdistribution boards • Low start-up and maintenance costs thanks to: - easy mounting on standard rails - LED to display PROFIBUS status - the DP address can be set directly using a DIP switch - EIB programming button and status display on the device PN

DP-M

DP-S

ASi-M

The DP/EIB Link connects manufacturing and process automation with building automation Data is exchanged between PROFIBUS DP and EIB (European Installation Bus) Compact enclosure with degree of protection IP20 in control cabinets as well as in subdistribution boards Configurable with STEP 7 standard tools or COM PROFIBUS as a DP slave and with the EIB configuration software ETS 2

8

8/32

Siemens IK PI · 2007

■ Application The DP/EIB Link is used to connect the two open standard communication systems for manufacturing and process automation PROFIBUS DP and for building automation EIB. EIB for building automation can now be connected to PROFIBUS DP. The DP/EIB Link is predestined for energy management tasks, since monitoring, open-loop control, closed-loop control and visualization of all energy consumers in the electrical installation and in the industrial application can be performed by one integrated system. It is designed for installation in control cabinets as well as in subdistribution boards.

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — EIB network transition DP/EIB Link

■ Application (continued) PC with WinCC

SIMATIC S7

PROFIBUS Powerline 230 V

DP/EIB Link 00

Powerline Bus coupler

s

00

00 7 00

s

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB

6GK14150AA00 instabus EIB

Power

00

PROFIBUS Addr.

DP/EIB-Link

DP/BF EIB/BF

s

6GK14150AA00 instabus EIB

Powerline Coupler

24V

EIB

Phys. Adr.

EIB

s

6GK14150AA00 instabus EIB

EIB binary input module

s

6GK14150AA00 instabus EIB

EIB binary output module

EIB pushbutton

G_IK10_XX_40011

24V

Drive Wind sensor

Network transition from PROFIBUS DP to EIB/KNX with DP/EIB Link

■ Design The DP/EIB Link has a standard enclosure to N dimensions with 4 width modules (WM) in the subdistribution board • The PROFIBUS DP cable is connected on the side with a 9-pole Sub-D female connector through a bus connector (6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0) and PROFIBUS bus cable • The EIB bus is connected using bus terminals • Connector for external power supply Displays and command elements: • LED for EIB functions (programming, test, diagnostics, etc.) • LED for PROFIBUS status • Coding switch for the PROFIBUS address • Programming button for EIB

■ Function The DP/EIB Link is a DP slave and maps data objects of the event-driven EIB in the process image of the DP master. The EIB data objects that are connected to PROFIBUS are specified using the EIB configuration software ETS 2. The DP/EIB Link provides various profiles for this purpose, each of which comprise different numbers of the various data objects.

Status changes in these data objects are transferred to the DP/EIB Link, or it can change these so that the PROFIBUS master is able to read and write to data objects. The DP slave address is set using a coding switch on the Link; STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS can be used for configuration and to specify the size of the PROFIBUS I/O area. With the DP/EIB Link, the number and type of EIB data points to be transferred to PROFIBUS can be set as required. This means that the Link can be matched to each application and optimal utilization of the memory resources is possible. A range of different profiles are available for configuration that each cover all EIB data types. Configuring • PROFIBUS DP: A GSD file is enclosed with the manual. The DP slave address is set using a coding switch on the DP/EIB Link. The data objects are accessed over DP-V1 (read/write data set). • EIB: the database entry of the DP/EIB Link for the EIB configuration software ETS 2 is included with the manual. Note: for further details on building engineering with instabus EIB technology, see Catalog "I 2.1 2000 N-System" Order No. E86060-K8210-A101-A3. Contact your nearest Siemens branch office for further information.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/33

8

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — EIB network transition DP/EIB Link

■ Integration SECONDARY CONTROLLER

PRIMARY CONTROLLER

Heater Boiler

EIB window contact

Cooling system

Ventilation system

EIB control valves

EIB pushbutton

PROFIBUS

Room temperature controller

DP/EIB Link 00

EIB window contact

00

00 7 00

s

Power

00

DP/EIB-Link

DP/BF EIB/BF

24V

EIB

Phys. Adr.

EIB DP/EIB Link as a link for HVAC systems (heating, lighting, air conditioning) between the primary and secondary control systems

8

8/34

Siemens IK PI · 2007

G_IK10_XX_40012

Controllers, e.g. S7-400

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB

PROFIBUS Addr.

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — EIB network transition DP/EIB Link

■ Integration (continued)

S7-400 with CP 443-5

PC with CP 5613

S7-300 with CPU 315-2 DP

PROFIBUS DP 00

00

00

00 7 00

s

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB Power

00

s

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB

DP/EIB-Link

Power

DP/BF

00

00

24V

DP/EIB-Link

Production line

DP/BF

EIB/BF

EIB/BF

24V

Door control

Production monitoring

EIB

24V

EIB

Phys. Adr.

EIB

Access control

Limit value monitor

Air conditioning

Phys. Adr.

EIB

Lab area

Operating hours counter

Plant

CAR

Access control

D

30

DP/EIB-Link

Power

DP/BF

00

PROFIBUS Addr.

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB

DP/EIB-Link

Phys. Adr.

EIB

00

00

s

PROFIBUS Addr.

Power

EIB

Phys. Adr.

Light control

00

00 7

00

s

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB

EIB/BF

EIB

00

00 7

00

PROFIBUS Addr.

DP/BF

EIB/BF

24V

00

00 7

00

PROFIBUS Addr.

20

CAR

D

Energy monitor 00

10

00

00 7 00

00

G_IK10_XX_40013

Ventilation

Production and lab

Use of DP/EIB Link in production and the laboratory

8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

8/35

Network transitions

PROFIBUS DP — EIB network transition DP/EIB Link

■ Integration (continued) PC with CP 5613 S7-400 with CP 443-5

PROFIBUS DP 00

00

00

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB Power

00

s

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB

DP/EIB-Link

Power

DP/BF

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB Power

24V

24V

EIB

6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB

DP/EIB-Link

Power

00

PROFIBUS Addr.

DP/EIB-Link

DP/BF EIB/BF

EIB

24V

EIB

Phys. Adr.

EIB

Phys. Adr.

EIB

Assembly line 2

Assembly line 3

EIB Assembly line 4

Light control

Light control

Air conditioning

Blinds control

Blinds control

Heating

Heating

Ventilation

Ventilation

Warehouse

00

00

s

EIB/BF

EIB

Phys. Adr.

Assembly line 1

00

00 7

00

PROFIBUS Addr.

DP/BF

EIB/BF

EIB

00

00

s

DP/EIB-Link

Phys. Adr.

8

00

00 7

00

PROFIBUS Addr.

DP/BF

EIB/BF

24V

00

00 7

00

PROFIBUS Addr.

Factory hall 1

Factory hall 2

Air conditioning

Factory hall 3 with control center

G_IK10_XX_40014

00

00 7 s

Connection of EIB applications to a PROFIBUS network that spans buildings

■ Technical specifications

■ Ordering data

Data transmission rate • PROFIBUS DP

max. 12 Mbit/s

• EIB

9.6 kbit/s

Interfaces • Connection to PROFIBUS

9-pin Sub-D socket

• Connection to EIB

Terminals

Power supply

24 V DC (20.4 ... 30 V)

Current input at 24 V DC

120 ... 150 mA

Power consumption • PROFIBUS section

approx. 3.3 W

• EIB section

approx. 300 mW

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

-5 °C ... +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature

-25 °C ... +70 °C

• Relative humidity

5% ... 93%

DP/EIB Link Network transition for transferring data between PROFIBUS DP and EIB

Order No. 6GK1 415-0AA01

Manual Paper version incl. GSD file and ETS data base entry • German

6GK1 971-3DA00-0AA0

• English

6GK1 971-3DA00-0AA1

SIMATIC NET Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols and communication products on CD-ROM, German/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

Construction • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm

72 x 90 x 55

• Weight

approx. 300 g

7 8/36

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System

9/2

Introduction

9/8

ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters

9/9 9/9 9/10

ECOFAST Frequency Converters COMBIMASTER 411 MICROMASTER 411

9/11

ECOFAST peripherals

9/12

ECOFAST Selection Module

9/13

ECOFAST Hybrid Field Bus Connections

9/14

ECOFAST motors

9/15

4FB21 PCM power and control modules

9/16 9/16 9/17 9/19 9/21 9/23

Connection methods Power cables Motor connection cables ECOFAST bus cables ECOFAST fiber-optic hybrid cable AS-Interface shaped cables

9/24 9/24 9/25 9/25 9/25

Accessories Energy Communication Installation Miscellaneous accessories

9/26 9/26 9/27

Software ECOFAST ES ES motor starters

9/28

Documentation

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System Introduction

■ Overview

ECOFAST system – Distributed installation technology in IP65

ECOFAST (Energy and Communication Field Installation System) is a system solution for distributed systems outside the control cabinet. It sets new standards in equipping machines and plants for automation, low-voltage controlgear and drives. ECOFAST is centered on the extensive distribution and modularization of installations, combined with comprehensive diagnostics down to the component level. Modern field and power bus technologies open up new possibilities for machinery and plant construction. Systems of distributed design are flexible and can be adapted to the various requirements of industrial automation.

9

This gives rise to advantages in terms of overall process costs. The standardized distributed installation technology with a high degree of protection (IP65) produces savings during • Configuration, • Wiring, • Mounting, • Start-up and • during normal operation

Features • ECOFAST is a system solution with a wide range of automation, drive and installation components with a high degree of protection. • With ECOFAST, power and information are distributed and transmitted in a line. • Parameters and control and diagnostics functionality are transmitted through PROFIBUS or AS-Interface for fast operation start-ups and troubleshooting. • A configuring tool for the supply system shortens the configuration time and improves safety appreciably. • A parameterizing tool provides user-friendly support with entering all the motor starter data. • ECOFAST connects all the components of an automation system using a uniform, standardized connection method for data and power. ECOFAST is thus an integral component of Totally Integrated Automation and open for manufacturers and users alike. • All interfaces on ECOFAST also comply with the ISO 23570 standard. Shorter time frames With ECOFAST it is possible to shorten the time frames for the tendering, planning and configuring of machines and plants: • Modular planning of machines and plants • Compiling tenders from ready-made modules • Faster construction and mounting • Cabinet-free construction with a high degree of protection • Use of prefabricated and tested function units • Faster mounting on site • Smaller plant footprints

9/2

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System Introduction

■ Overview (continued) Fast and smooth start-up ECOFAST enables the fast and smooth start-up of automation and drive systems: • Minimization of error sources through standardized interfaces and connectors • Extensive diagnostics on the device and though the bus • Improved EMC through direct coupling of switching unit and drive

Configuring tool ECOFAST ES and parameterizing tool MOTORSTARTER ES 2006 ECOFAST ES configuring tool

High plant availability ECOFAST maintains a high level of plant availability: • Reduction of downtimes thanks to the speedy and safe exchange of devices • No interruption of the power and field bus while devices are being exchanged • Automatic parameterizing when devices are exchanged • Extensive status and diagnostics information • Transmission of operating parameters (e.g. current values or status messages) The ECOFAST components Interplay of the ECOFAST components

MOTORSTARTER ES 2006 parameterizing tool

The two software tools, ECOFAST ES and MOTORSTARTER ES 2006, support configuration and parameterization in the ECOFAST system. ECOFAST ES is a user-friendly and powerful configuring tool for configuring the supply system and for testing the plant. The following components exist in the ECOFAST system: • Infeed module (Power & Control Module) • Switchgear and control devices (direct-on-line starters, reversing starters, soft starters, speed regulating rheostats with 2 speeds, frequency converters) - for near-motor or motor-mounted installation - as a stand-alone device or as an island solution • I/Os • Motors and geared motors • Installation components (cables, connectors etc. for communication and power) • Configuration and parameterization software

MOTORSTARTER ES 2006 is a tool forparameterizing and diagnosing the motor starters (stand-alone devices) in the ECOFAST system.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/3

9

ECOFAST System Introduction

■ Design • Han-Brid data cable with integrated auxiliary voltage of 2 x 24 V and PROFIBUS DP protocol in copper and FO cable technology • AS-Interface cable with insulation displacement technology and integrated auxiliary voltage

The ECOFAST network topology The following network hardware is integrated: • Power cable 2.5 mm2 / 4 mm2 / 6 mm2 with/without Han Q4/2 power T / double-T clamping connector PROFIBUS DP

P&CM or cubicle 1 3 4

2

1) Auxiliary power supply 2) Main power supply (circuit-breaker, supply contactor ...) 3) Signal processing (PLC / PROFIBUS master) 4) Safety technology

power bus emergency stop Hybrid Field Bus Line PROFIBUS DP

Micromaster

Micromaster

ET 200X ET 200pro

Motors

PROFIBUS DP network topology

9

9/4

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System Introduction

■ Design (continued) AS-Interface

P&CM or cubicle 1 3

2

4

1) Auxiliary power supply 2) Main power supply (circuit-breaker, supply contactor ...) 3) Signal processing (PLC / AS-I master) 4) Safety technology (e.g. AS-I safety at work)

AS-Interface auxiliary voltage power bus

Micromaster

emergency stop

Micromaster

AS-Interface Communication

Motors

AS-Interface network topology

9

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/5

ECOFAST System Introduction

■ Design (continued) Interface overview

power-T-connector Han Q4/2 (socket) Han Q4/2 (pin)

Hybrid Field Bus Line HanBrid connector

spur line

data-T-adapter RS485 / FO

Han Q4/2 (socket) Han Q4/2 (pin)

motor starter

Han 10e (socket) Han 10e (pin)

Insulation Displacement Method motor cable

AS-Interface 24 V auxiliary voltage Han 10e (socket)

motor motor interface

HanDrive with Han 10e pin insert

Schematic interface overview (power bus on left, communication bus on right)

9

All interfaces for communication and power are standardized and according to DESINA specification. Communication through PROFIBUS DP • Hybrid cable for PROFIBUS DP (switched and non-switched auxiliary voltage) • Connection through HanBrid plug-in connectors • Transmission media: RS 485 or FO • Data T piece for interruption-free operation (with RS 485) Communication through AS-Interface Connection by insulation piercing method

Power bus • Shock-hazard-protected connection method • Connection through HanQ4/2 connector • Power T / double-T clamping connector for interruption-free operation Motor connection • Connection through Han10e plug-in connector on the switching device (for ET 200X / ET 200pro in Han Q8 version) • Connection through HanDrive/10e connector on the motor • Motor connection cable in shielded or non-shielded version: Use of a frequency converter requires EMC shielding Actuators/sensors Connection through M12 circular connectors

9/6

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System Introduction

■ Design (continued) The data T pieces PROFIBUS-DP connection

PROFIBUS-DP connection

• Data T piece PROFIBUS-DP RS485 • 4 x Han Brid D male/female 1,5 mm2 for 10 A (2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage) • 2 x Han Brid D male/female

• Data T piece PROFIBUS-DP FO • 4 x Han Brid D male/female 1,5 mm2 for 10 A (2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage) • 2 x Han Brid LWL male/female

Field device connection

NSA0_00189c

• 25-pin Sub-D socket

Data T piece

• Data T piece for PROFIBUS DP with cable cable (PROFIBUS DP RS 485) and 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage (switched and non-switched) • Data T piece for PROFIBUS DP with FO cable (PROFIBUS DP FO) and 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage (switched and nonswitched)

Data T pieces connect individual field devices to PROFIBUS DP. The data T pieces define the transmission medium (FO or RS 485) for the field device. The field device itself is neutral with regard to the transmission method. There are two T pieces in the ECOFAST system: Power T / double-T clamping connector design variants 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

P&CM

6 1

Power bus line (sold by the meter) Power-T-connector Power-T-T-connector Spur line Subsegment cable Power cable duct (cubicle) Prefabricated power cable Motor connecting cable

2

2

1

3

1

3

7

9

3

ET200X 4

5

4

axial

FU

4

MS MS angled

MS

8

MS 8

MS 8

Power T / double-T clamping connector design variants

Power T / double-T clamping connectors connect the components of an automation system to the power bus. The energy bus is not interrupted when the components are detached. Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/7

ECOFAST System ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters

■ Overview The starters can be installed close to the motor or mounted on the motor. The following are available • Single units for geographically distributed motors and • Isolated solutions (ET 200X and ET 200pro) for drives installed close together. The functionality in the ECOFAST system ranges from direct on-line starters, to reversing starters and soft starters through to frequency converters. Brake contacts are available as an option for the starters. Two or four integrated digital contacts enable sensors to be scanned locally.

Distributed motor starters are used for switching and protecting loads locally. Version with graded functional scope and with different installation possibilities ensure that both the functional requirements of the process and the constructional boundary conditions of the machine or installation are taken into account. Distributed motor starters are available for PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface.

All starters are equipped throughout with standardized interfaces for data and energy in accordance with the ECOFAST specification: • HanBrid for PROFIBUS DP and insulation displacement method for AS-Interface • Han Q4/2 for the power supply • Han 10e for motor connection The starters can be connected using T pieces for data and T terminal connectors for power to prevent interruption. Detailed technical specifications of the Ecofast motor starters can be found in the manual "Ecofast Motor Starters".

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

Field bus interface

Switching function

Motor protection

Setting range / performance range

Brake output

PROFIBUS DP

mechanical

Thermistor

0.3 ... 9 A / 4 kW 1)

No

3RK1 303-2AS54-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-2AS54-1AA3

Thermal motor model

0.3 ... 3 A / 1.1 kW

No

3RK1 303-5BS44-3AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-5BS44-3AA3

No

3RK1 303-5CS44-3AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-5CS44-3AA3

0.3 ... 3 A / 1.1 kW

No

3RK1 303-6BS74-3AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-6BS74-3AA3

2.4 ... 12 A / 5.5 kW

No

3RK1 303-6DS74-3AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-6DS74-3AA3

2.4 ... 9 A / 4 kW solid-state soft

9

AS-Interface

Full motor protection

solid-state soft, several speeds, R2SS

Full motor protection

0.6 ... 4 A / 1.5 kW

400 V AC

3RK1 303-6ES84-3AA3

mechanical

Thermistor

0.3 ... 9 A / 4 kW 1)

No

3RK1 323-2AS54-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-2AS54-1AA3

Thermal motor model

0.3 ... 3 A / 1.1 kW 2.4 ... 9 A / 4 kW

solid-state soft

Full motor protection

0.3 ... 3 A / 1.1 kW 2.4 ... 12 A / 5.5 kW

solid-state soft, several speeds, R2SS

Full motor protection

0.6 ... 4 A / 1.5 kW

1) The range from 0.3 to 9 A is fixed (wide range) and cannot be set/changed manually.

9/8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

No

3RK1 323-5BS44-3AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-5BS44-3AA3

No

3RK1 323-5CS44-3AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-5CS44-3AA3

No

3RK1 323-6BS74-3AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-6BS74-3AA3

No

3RK1 323-6DS74-3AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-6DS74-3AA3

400 V AC

3RK1 323-6ES84-3AA3

ECOFAST System

ECOFAST Frequency Converters COMBIMASTER 411

■ Overview The COMBIMASTER 411 is the distributed drive solution with frequency converter. Thanks to its high functionality, the frequency converter can be used for a number of different drive applications e.g. in conveying and handling. The self-cooled frequency converter is available as a fixed mount on the motor.

In the ECOFAST system, AS-Interface or PROFIBUS DP is used for communication. We recommend that certified ECOFAST cables are used. In order to guarantee perfect operation in the plant or system – e.g. due to EMC distrubances – we recommend that shielded ECOFAST motor connection and PROFIBUS cables are used.

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

COMBIMASTER 411 frequency converter with EMC filter class B including energy-saving motor 1LA7, "Improved Efficiency" eff2 Type of construction IM B3

1UA2 @@@-@ AA2 @-Z

Special versions

@@@

AS-Interface bus

M53

Solid-state brake control

M55

Dynamic brake unit (R&EM brake)

M79

PROFIBUS-DP

M80

Output (W) 370

Number of poles 2-pole

070-2

4-pole

073-4

2-pole

073-2

4-pole

080-4

750

2-pole

080-2

4-pole

083-4

1100

2-pole

083-2

4-pole

090-4

2-pole

090-2

4-pole

096-4

2-pole

096-2

550

1500 2200

4-pole Type of motor construction

106-4 Ident. no. for type of motor construction, see Catalog M11 (motor catalog) and Catalog DA51.3 (COMBIMASTER 411/ MICROMASTER 411)

9

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/9

ECOFAST System

ECOFAST Frequency Converters MICROMASTER 411

■ Overview MICROMASTER 411 is the distributed drive solution with a frequency converter. Thanks to its diverse functional scope, the frequency converter can be used for a wide range of different drive appplications, e.g. in conveyor systems. The self-cooled frequency converter is available in a wall mounted version for mounting close to the motor.

The communication interface is implemented in the ECOFAST system via PROFIBUS DP or the AS-Interface. We recommend that certified ECOFAST cables are used. In order to guarantee perfect operation in the plant or system – e.g. due to EMC distrubances – we recommend that shielded ECOFAST motor connection and PROFIBUS cables are used.

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

MICROMASTER 411 frequency converter EMC filter class A

6SE6 411-6AD @@-@ @@@

Output 370 W

1 3-7

550 W

1 5-5

750 W

1 7-5

1.1 kW

2 1-1

1.5 kW

2 1-5

2.2 kW

2 2-2

3.0 kW

2 3-0

Frame size ECOFAST CSB

V

ECOFAST CSC

W

Options / combinations Mount AS-i on left side

P3

Mount PROFIBUS on left side

P7

Mount AS-i on left side, EM brake on right side

S3

Mount AS-i on left side, R&EM brake on right side

S4

Mount PROFIBUS-i on left side, EM brake on right side

S7

Mount PROFIBUS-i on left side, R&EM brake on right side

S8

For more information see Catalogs M 11 and D81.1 (Motor Catalog) and Catalog DA 51.3 (COMBIMASTER 411/MICROMASTER 411

9

9/10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System Peripherals

■ Overview The ET 200X and the ET 200pro are both modular I/O devices with a high degree of protection for PROFIBUS DP. The functionoriented construction of stations is possible using the technology-oriented modules. Combinations with several motor starters in an ET 200X or ET 200pro station form isolated solutions for near-motor installation in the ECOFAST system.

For further information see section: • ET 200X distributed I/O • ET 200Xpro distributed I/O • ET 200eco distributed I/O

The ET 200eco is an I/O device with a high degree of protection for PROFIBUS DP. It is constructed in block design. Each I/O device has a fixed number of inputs and outputs.

9

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/11

ECOFAST System ECOFAST Selection Module

■ Overview With the selection module, feeders on the power bus can be shut down selectively, e.g. for services purposes. The module is equipped with a lockable switch for this purpose (repair switch). It also has line protection for cross-section transitions on the power bus and can be used to extend the power bus segments. Product range: • Modules with 8, 16, and 25 A rated current • With checkback contact M12 • Generally with 6 mm² wiring

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

Selective module For selective deactivation of feeders, with repair switch function for line protection at cross-section transitions and to extend the segments with checkback contact M12 Connected load in A •8

3RK1 911-4AB08

• 16

3RK1 911-4AB16

• 25

3RK1 911-4AB25

9

9/12

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System ECOFAST Hybrid Field Bus Connections

■ Overview Infeed: The auxiliary power is fed into the field from the IP20 side. Looping: The auxiliary power comes from the field (IP65). Characteristics of the active glands (with repeater function): • Control cabinet gland from IP20 to IP65 • After switching on, the baud rate is detected automatically and is retained up to a voltage reset / LED yellow. • Signal regeneration between segment 1 (IP20 side) and segment 2 (IP65 side):

Copper hybrid field bus connection (socket/socket) for the infeed

Hybrid field bus connections are designed as control cabinet glands. They are the interface between the control cabinet (IP20) and the field (IP65). They are also used to jointly route PROFIBUS DP and the auxiliary voltages into the hybrid field bus cable. Hybrid field bus connections are available in different versions (active/passive): • Glands for RS485 transmission systems • Glands for FO transmission systems • Glands with RS485/FO converters The field side is connected using HanBrid plug connectors. The two-channel version (2 HanBrid) enables the simple integration of IP20 devices in the control box or site box into the ECOFAST system. The version with fast-connect connections for PROFIBUS in Cu/Cu technology shortens the installation time appreciably.

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

Hybrid field bus connections • passive Connection type / Function

Connection IP65

Connection IP20 (PROFIBUS)

Cu/Cu For supply (switchgear cabinet, P&C module)

Socket/socket

Direct connection

3RK1 911-1AA22

Cu/Cu For supply (switchgear cabinet, P&C module)

Socket/socket

PROFIBUS bus termination connector FastConnect

3RK1 911-1AF22

Cu/Cu For routing (local control boxes)

Pin/socket

Direct connection

3RK1 911-1AA32

Cu/Cu For routing (local control boxes)

Pin/socket

PROFIBUS bus termination connector FastConnect

3RK1 911-1AF32

9

• active (repeater) Connection type / Function

Connection IP65

Connection IP20 (PROFIBUS)

Cu/Cu For feeder (switchgear cabinet, P&C module)

Socket/socket

9-pin Sub-D socket

3RK1 911-1AH22

Cu/Cu For routing (local control boxes)

Pin/socket

9-pin Sub-D socket

3RK1 911-1AH32

Cu/LWL For feeder (switchgear cabinet, P&C module)

Socket/socket

9-pin Sub-D socket

3RK1 911-1AG22

LWL/Cu For routing (local control boxes)

Pin/socket

9-pin Sub-D socket

3RK1 911-1AG32

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/13

ECOFAST System ECOFAST motors

■ Overview The standard motors and gear motors of the ECOFAST system are equipped with standardized plug connections. The switching device is connected with a motor connection cable (if it is installed close to the motor) or mounted directly onto the motor (integrated installation). The motor is supplied with a HanDrive motor connector if the ordering option G56 is selected: shielded connection.

■ Selection and Ordering data

9

9/14

Version

Order No.

Low-voltage motors with HanDrive Han 10E motor connector Performance range: 0.06 to 7.5 kW Frame sizes 56M-132M For series compatible with ECOFAST (options): 1LA7, frame sizes 56-132 (G55, G56) 1LA9, frame sizes 56-132 (G55, G56) 1LP7, frame sizes 63-132 (G55, G56) 1PP7, frame sizes 56-132 (G55, G56)

see Catalog M 11 or D 81.1

Geared motors with HanDrive Han 10e motor connector Frame sizes 63-132 For series compatible with ECOFAST (option G55/G56)

see Catalog M 15/M 15 News

Helical gear motor 2KG1 31/41 Performance range: 0.09 to 5.5 kW Output torque: 90 to 20000 Nm

see Catalog M 15/M 15 News

Flat-type geared motor 2KG1 32/42 Performance range: 0.09 to 5.5 kW Output torque: 150 to 20000 Nm

see Catalog M 15/M 15 News

Bevel gear motors 2KG1 33/43 Performance range: 0.09 to 5.5 kW Output torque: 130 to 20000 Nm

see Catalog M 15/M 15 News

Helical gear motor 2KG1 34 Performance range: 0.12 to 5.5 kW Output torque: 120 to 1680 Nm

see Catalog M 15/M 15 News

Worm gear motor 2KG1 35 Performance range: 0.09 to 5.5 kW Output torque: 40 to 230 Nm

see Catalog M 15/M 15 News

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System 4FB21 PCM power and control modules

■ Overview The Power & Control Module (PCM) forms the nodal point of the ECOFAST system. It sees to the power infeed, distribution and fusing as well as to auxiliary current generation, signal processing and EMERGENCY STOP functions. With the PCM the user has an optimized and tested system component that enables him to to do without an own control cabinet. This means that the customer is no longer responsible for the related engineering. The necessary variability of the PCM (80 versions) with regard to signal processing, safety engineering and the supply of the main and auxiliary current is achieved through the use of function units, which are also available as replacement parts with plug connectors for easy and fast connection. This adds further to the increase in availability that already goes hand in hand with the ECOFAST system.

IP65 version

Full functionality is also provided by the built-in control cabinet versions for those customer who are unable or unwilling to do without their own control cabinets but would still like to use tested and ECOFAST-certified modules. The optimum version is ideally selected using the configuring tool ECOFAST ES.

Built-in control cabinet version

Features: • Main current supply 3 AC 400 V • Graded ratings 16 / 20 / 25 / 32 / 40 A • Generation of the auxiliary voltage 24 V DC: SIDAC or SITOP • PROFIBUS DP master or slave functionality • Optional with integrated PLC S7-300 CPU 313C-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP, optional AS-Interface in addition • EMERGENCY STOP functionality/safety technology SIGUARD contactor safety combination AS-Interface Safety at Work • Standardized interfaces for communication and energy • IP65 or built-in control cabinet By constructing Power & Control Modules using the above mentioned function units it is possible to implement more versions with little effort. If the requirements of a particular application cannot be met with these PCMs, special solutions are also possible of course. In this case please contact your local Siemens representative and cite the order number stem 4FB2 1… Note: More information and Ordering data can be found in our interactive Catalog CA 01 in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01 or on CD-ROM (Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600) and in the A&D Mall: http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/15

9

ECOFAST System

Connection methods Power cables

■ Overview The power lines are used to supply the switching devices and loads of the ECOFAST system with 400 V AC. The power is supplied in a line as a power bus. Prefabricated power cables are available • in different variants, • with different cross-sections and numbers of conductors as well as • in different lengths.

With the spur lines; the switching device is connected with a connection lead. Han Q4/2 + Han Q4/2 The ET 200X and ET 200pro is connected with a separate subsegment cable. Han Q4/2 + Han Q8/0

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

Non-assembled power bus cables Cross-section mm²

Fixed length m

Any length 1) m

5x4

20

--

3RK1911-0AG60

50

--

3RK1911-0AG70

100

--

3RK1911-0AG80

20

--

3RK1911-0AH60

50

--

3RK1911-0AH70

100

--

3RK1911-0AH80

5x6

Prefabricated power cables (new) Cross-section mm²

Fixed length m

Any length 1) m

Spur line/connection of switching devices/motor starters on both sides with axial Han Q4/2 (pin/socket) cable gland 5x4

5x6

--

3.1 to < 5

3RK1 911-0CP31

--

> 5.1 to < 10

3RK1 911-0CP41

--

> 10.1 to < 15

3RK1 911-0CP51

--

3.1 to < 5

3RK1 911-0CP32

--

> 5.1 to < 10

3RK1 911-0CP42

--

> 10.1 to < 15

3RK1 911-0CP52

Subsegment/connection of ET 200X Han Q4/2 (pin) axial cable gland / Han Q8/0 (socket) angular cable gland 5x4

9

--

3.1 to < 5

3RK1 911-0CR31

--

> 5.1 to < 10

3RK1 911-0CR41

--

> 10.1 to < 15

3RK1 911-0CR51

1) The length must be entered manually when ordering (example: length = 7.50 m). The order must be placed in increments of 10 cm.

9/16

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System

Connection methods Motor connection cables

■ Overview Motor connection cables are used to connect the motor with the switching device (ECOFAST starter / frequency converter / stand-alone devices). Prefabricated cables are available

• • • •

in different variants, with a different number of conductors, in different lengths and in shielded and unshielded versions.

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

Motor connection cables Cross-section mm²

Fixed length m

Any length 1) m

factory fitted with Han 10e (pin/socket) on both sides, unshielded 11 x 1.5

7 x 1.5

1.5

--

3RK1 911-0BK10

--

< 2.9

3RK1 911-0CK20

3

--

3RK1 911-0BK20

--

> 3.1 to < 4.9

3RK1 911-0CK30

5

--

3RK1 911-0BK30

1.5

--

3RK1 911-0BH10

--

< 2.9

3RK1 911-0CH20

3

--

3RK1 911-0BH20

--

> 3.1 to < 4.9

3RK1 911-0CH30

5

--

3RK1 911-0BH30

factory fitted with Han 10e (pin/socket) on both sides, shielded 4 x 2.5 4 x 0.75

1.5

--

3RK1 911-0BU10

--

< 2.9

3RK1 911-0CU20

3

--

3RK1 911-0BU20

--

> 3.1 to < 4.9

3RK1 911-0CU30

5

--

3RK1 911-0BU30

factory fitted with Han 10e (pin) on one side, unshielded 11 x 1.5

7 x 1.5

1.5

--

3RK1 911-0BJ10

--

< 2.9

3RK1 911-0CJ20

3

--

3RK1 911-0BJ20

--

> 3.1 to < 4.9

3RK1 911-0CJ30

5

--

3RK1 911-0BJ30

1.5

--

3RK1 911-0BG10

--

< 2.9

3RK1 911-0CG20

3

--

3RK1 911-0BG20

--

> 3.1 to < 4.9

3RK1 911-0CG30

5

--

3RK1 911-0BG30

9

factory-fitted with Han 10e (pin) on one side, shielded 4 x 2.5 4 x 0.75

1.5

--

3RK1 911-0BV10

--

< 2.9

3RK1 911-0CV20

3

--

3RK1 911-0BV20

--

> 3.1 to < 4.9

3RK1 911-0CV30

5

--

3RK1 911-0BV30

20

--

3RK1 911-0BW60

50

--

3RK1 911-0BW70

100

--

3RK1 911-0BW80

non-assembled 4 x 2.5 4 x 0.75

1) The length must be entered manually when ordering (example: length = 7.50 m). The order must be placed in increments of 10 cm.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/17

ECOFAST System

Connection methods Motor connection cables

■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Version

Order No.

Motor connection for frequency converter EM 148-FC factory-fitted, shielded, HAN Q8 open end • 1.5 m

6ES7 194-1LA01-0AA0

•3m

6ES7 194-1LB01-0AA0

•5m

6ES7 194-1LC01-0AA0

• 10 m

6ES7 194-1LD01-0AA0

Unshielded motor connection for ET 200X, one side with Han Q8 Cross-section mm²

Fixed length m

4 x 1.5

• 1.5 m

3RK1 902-0CL00

•3m

3RK1 902-0CM00

•5m

3RK1 902-0CP00

• 10 m

3RK1 902-0CQ00

•3m

3RK1 902-0CN00

•5m

3RK1 902-0CR00

• 10 m

3RK1 902-0CS00

6 x 1.5

9

9/18

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System

Connection methods ECOFAST bus cables

■ Overview

In the ECOFAST system, all operational devices are connected to PROFIBUS DP using the bus cables. The bus cable is implemented as a hybrid cable and contains: • PROFIBUS DP in copper RS 485; • Four additional copper cores for carrying 24 V DC: - 24 V DC, not switched (for electronics and inputs) - 24 V DC, switched (for outputs, disconnectable e.g. for EMERGENCY OFF) The ECOFAST hybrid cables are sold by the meter or in fixed lengths preassembled with ECOFAST connector (Han Brid) and socket.

■ Benefits • Savings in wiring, installation, commissioning and operation as result of standardized connection system (copper or fiberoptic) with high degree of protection (IP65) • With ECOFAST, the turnaround times for offers, planning and engineering of machines and plants can be reduced • ECOFAST permits fast and problem-free startup of automation and drive systems • Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized interfaces and plug connectors. • With ECOFAST plants remain highly available: No interruption of power and fieldbus when replacing equipment.

■ Technical specifications Cable type 1)

PROFIBUS ECOFAST hybrid cable 1) 2)

Applications

Connection for ECOFAST stations

Damping • at 16 MHz • at 4 MHz • at 9.6 kHz

< 49 dB/km < 25 dB/km < 3 dB/km

Characteristic impedance • at 9.6 kHz • at 38.4 kHz • at 3 to 20 MHz

270 ± 27 Ω 185 ± 18.5 Ω 150 ± 15 Ω

Rated value

≤ 150 Ω

Loop resistance

≤ 138 Ω/km

Shield resistance

≤ 15 Ω/km

Effective capacitance at 1 kHz

30 pF/m

Operating voltage (rms value)

100 V

Power cores (stranded wires) diameter • Current carrying capability of the power cores • Sheath color

1.5 mm2

Cable type (standard designation) • ECOFAST hybrid cable • ECOFAST hybrid cable GP

Black 02Y (ST)C 1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150 LI LIH-Z 11Y 4 x 1 x 1.5 VI FRNC 02Y (ST)C 1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150 LI LIY-Z Y 4 x 1 x 1.5 VI

Sheath • Material - ECOFAST hybrid cable - ECOFAST hybrid cable GP

PUR PVC

• Diameter

approx. 11 mm

• Color

Violet

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature • Transport/storage temperature • Installation temperature

–40 ºC … +60 ºC –40 ºC … +60 ºC –40 ºC … +60 ºC

Bending radius • Single bend • Multiple bends

38 mm 55 mm

Permissible tensile force

≤ 300 N

Weight

approx. 154 kg/km

Halogen-free • ECOFAST hybrid cable • ECOFAST hybrid cable GP

Yes No

Behavior in fire

1) Electrical characteristics at 20 °C, tests according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472 2) Trailing cable for the following requirements: ECOFAST hybrid cable: Min. 9 million bending cycles for the specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 5 m/s2; ECOFAST hybrid cable GP: Min. 2 million bending cycles for the specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 2.5 m/s2

12 A

Flame-retardant to VDE 0482-265-2-1, IEC 60332-2-1

UL listing / 300 V rating • ECOFAST hybrid cable • ECOFAST hybrid cable GP

No CM/PLTC/SunRes/Oil Res

UL style / 600 V rating • ECOFAST hybrid cable • ECOFAST hybrid cable GP

No Yes

Resistance to mineral oils and grease

9

Limited

UV-resistant • ECOFAST hybrid cable • ECOFAST hybrid cable GP

No Yes

Silicone-free

Yes

FastConnect cable installation

No Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/19

ECOFAST System

Connection methods ECOFAST bus cables

■ Ordering data PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable - Cu Trailing cable (PUR sheath), with two shielded Cu wires for PROFIBUS DP plus four Cu wires of 1.5 mm2 Sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 20 m

Order No.

6XV1 830-7AH10

Not pre-assembled • 20 m

6XV1 830-7AN20

• 50 m

6XV1 830-7AN50

• 100 m

6XV1 830-7AT10

Pre-assembled with ECOFAST male and female connectors, fixed length • 0.5 m

6XV1 830-7BH05

PROFIBUS Cu bus connector with 2 x Cu shielded and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2; 5 units; with installation instructions • with pin insert

6GK1 905-0CA00

• with socket insert

6GK1 905-0CB00

PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Plug angled; with 2 x Cu shielded and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2; 5 units; with installation instructions • Male pins

6GK1 905-0CC00

• Female pins;

6GK1 905-0CD00

•1m

6XV1 830-7BH10

• 1.5 m

6XV1 830-7BH15

•3m

6XV1 830-7BH30

•5m

6XV1 830-7BH50

ECOFAST Terminating Plug Bus termination plug-in connector for PROFIBUS DP; with 2 x Cu and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2; male pins, integrated termination resistors

• 10 m

6XV1 830-7BN10

• Pack of 1

6GK1 905-0DA10

• 15 m

6XV1 830-7BN15

• Pack of 5

6GK1 905-0DA00

• 20 m

6XV1 830-7BN20

• 25 m

6XV1 830-7BN25

• 30 m

6XV1 830-7BN30

• 35 m

6XV1 830-7BN35

• 40 m

6XV1 830-7BN40

• 45 m

6XV1 830-7BN45

• 50 m Pre-assembled with two ECOFAST connectors, variable length 1) PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP Trailing cable with 4 x Cu and 2 x Cu, shielded, with UL approval Sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m; minimum order 20 m;

6XV1 830-7BN50

6XV1 860-2P

• 20 m

6XV1 860-4PN20

• 50 m

6XV1 860-4PN50

• 100 m

6XV1 860-4PT10

Pre-assembled with ECOFAST male and female connectors • 0.5 m

6XV1 860-3PH05

•1m

6XV1 860-3PH10

• 1,5 m

6XV1 860-3PH15

•3m

6XV1 860-3PH30

•5m

6XV1 860-3PH50

• 10 m

6XV1 860-3PN10

• 15 m

6XV1 860-3PN15

• 20 m

6XV1 860-3PN20

• 25 m

6XV1 860-3PN25

• 30 m

6XV1 860-3PN30

• 35 m

6XV1 860-3PN35

• 40 m

6XV1 860-3PN40

• 45 m

6XV1 860-3PN45

• 50 m

6XV1 860-3PN50

9/20

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Data T piece For 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage (switched and non-switched) and PROFIBUS DP • for Cu RS 485

3RK1 911-2AG00

• for fiber-optic cable

3RK1 911-2AH00

Addressing plug For setting the PROFIBUS DP addresses

6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0

■ More information

Not pre-assembled

9

Order No. Additional components

You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local Siemens representative. For technical support, please contact: J. Hertlein Tel.: +49(0) 911/750 44 65 Fax: +49(0) 911/750 99 91 E-mail: [email protected]

ECOFAST System

Connection methods

ECOFAST fiber-optic hybrid cable

■ Overview

■ Technical specifications Cable type

ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid cable (DESINA-compatible)

Core cross-section Applications

DESINA-compatible devices, e.g. for ET 200X

Delivery format

Sold by the meter; can be assembled on site with DESINA plugs or preassembled with 2 DESINA plugs

Cable type (standard designation)

J-V11Y 4Y2P980/1000 230A10 FFLIY 4 × 1.5

Fiber type

Step-index fiber

Damping • at 660 nm

≤ 260 dB/km

Number of fibers

2 × FOC, 4 × copper

Materials

• Electrical isolation of DP devices • Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic interference • Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cable • Rugged fiber-optic cables, designed for industrial applications • Hybrid cable for the shared transmission of data and power supply

■ Benefits

• Fiber core

Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)

• Cladding

Fluorinated special polymer

• Inner sheath/color

PA, black, orange

• Outer sheath/color

PUR, violet

• Strain relief

–

• Copper cores - rated voltage - current load - nominal area - sheath material/color

300 V 10 A 1.5 mm2 PVC, black

Mechanical characteristics

• Savings in wiring, installation, commissioning and operation as result of standardized connection system (copper or fiberoptic) with high degree of protection (IP65) • With ECOFAST, the turnaround times for offers, planning and engineering of machines and plants can be reduced: • ECOFAST permits fast and problem-free startup of automation and drive systems • Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized interfaces and plug connectors. • With ECOFAST plants remain highly available: No interruption of power and field bus when replacing equipment.

■ Application The ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable of SIMATIC NET is used to construct optical PROFIBUS DP networks indoors. It is particularly suitable for connecting DESINA components installed at machine level, and is easy to assemble on site. The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 50 m.

■ Design The rugged, hybrid trailing cable contains two plastic fiber-optic cables for data transmission and four copper wires (1.5 mm2) for supplying power to DESINA 1) stations.

• Diameter of fiber core

980 µm

• Cladding outer diameter

1000 µm

• Diameter of inner sheath

2.2 ± 0.01 mm Ø

• Cable dimensions

10.6 mm Ø

• Cable weight

135 kg/km

• Maximum permissible tensile force - temporary - constant

≤ 100 N ≤ 30 N

• Bending radius - once without tensile force - more than once with tensile force

– ≥ 106 mm

• Resistance to lateral force per 10 cm cable length (temporary) • Resistance against - mineral oil ASTM No. 2 - mineral grease/water - UV radiation

≤ 100 N/10 cm

9

Limited Limited No

Perm. ambient conditions • Operating temperature

+5 ºC … +70 ºC

• Transport/storage temperature

–30 ºC … +70 ºC

• Routing

+5 ºC … +70 ºC

• In short-circuit on conductor

+160 °C (max. 5 sec)

Behavior in fire

Flame retardant in accordance with the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581

UL/CSA approvals

No

UV-resistant

No

Halogen-free

No

Silicone-free

Yes

1) DESINA is the trademark for DEcentralized and Standardized INstallAtion technology for machine tools.

1) Sold by the meter without inner sheath, not suitable for assembly in the field. Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/21

ECOFAST System

Connection methods

ECOFAST fiber-optic hybrid cable

■ Ordering data ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid cable (DESINA-compatible) Trailing cable with 2 plastic fiberoptic conductors and 4 copper cores, 1.5 mm2 for use in DESINA-compatible devices only Sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 20 m

Order No.

6XV1 830-6CH10

Not pre-assembled • 20 m

6XV1 830-6CN20

• 50 m

6XV1 830-6CN50

• 100 m

6XV1 830-6CT10

Preassembled with 2 DESINA connectors • 1.5 m

6XV1 830-6DH15

•3m

6XV1 830-6DH30

•5m

6XV1 830-6DH50

• 10 m

6XV1 830-6DN10

• 15 m

6XV1 830-6DN15

ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Plug 180, DESINA-compatible (ECOFAST FOC) 2 x FO; 4 x 1.5 mm2 Cu • With male pins (Hanbrid connector) • With female pins (Hanbrid connector)

6GK1 905-0BA00 6GK1 905-0BB00

Manual for PROFIBUS networks Paper version: Network architecture, project management, network components, mounting • German

6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0

• English

6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1

SIMATIC NET Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols and communication products; on CD-ROM German/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

9

9/22

Siemens IK PI · 2007

■ More information You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65 Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91 E-mail: [email protected]

ECOFAST System

Connection methods

AS-Interface shaped cables

■ Overview The actuator/sensor interface – the networking system for the lowest field level – distinguishes itself by very simple assembly and installation. A new connection method has been specially developed for the AS-Interface. The network stations are connected by means of the AS-Interface cable. This two-wire cable has a trapezoidal profile which makes incorrect connection impossible. The connection uses the insulation piercing method. Two contact pins pierce the trapezoidal-section AS-Interface cable and ensure safe connection of the two wires. Cutting or stripping is no longer necessary. This allows AS-Interface stations (e.g. I/O modules, intelligent devices) to be connected very quickly. The devices can also be replaced extremely quickly. To permit the use in different ambient conditions (e.g. in environments that contain oil), the AS-Interface cable is available in different materials (rubber, TPE, PUR). A standard round cable can also be used for special applications. The AS-Interface uses the yellow AS-Interface cable to transmit data and power for the sensors (e.g. BERO proximity switch) and actuators (e.g. indicator lights). The black AS-Interface cable must be used for actuators with a 24 V DC power supply (e.g. solenoid valves) which require a lot of power.

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

AS-Interface shaped cable

AS-i blue

4

NSA0_00125a

10

Material

Color

Quantity

Rubber

Yellow (AS-Interface)

100-m roll

3RX9 010-0AA00

1-km drum

3RX9 012-0AA00

100-m roll

3RX9 020-0AA00

1-km drum

3RX9 022-0AA00

100-m roll

3RX9 013-0AA00

1-km drum

3RX9 014-0AA00

100-m roll

3RX9 023-0AA00

1-km drum

3RX9 024-0AA00

100-m roll

3RX9 017-0AA00

100-m roll

3RX9 027-0AA00

100-m roll

3RX9 015-0AA00

1-km drum

3RX9 016-0AA00

100-m roll

3RX9 025-0AA00

1-km drum

3RX9 026-0AA00

6.5 AS-i brown

Black (24 V DC) TPE

Yellow (AS-Interface) Black (24 V DC)

TPE special version Yellow (AS-Interface) according to UL Black (24 V DC) Class 2 PUR

1)

Yellow (AS-Interface) Black (24 V DC)

9

1) Note on towability of the AS-Interface cable with PUR outer sheath: To determine its towability, the AS-Interface cable was tested in "IGUS tow chains" Type 10.2.048 and 20.2.55. For the test the tow chain was fitted with 3 ¥ AS-Interface cables and diverse round cables. After three million bendings (travel), no damage to the cores, strands or outer sheath were discovered (tow chain equipped to 50%).

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/23

ECOFAST System

Accessories Energy

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

Enclosures

Usage

Contacts

Connector set for incoming power supply HAN Q4/2 2.5 mm² / 4 mm² / 6 mm², comprising: Angular e.g. for power supply on motor starter One cable-end connector hood with PG 16

One female insert

5 female contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BE50

One cable-end connector hood with PG 16

One female insert

5 female contacts 4 mm2

3RK1 911-2BE10

One cable-end connector hood with PG 16

One female insert

5 female contacts 6 mm2

3RK1 911-2BE30

Straight e.g. for power supply on motor starter One cable-end connector hood with PG 16

One female insert

5 female contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BR50

One cable-end connector hood with PG 16

One female insert

5 female contacts 4 mm2

3RK1 911-2BR10

One cable-end connector hood with PG 16

One female insert

5 female contacts 6 mm2

3RK1 911-2BR30

Connector set for power loop-through connection HanQ4/2 2.5 mm² / 4 mm² / 6 mm²,comprising: Angled e.g. for connection P&CM One coupling enclosure with PG 16

One male insert

5 male contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BF60

One coupling enclosure with PG 16

One male insert

5 male contacts 4 mm2

3RK1 911-2BF20

One coupling enclosure with PG 16

One male insert

5 male contacts 6 mm2

3RK1 911-2BF40

Straight e.g. for connection on power T terminal connector One coupling enclosure with PG 16

One male insert

5 male contacts 2.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BS60

One coupling enclosure with PG 16

One male insert

5 male contacts 4 mm2

3RK1 911-2BS20

One coupling enclosure with PG 16

One male insert

5 male contacts 6 mm2

3RK1 911-2BS40

Control cabinet gland HanQ4/2 e.g. for installation in control cabinets or local switchboxes

3RK1 911-1BF00

Power T terminal connector For 400 V AC for connection of feeders (e.g. motor starters) by means of standard round cable at any point of the power bus, by insulation piercing method Use of preassembled bus segments • 2.5 mm² / 4 mm²

3RK1 911-2BF01

• 4 mm² / 6 mm²

3RK1 911-2BF02

Power double T terminal connector For 400 V AC for connection of feeders (e.g. motor starters) by means of standard round cable at any point of the power bus, by insulation piercing method Use of preassembled bus segments Connection of two motor starters possible • 4 mm² / 6 mm²

3RK1 911-2BG02

Gasket set (comprising 2 seals) For power T / power double T terminal connector

9

• For power cables with Ø 10 to 13 mm

3RK1 911-5BA00

• For power cables with Ø 13 to 16 mm

3RK1 911-5BA10

• For power cables with Ø 16 to 19 mm

3RK1 911-5BA20

• For power cables with Ø 19 to 22 mm

3RK1 911-5BA30

• Blanking plugs

3RK1 911-5BA50

Connector set for motor connection Han10e • Unshielded • One coupling enclosure with PG 13, low

One male insert

6 male contacts 1.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BK00

• One coupling enclosure with PG 21, high

One male insert

6 male contacts 1.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BL00

One female insert

6 female contacts 1.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BM00

• One cable-end conn. hood with PG 21, high One female insert

6 female contacts 1.5 mm2

3RK1 911-2BN00

One male insert

7 male contacts 3 × 2.5 mm2 + 4 × 0.75 mm2

3RK1 911-2BL10

One female insert

7 female contacts 3 × 2.5 mm2 + 4 × 0.75 mm2

3RK1 911-2BN10

Connection on motor • One cable-end conn. hood with PG 16, low • Shielded Outgoing feeder on motor starter • One coupling enclosure with M25 Connection on motor including star bridge • One cable-end connector hood with M25

9/24

Siemens IK PI · 2007

ECOFAST System

Accessories

Communication

■ Selection and Ordering data (continued) Version

Order No.

Data T piece for 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltages (switched and non-switched) and PROFIBUS DP • for Cu RS485

3RK1 911-2AG00

• for fiber-optic cable

3RK1 911-2AH00

Addressing plug for setting the PROFIBUS DP address

6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0

ECOFAST bus termination plug connector for PROFIBUS DP • pack of one

6GK1 905-0DA10

• pack of 5

6GK1 905-0DA00

Installation

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

Mounting bracket for ECOFAST for motor starters on motors with mounted insert

3RK1 911-3AA00

Miscellaneous accessories

■ Selection and Ordering data Version

Order No.

Crimping tool for contact pins and sockets

3RK1 902-0AH00

• 1.5 and 2.5 mm2

3RK1 902-0CT00

2

3RK1 902-0AJ00

• 1.5, 2.5 to 4 mm

Disassembly tool for contact pins and sockets for 9-pole inserts (e.g. HAN Q8) Sealing cap for power sockets

3RK1 902-0CK00

• one unit per package

3RK1 902-0CJ00

• ten units per package

3RK1 911-0BN20

Interface cable for transmitting configuration data to an ECOFAST starter for AS-Interface for connection of a programming device/PC with motor starter ES 2006 to an ECOFAST starter

3RK1 911-2AM00

Test plug set for testing the motor starter without a communication link (manual operation)

3RK1 902-0AH00

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9

9/25

ECOFAST System

Software

ECOFAST ES

■ Overview ECOFAST ES provides the following advantages: • Graphic user interface for selecting and interconnecting stations on the power bus • The components are identified down to the unique order number and entered in parts/quantity lists • Automatic interface and function testing by means of logic rules (e.g. motor braking units, selectivity, etc.) • Cable characteristics and laying specifications are taken into account in the calculation • Plug-in connections are adapted automatically • Division of projects into levels of hierarchy is possible • The software finally calculates and checks the configuration according to currently valid rules and state of the art • If necessary, an error list with hints for possible solutions (online help) can be output • The configuration can be optimized automatically • Choice of German, English and French as operating language ECOFAST ES for configuring, calculating and documenting of applications.

ECOFAST ES configuration tool The ECOFAST system is an open and innovative system solution for distributed applications and sets new standards in equipping machines and plants for automation, low-voltage controlgear and drives. The system therefore offers a high degree of safety and availability during operation in addition to high time and cost savings during planning and commissioning/installation. The convenient ECOFAST ES configuring software reduces configuring times even further and enables reliable configuring right from the start. ECOFAST ES reduces errors and effort during configuring, calculating and documenting of applications.

System requirements ECOFAST ES V1.4 supports all standard PCs with the Windows operating system. Minimum hardware and software requirements need to be met to work with ECOFAST ES V1.4; efficient operation is possible with the recommended values. System requirements

Minimum

Operating system (with service pack)

Windows 2000 or Windows XP Professional

Recommended

Processor

Pentium 800 MHz

Pentium 1000 MHz1)

• Resolution

1024 x 768

1280 x 1024

• Colors, number

256

True Color

Main memory

512 MB RAM

> 512 MB RAM

Free space on hard disk

At least 50 MB 2)

CD-ROM drive 3)

Yes, for the installation of ECOFAST ES V1.4

Graphics cards

1) More powerful platforms may be necessary when working with options. 2) Additional free space recommended, e.g. for swap-out file. 3) CD-ROM drive not required for using ECOFAST ES V1.4.

9

■ Ordering data ECOFAST ES, Basic Package V1.4 Graphical configuration tool for SIRIUS drive solutions • Operator guidance for selection of distributed products • Power design in accordance with relevant standards • Documentation, parts lists, quantity lists • Operating languages: German, English, French Delivered as CD, single license

9/26

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Order No. 3ZS1 200-0CC14-0YA0

ECOFAST System

Software

ES motor starters

■ Overview Switch ES motor starter is used for start-up, parameterization, diagnostics, documentation and for preventative maintenance of the High Feature motor starters of the SIMATIC ET 200S and ECOFAST product families. Interfacing is performed • either via the serial device interface (applies to ET 200S / ECOFAST) or • with PROFIBUS DP V1 capable motor starters from any point in PROFIBUS (for ECOFAST). Using Switch ES motor starter, the communication-capable motor starters are easily parameterized during start-up, monitored during normal operation and successfully diagnosed for service purposes. Preventative maintenance is supported by a function for reading out diverse statistical data (e.g. operating hours, operating cycles, cut-off currents, etc.). The user is supported during these procedures with comprehensive Help functions and plain text displays. ES motor starter for parametrization, monitoring, diagnostics and testing of ECOFAST motor starters

Switch ES motor starter can either be used as a stand-alone program or it can be integrated into STEP 7 V5.1 SP3 upwards via an object manager. The following components are required for a serial connection: ET200S High Feature motor starters: • 2 DI 24 V DC COM control module 3RK1 903-0CH10 • LOGO! PC cable 6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0 ET 200pro motor starter: • RS 232 interface cable 3RK1 922-2BP00 ECOFAST High Feature motor starters (interface cable): • PC cable 3RK1 911-0BN20

9

Siemens IK PI · 2007

9/27

ECOFAST System

Software

ES motor starters

■ Ordering data Soft Starter ES 2006 Smart Single license, comprising • ES Motor Starter for parameterizing, monitoring, diagnosing and testing the ECOFAST Motor Starters, SIMATIC ET 200S High Feature Starters and SIMATIC ET 200pro Motor Starters over a serial connection - with Online Help German/English selectable - Operating system: Windows 2000/XP • System requirements: - Cable for serial communication through a serial interface - CD-ROM drive

Order No. 3ZS1 310-1CC10-0YA0

Control module 2DI DC 24 V 3RK1 903-0CH10 COM Digital input module with 2 inputs for local motor starter functions for mounting onto the front of motor starters Operatinal voltage 24 V DC (supplied from U1), short-circuit proof, floating contact with serial interface for connecting to ES Motor Starter Connected using LOGO! PC cable, max. cable length (out and back) 50 m

Motor Starter ES 2006 3ZS1 310-2CC10-0YA0 Professional Single license, comprising • ES Motor Starter for parameterizing, monitoring, diagnosing and testing the ECOFAST Motor Starters, SIMATIC ET 200S High Feature Starters and SIMATIC ET 200pro Motor Starters over PROFIBUS DP or a serial connection - with Online Help German/English selectable - Operating system: Windows 2000/XP • STEP7 Object Manager (OM) For integrating the ECOFAST starter as S7 slave in SIMATIC S7 For calling ES Motor Starter from STEP 7 Motor Starter ES 2006 Professional Upgrade Single license, comprising • Upgrade from Switch ES Motor Starter 2004 or ES Motor Starter Smart 2005 to ES Motor Starter 2006 Professional

9

Order No. Accessories for ET 200S High Feature Motor Starters

LOGO! PC cable For connecting the high feature motor starter with ES Motor Starter interface to a PC

6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0

Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters RS 232 interface cable For serial data connection between an ET 200pro motor starter and a laptop/PC/PG

3RK1 922-2BP00

Accessories for ECOFAST High Feature Motor Starters (interface cable) PC cable

3RK1 911-0BN20

3ZS1 310-2CC10-0YE0

Documentation

■ Selection and Ordering data Documentation can be downloaded from the Internet. http://support.automation.siemens.com

7 9/28

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix

10/2

Abbreviations, Explanations

10/17

Training

10/19

Software “Quick Start”

10/20

Standards and approbations

10/21

Quality management

10/22

Siemens contacts worldwide

10/23

Siemens Solution Partner Automation and Power Distribution

10/24

Information and Ordering in the Internet and on CD-ROM

10/25

Customer Support

10/27

Safety of electronic devices

10/28

Software Licenses

10/29

Index

10/33

Ordering data summary

10/37

Fax order form

10/38

Conditions of sale and delivery Export regulations

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations

10

Term

Meaning

Definition

1 100BaseFX

—

Fast Ethernet Standard for data transmission on glass fiber-optic cables

100BaseT

—

Fast Ethernet Standard

100BaseVG

—

A specification for 100 Mbit/s networks. This is based on the demand priority access procedure which is totally incompatible to CSMA/CD. 100BaseVG is also specified for telephone cable (voice grade). 100BaseVG has never been able to penetrate the market.

10Base2

—

Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on thin coaxial cables; segment length 185 m

10Base5

—

Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on coaxial cables (yellow cable); segment length 500 m

10BaseFL

—

Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on glass fiber cables (fiber link)

10BaseT

—

Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on twisted pair cables

A Access Point

—

Wireless LANs can be connected to wire-bound Ethernet networks through Access Point. The device can also be used to extend the range of individual wireless LAN components.

ACL

Access Control List

List of MAC addresses that are authorized to access the radio network

Ad-hoc network

—

Radio link between individual devices (point-to-point)

AES

Advanced Encryption Standard

Powerful encoding mechanism in radio networks to protect against eavesdropping and unauthorized access

Actuator

—

Controlling element

Aerial diversity

—

Method according to which a radio receiver is equipped with two antennae and can select the better signal from the two signals received

ALI

Application Layer Interface

Interface for the application layer; it maps the interface of an application process into the standardized interface of the application layer and vice versa.

Antenna gain

—

Improvement (passive!) of the antenna range thanks to a suitable design as compared to an isotropic radiator

AP

Automation Protocol

Automation protocol. Layers 5 to 7 of the ISO reference model

ASIC

Application Specific Integrated Circuit

Application-specific IC

AS-Interface

Actuator-Sensor Interface

Network for the direct connection of simple binary sensors and actuators (transmission of low information volumes)

ASPC 2

Advanced Siemens PROFIBUS ASIC used in master modules of the PROFIBUS interfaces for Controller der 2. Generation transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s

Atex

—

Approval for explosion-proof areas

ATM

Asynchronus Transfer Mode

Technique in which data traffic is transmitted in smaller packages of fixed length by means of asynchronous time-division multiplexing

AUI

Attachment Unit Interface

Interface in accordance with IEEE 802.3

Autocrossover

—

Function enables automatic crossing of send and receive lines at twisted-pair interfaces.

Autonegotiation

—

Configuration protocol in Fast Ethernet. Devices on the network agree a transmission mode before data transmission starts which each unit is able to handle (100 Mbit/s or 10 Mbit/s, full duplex or half duplex).

Autosensing

—

Ability of a device to automatically detect the data transmission rate (10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s) and to send and receive at this rate.

AWG

American Wire Gauge

US standard also known as Brown & Sharp (B&S) Wire Gauge. It specifies the diameter of copper conductors.

10/2

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

B BERO

—

Proximity switch

BFOC

Bayonett Fiber Optic Connector

Standardized connector for glass fiber optic cables with bayonet lock; also referred to as "ST" (see ST connector)

BRECV

—

Block-oriented receipt of data

Bridge

—

A network component which interconnects network segments. It ensures that local data traffic remains local, i.e. data packages are only passed on if they are addressed to a node in another segment. Faults within a network segment remain restricted to the respective segment. In contrast to switches, bridges are only able to handle one data flow at any point in time. Bridges are no longer relevant in the market place.

Broadcast

Series of messages in a computer network

Message in which data packets are transmitted from one point to all nodes in a network

BSEND

—

Block-oriented sending of data

Burst

—

Temporary increased network loading due to a data surge or alarm avalanche

C Category-x Components

—

Cabling components are divided into different categories depending on their transmission properties. Different physical limit values (e.g. maximum signal attenuation at a defined transmission frequency) are determined for the individual categories. Category 3: data transfer up to 16 MHz Category 4: data transfer up to 20 MHz Category 5: data transfer up to 100 MHz Category 6: data transfer up to 200 MHz (standard design)

CBA

Component Based Automation Supports modularization in mechanical and plant engineering through the plant-wide, graphical grouping of distributed applications. Component Based automation based on the PROFInet standard of PNO.

CC

Central controller

—

CD

Compact Disc

—

CHAP

Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol

Authentication protocol

CLI

Command Line Interface

Alphanumeric command interface for parameterization and diagnostics via a serial interface or TELNET

CLID

Calling Line Identification

Service features

Client/Server Communication

Principle of connection setup

The network node that sets up a connection is called the client. A server, on the other hand, is the node to which a connection is established.

CM

—

Cable for use in buildings in accordance with Section 800-53(d) of NEC. Flames do not spread upward from the cable through the cable tray in the vertical tray flame test specified in UL 1685, "Vertical-Tray Fire-Propagation and Smoke Release Test for Electrical and OpticalFiber Cables".

CMIP

Common Management Information Protocol

—

CMIS

Common Management Information Service

—

CMX

—

Cable for use in buildings where the lines or cables are enclosed in a wiring duct or in a non-combustible hose. Unprotected length of lines or cables must not exceed 3 meters. CMX cable is allowed to bear the "Outdoor" marking. This cable meets the VW-1 Flame Test Requirements as laid down in UL 1581.

CoL

Certificate of License

License certificate that is included in the scope of supply of a software product and documents the legal ownership of a software license

10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/3

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

C Collision domain

—

To guarantee the function of the collision access method CSMA/CD, the runtime of a data packet from one station to another must be restricted. During this runtime, there is a spatially limited expansion of the network dependent on the transfer rate, the so-called collision domain. In the 10 Mbit/s Ethernet this is 4520 m and in the Fast Ethernet 412 m. Several collision domains can be interconnected through bridges/ switches. Full duplex enables expansions beyond a collision domain.

COM/DCOM

Component Object Model / Distributed Component Object Model

COM is an elemental object model. It permits an object to make its functionality available to other components. DCOM is an extension of COM for communication via a network.

CP

Communications Processor

Interface module for communications tasks

CPU

Central Processing Unit

For example, for SIMATIC S5/S7

CSD

Circuit Switched Data

Modem operation

CSMA/CD

Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Detection

Collision access procedure for Industrial Ethernet bus systems to IEEE 802.3

D DA

Destination Address

—

Data objects

—

Programming representation of the EIB bus nodes for the EIB configuring software ETS 2. Data objects can be interconnected and represent the status of EIB bus nodes. A bus node can comprise several data objects.

dBi

—

Unit for achieving an antenna gain as compared to an isotropic omni-directional antenna

DCP

Discovery and Basic Configuration

Defines the assignment of the IP parameters with vendor-specific configuration/programming tools or in plant-wide engineering, e.g. in the PROFINET configuration editor

DDE

Dynamic Data Exchange

Windows interface

DDL

Direct Data Link

—

DDLM

Direct Data Link Mapper

— Forseeable data traffic and defined response times over a radio link

Determinism

10

DHCP

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

De facto standard for assigning dynamic IP addresses

Diversity

—

Radio receiver with two antennas for selecting the strongest signal

DLL

Dynamic Link Library

A collection of functions available to two or more programs, but which are only loaded once into memory (Windows/Windows NT feature).

DLPI

Data Link Protocol Interface

—

Domain services

—

An application service group which contains services for downloading/uploading of logically related memory areas.

DP

Distributed I/Os

Input/output modules used in the distributed arrangement by the CPU. The link between programmable controller and distributed I/Os can be through the PROFIBUS DP bus system.

DPRAM

Dual Port Random Access Memory

—

DSSS

Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum

Spread spectrum transmission process (IEEE 802.11b)

10/4

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

E (E)DP

Data processing

Previously also referred to as Electronic Data Processing (EDP)

EIB

European Installation Bus

Registered trademark of the European Installation Bus Association, Brussels

EIRP

Equivalent isotropic radiated power

The transmission power that would be required for an isotropic radiator to transmit with the same amount of power as a different antenna in a specific direction. An isotropic radiator is a theoretical antenna that radiates in all directions equally (isotropic) and is received as infinitively small.

ELS

Electrical Lean Switch

Electrical network components for Industrial Ethernet with switching function

E-Mail

Electronic Mail

Electronic mail for data transmission between computers, mobile telephones and pagers. E-mails can be sent by the user or automatically generated.

EMC

Electromagnetic Compatibility —

ER

Expansion Rack

Expansion component for SIMATIC

ERP

Enterprise Resource Planning

Term for systems and software solutions which coordinate the business process and help with planning, e.g. SAP R3, Peoplesoft, BAAN.

ERTEC

Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller

The Industrial Ethernet ASIC is a high-performance Ethernet controller optimized for PROFINET with integrated switch functionality and processor

ESD

Electro static discharge

Voltage resistance

ESM

Electrical Switch Module

Electrical network components for Industrial Ethernet with switching functions from SIMATIC NET.

EU

Expansion unit

—

Ex

Intrinsically safe protective measure to DIN EN 50 020

Appropriately marked modules may also be used within hazardous areas. (Regulations must be observed!)

F FastConnect

—

Fast connection system

FB

Function Block

—

FC

Function Call

FDDI

Fiber Distributed Data Interface

High-speed network standardized by ANSI for data transmission over a range of up to 100 km with a bit rate of 100 Mbit/s. Double glass fiber cables are used as the transmission medium.

FDL

Fieldbus Data Link

Layer 2 with PROFIBUS; it comprises the field bus link control (FLC) and medium access control (MAC).

FDX

Full Duplex

Capability of a device for sending and receiving data at the same time. In the case of full duplex, collision detection is deactivated. A full duplex capable device is able to buffer data packets.

Fetch

—

Fetching data from remote stations

FHSS

Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum

Frequency hopping spread spectrum process used by 802.11b and Bluetooth

Filtering

—

A switch filters data traffic depending on the source and destination addresses in a data packet. An incoming data packet is routed by the switch to the port to which the data terminal with the appropriate destination address is connected.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/5

10

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

F FIFO principle

—

The transmission from telecontrol systems is implemented independently of the respective priority

FIM

Field Interface Module

—

Firewall

—

One or more computers which permit or block access to data on interconnected networks in accordance with prescribed security restrictions.

FM

—

US certificate for installing devices in hazardous areas (Factory Mutual Research)

FMS

Fieldbus Message Specification

Upper sublayer of Layer 7 with PROFIBUS; it encompasses the functions: protocol machine, generation of PDUs, coding/ decoding and interpretation of the protocol data unit.

FO

Fiber Optic

FOC

Fiber optic cable

Automatic roaming upon interruption of the radio link

Forced Roaming

10

Flexible optical media/fibers of glass or plastic which allow controlled conducting of light

FRNC

Flame Retardent Non-Corrosive

Flame-retardant, halogen-free cladding material for a cable

FTS

Driverless transport system

Moving, driverless machine components

Full Duplex

—

Capability of a device for sending and receiving data at the same time. In the case of full duplex, collision detection is deactivated.

Functional ground

—

Function for internal ground-fault detection; also provides protection against dangerous touch voltages

G Gateway

—

Intelligent connection between a local network and an external network with a completely different structure

GHz

Gigaherz

Unit of measurement for indicating frequencies, e.g. 2.4 GHz

GP

General Purpose

A UL listing (safety standard) for power cables is required specifically for the U.S. and Canadian market. The requirements for an approval are based on the location of the relevant cable in the building. This applies to all cables which must be laid from a machine to a remote control cabinet and run over cable racks affixed to the building.

GPRS

General Packet Radio Service A packet of networking mobile communications services based on GSM channels. GPRS enables fast communication at high transmission speeds and is interesting above all for mobile Internet access.

GPS

Global Positioning System

Satellite-supported system for determining the position of a GPS receiver. A GPS receiver can be localized without doubt using three of the total of 24 satellites. GPS receivers are typically integrated in navigation systems.

GRP

Glass-fiber reinforced plastic

—

GSD

General Station Description

A GSD contains an XML-based description of the properties of I/O devices, such as communication parameters as well as the number and type of and configuration data, parameters and diagnostic information for modules

GSM

Global System for Mobile Communication

Global standard for mobile communication

10/6

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

High availability communication

High availability redundant communication with SIMATIC S7-H systems

HCS

—

Trademark of Spectran Specialty Optics

HDX

Half Duplex

A device can either receive or send data at a given time.

HMI

Human Machine Interface

Operator control and process monitoring products/systems from Siemens

HTB

Communication function block HTB are standard function blocks that allow data transfer between boards outfitted with page frame addresses.

HTML

Hypertext Markup Language

Descriptive language for World Wide Web pages

HTTP

Hypertext Transfer Protocol

Transmission protocol for Web pages in the Internet

Hub

—

Active network components with repeater functional scope, synonym for star coupler

Internet Control Message Protocol

In addition to the Internet Protocol (IP), there are further protocols available on the Internet level. One of them is ICMP; it serves to exchange error and information messages with IP, TCP, and UDP protocols. ICMP packets are always sent as IP datagram. This is for the purpose of informing the hosts about more favorable routes, to inform about routing problems, or to interrupt connections due to problems in the data network. The commands ping and traceroute are based on ICMP. The ICMP messages are divided into two classes: error messages and information messages.

IE

Industrial Ethernet

Cell network to the IEEE 802.3 international standard (Ethernet), designed for industrial applications

IEC

International Electrotechnical Commission

—

IEEE

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

—

IEEE 802

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

LAN/WAN standards committee

IEEE 802.11

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

Standard for radio networks in the 2.4 GHz range with Baud rates up to 2 Mbit/s.

IEEE 802.11a

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

Standard for radio networks in the 5 GHz range with data transmission rates up to 54 Mbit/s.

IEEE 802.11b

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

Standard for radio networks in the 2.4 GHz range with Baud rates up to 11 Mbit/s.

IEEE 802.11g

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

Standard for 2.4 GHz radio networks with transmission rates of up to 54 Mbit/s. Downward-compatible to IEEE 802.11b.

IEEE 802.11i

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

Expanded safety architecture for the 802.11 standard, valid for IEEE 802.11a/b/g; includes TKIP and AES

IEEE 802.3

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

Ethernet working group

IEEE 802.3af

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

Standard that defines the transmission of energy and data via a line (see Power-over-Ethernet)

IEEE 802.3u

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

Fast Ethernet working group

IGMP

Internet Group Management Protocol

Protocol for load limitation when using multicast-based protocols, e.g. in the case of video monitoring

ILM

Infrared Link Module

Infrared network components

IM

Interface Module

—

INA

Intel Network Architecture

—

H H Communication

I ICMP

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/7

10

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

I instabus

—

instabus® is a registered trademark of Siemens AG which members of the "Insta Association" are also authorized to use

Intrinsically safe

—

Ex protection measure according to DIN

I/O

Input/output

—

IO controller

PROFINET I/O controller in which the automation program executes

IO device

Distributed field device allocated to an I/O controller

IO supervisor

Programming device/PC with commissioning and diagnostic functions for PROFINET I/O

IP

Internet Work Protocol

On its own, the IP protocol is without connections and invalid. The most important data is the unique IP address. The data blocks are sent independently to the target computer whereby no agreement is made between IP and the target computer. An end-to-end error check is not performed. Telegrams can arrive in a different sequence from the sequence in which they were sent. TCP is responsible for rearranging them in the correct sequence. Monitoring function for IP connections

IP Alive IPX

—

Protocols of ISO-layers 1 to 4

IP20

—

Device protection class; protected against finger touch and intrusion of solid foreign bodies with a diameter larger than 12 mm; no particular protection against water

IP30

—

Device protection class; protected against contact with tools, wires, etc. with a diameter larger than 2.5 mm and against intrusion of solid foreign bodies with a diameter larger than 2.5 mm; no particular protection against water

IP65

—

Device protection class; complete shock-hazard protection and protection against intrusion of dust; water jet-proof from any directions

IRT

Isochronous Real-Time

Deterministic and isochronous real-time PROFINET communication for the highly sophisticated demands of, for example, motion control applications. Cycle times under 1 ms can be achieved through the use of appropriate hardware.

ISA

Industry Standard Architecture —

ISDN

Integrated Services Digital Network

—

ISM-Band

Industrial, Scientific and Medical-Band

Frequency band that can be used without a license

ISO

International Organization for Standardization

—

ISP

Internet Service Provider

—

10

10/8

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

Information Technology with e-mail and web technology at Siemens

Acquisition, conditioning, transmission, distribution, utilization and processing of information

ITP (Category 5)

Industrial Twisted Pair

Highly efficient, shielded, twisted pair cable for universal applications (international cabling standard ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173)

IVM

Java Virtual Machine

Java is a platform-independent, object-oriented programming language similar to C++. The Java compiler does not create a native machine code, however, but a byte code which has to be interpreted. This is done with the help of the Java Virtual Machine.

IWLAN

Industrial Wireless LAN

Radio network with deterministic features and redundancy added to the IEEE 802.11 standard for process-critical (e.g. alarm messages) and non-critical data (e.g. service and diagnostics)

Konnex (EN 50 090, ANSI EIA 776)

Universal bus system for all building management systems; KNX was developed by the Konnex Association based on the EIB (European Installation Bus)

L LAN

Local Area Network

—

Load decoupling

—

Due to filtering, a switch ensures that local data traffic remains local. Local net loading of a segment is decoupled from the remainder of the network.

Layer-3 routing

—

Communication between different IP subnets

Layer 3 switching

—

Function for Layer 3-based communication between different IP subnets. The term IP routing is also sometimes used.

LED

Light Emitting Diode

—

Link check

—

Cyclic monitoring of a radio link

Link class

—

In the link class, the quality of a complete connection (link) is described from the active components to the data terminal (patch cable, patch field, installation cable, connection sockets, connecting cable). This link must comply with the values specified in the standard for structured cabling ISO/IEC 1180. Contrary to this is the specification according to "categories" where only product requirements are defined, e.g. category 5 cable.

LLC

Logical Link Control

Standardized network protocol

LLI

Lower Layer Interface

Part of layer 7 with PROFIBUS, in which layer 7 services are mapped onto layer 2 services

L2TP

Layer 2 Tunnelling Protocol

—

I IT

K KNX

10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/9

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations

10

Term

Meaning

Definition

M MAC

Media Access Control

Bus access control

MAN

Metropolitan Area Network

Data network with the geographical range of a town

MAP

Manufacturing Automation Protocol

International standard for automation protocols

Media redundancy

—

Redundancy in the network infrastructure (cable and active components such as OLM or OSM/ORM)

MIB

Management Information Base

File for the creation of device profiles; SNMP-capable devices, for instance, can be integrated in the OPC configuration by loading MIBs to the SMI V1 and SMI V2 standard beginning STEP 7 V5.4

MMS

Manufacturing Message Specification

User interface of MAP

Mono-protocol

—

Data can only be transferred through one protocol

MPI

Multi Point Interface

Multipoint-capable interface for SIMATIC S7

Multipath propagation

—

Reflections of a radio wave from different objects in the room. Thus the radio wave arrives at the receiver with varying intensity and propagation time

Multicast

—

In the world of telephone communication, multicast or a group call designates the transmission of a message from one point to a group (also referred to as a multi-point connection). The advantage of multicasting is that information can be transferred simultaneously to multiple nodes or to a closed node group without the sender's bandwidth being multiplied by the number of recipients.

Multiplex function

—

The multiplex function (with OP communication) increases the number of connectable OPs on a SIMATIC S7-300

Multi-protocol

—

Data can be transferred through up to two protocols.

N NC

Numerical Control

Numerical control for machine tools

NCM

Network and Communication Management

Generic term for SIMATIC management products

N dimension

—

Equipment installation dimension for distribution systems in the electrical installation

NDIS

Network Driver Interface Specification

Microsoft and 3Com interface

NEC

National Electrical Code

UL guideline for laying cables in buildings

NFS

Network File System

Sun program package

NIC

Network Interface Card

—

NTP

Network Time Protocol

Standardized protocol for the synchronization of clocks in computer systems via communication networks

O ODI

—

NOVELL interface

OFDM

Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex

Modulation procedure with 802.11a

OLE

Object Linking and Embedding

Central architectural principle of Windows for generating and editing documents containing objects generated by different applications

OLM

Optical Link Module

Network component, versions for PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet

10/10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

O omnidirectional

Definition Antennas with radiation patterns both in the direction of 360 degrees and in the elevation level

OP

Operator Panel

—

OPC

OLE for Process Control

Standard interface for access to process data

OPC DA

OPC Data Access

Standard for Ethernet-based access to data from measuring and control devices, finding OPC servers, and simple browsing in the names spaces of OPC servers using client/server communication

OPC DX

OPC Data Exchange

Standard for Ethernet-based exchange of non-time-critical user data between automation systems from different manufacturers using server-to-server communication

OSM

Optical Switch Module

Network components for Industrial Ethernet with switch functional scope

P PA

Process Automation

Protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically safe transmission system to IEC 61158-2

PAP

Password Authentication Protocol

—

PAN

Personal Area Network

Comparable to an ad hoc network; for networking individual small devices within a small area.

PCF

Polymere Cladded Fiber

—

PCI

Peripheral Component Interconnect

Backplane bus in personal computers

PCMCIA

Personal Computer, Memory Card, International Association

Standard for PC plug-in cards (credit card size). PCMCIA cards (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association) are used above all for input/output operations (e.g. modem) or memory expansions.

PCS 7

—

Process control system from Siemens

PDU

Protocol Data Unit

—

PG

Programming device

—

PI

Program Invocation

Communication object

PLC

Programmable Logic Controller

—

PN

PROFINET

Standard defined by the PROFIBUS User Organization for the implementation of component based automation

PNO

PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation Organization for PROFIBUS users and vendors e.V.

PoE, Power-over-Ethernet

—

Transmission of energy and data over one line

POF

Polymere Optic Fiber

—

Polling

—

Addressed polling in centrally oriented data networks with polling mode. A poll is the command issued to a specific station to send messages. Thus the poll sequences control the data flow.

POP

Point of Presence

Dial-in node for an Internet service provider

PP

Push Button Panel

—

PPM

Parts Per Million

—

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/11

10

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

Point-to-Point Tunnelling Protocol

—

PROFIBUS

Process Field Bus

International field bus standard according to EN 50 170/IEC 61158

PROFIBUS DP

—

Protocol profile according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 for process or field communication for fast, cyclic data exchange with field devices

PROFIBUS PA

—

Protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically safe transmission system to IEC 61158-2

PROFIdrive

—

PROFIBUS protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP, driven engineering profile (version 3, clock synchronization)

Profil

—

Definition of options and parameters supplementing the norm, e.g. PROFIBUS profile

PROFINET

—

Standard of the organization of PROFIBUS users (PNO), which defines a cross-vendor communications and engineering model

PROFINET device

—

One device on Ethernet is a PROFInet device. A PROFInet device can also have a PROFIBUS interface as a master and proxy PROFInet device.

PROFINET device with proxy functionality

—

A PROFInet device that takes on the role of the master with regard to PROFInet devices. This makes it possible to link PROFIBUS slaves into the PROFInet communication. If the device has a local (internal) PROFIBUS, it has the role of DP master with regard to the local DP slaves.

Protocol

—

Procedure for data transmission. This procedure specifies the message formats as well as the data flow during transmission.

Proxy

—

Representative object in the object model which displays the PROFINET view on a field device or group of field devices. On the Ethernet, the proxy is a representative for one or more PROFIBUS devices

Process or field communication

—

The process or field communication serves to connect actuators/sensors to a CPU

PUR

Polyurethan

—

Q Quick Start

—

This comprises a CD-ROM that contains application examples that can be loaded and then modified.

Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service

Access control via the server

RAM

Random Access Memory

—

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

IM IEEE-802.1w standardspecified configuration protocol

The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol represents further development of the Spanning Tree Protocols (STP). It serves to avoid redundant network paths (loops) in the LAN, particularly when using switches; the reconfiguration time lies within a range of from 2 to 3 seconds.

RBC

Remote Base Controller

—

RegTP

—

Regulatory authority for telecommunication in Germany

RJ45

Symmetrical connector for data This is also known as a western connector or a western plug. cables This is a widely used plug connector in telephone and ISDN technology which is used in LAN installations in the office environment.

P PPTP

R RADIUS

10

10/12

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

R RM

Redundancy manager

Function for monitoring the network; the RM detects the failure of a transmission link in the ring or of a switch and activates the substitute link within no more than 0.3 seconds

RMON

Remote Monitoring

Function for network administration, e.g. collecting of statistical information

Roaming

—

Free movement of Wireless LAN stations even beyond the boundaries of the radio cell of an access point. The station can change from one radio cell to the next without any noticeable interruption.

R-SMA

—

Reverse SMA, connector for antenna with IWLAN

RSTP

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol is the further development of the Spanning Tree Protocols (STP). The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) serves the avoidance of redundant network paths (loops) in the LAN, particularly in switched environments; the reconfiguration time lies within a range of 2 to 3 seconds.

RT

Real-Time

Real-time communication with PROFINET

S SA

Source Address

—

SAP

Service Access Point

Service access point: An interface allowing the user to access services of the lower layer

SAPI

Simple Application Programmers Interface

—

SC connection system

—

Standardized plug-in connection for glass fiber optic cable

SC RJ connection system —

Standardized plug-in connection for fiber optic cable, e.g.for POF and PCF-FOC

SDA service

Send Data with Acknowledge (free Layer 2 access)

Sending of acknowledged Layer 2 services

SDN

Send Data with No Acknowledge (free Layer 2 access)

Sending of unacknowledged layer 2 services (broadcast multicast)

SFB

System Function Block

A System Function Block (SFB) is a function block that is integrated in the S7 CPU. System function blocks are part of the operating system, so they are not loaded as part of the program. SFBs are blocks with “memory”. Instance data blocks must also be generated for SFBs and loaded into the CPU as part of the program

SFC

System function calls

System functions calls which are integrated in the CPU operating system, e.g. timer functions or block transfer

SFM

System error message concept — of SIMATIC

Shared LAN

—

All components in a shared LAN share the nominal data transmission rate. Shared LANs are built up with repeaters/hubs.

Signal run time

—

The time that a data packet requires on its way through the network

Slot time

—

Time elapsing between transmission of a call and reception of an answer or acknowledgment

SM

Signal Module

Digital input module for SIMATIC

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/13

10

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

S SMTP

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

Transmission protocol for e-mail

SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol

Communication protocol for the integration of stations through the network in a network management station

SNTP

Simple Network Time Protocol Standardized protocol for the synchronization of clocks in computer systems via communication networks

Socket interface

Standard communication for Industrial Ethernet

This facilitates data communication with computers through TCP/IP. Users are able to freely program their own protocols on this interface which is widely used in the PC and UNIX world. The SEND/RECEIVE blocks are used as access to TCP/IP in SIMATIC S7.

SOFTNET

—

Software based on simple communications modules

SP

Service Packs

Internet data which can be downloaded free of cost.

Spanning Tree Protocol

In the IEEE-802.1d standard specified configuration protocoll by Bridges

The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to eliminate loops in meshed networks. The reconfiguration time lies in a range of around 30 seconds.

SPC

Siemens PROFIBUS Controller —

S/STP

Screened Shielded Twisted Pair

With this cable type, the individually twisted pairs of a twisted pair cable are wrapped with a film shield. The two individually shielded wire pairs are then surrounded by a common woven copper shield.

Stand-by function

—

Function for the redundant interfacing of network segments, for example for interfacing redundant ring structures

STP

Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d Standard)

The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to eliminate loops in meshed networks. The reconfiguration time lies in a range of around 30 seconds.

ST connector

Straight tip connector

Standardized connector for glass fiber optic cables with bayonet lock (ST = registered trademark of AT&T); see BFOC

Switching

—

Establishing several links between the ports simultaneously. These links are established dynamically and temporarily in accordance with the data traffic.

SWR

Standing Wave Ratio

Standing Wave Ratio, ration of the radiated energy from the antenna to the energy that is reflected from the antenna to the radio module

S0 interface

—

Basic ISDN interface for connecting data terminal equipment

S7 routing

—

PG/OP communication through different networks

Transport Control Protocol/ Internet Protocol

De-facto standard; protocol for worldwide communication with the Ethernet.

TD

Text Display

—

TF

Technological Functions

Application layer 7 for Industrial Ethernet (contains the user services)

TFTP

Terminal File Transfer Protocol Data transmission standard

T TCP/IP

10

10/14

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

T Thin Client

—

The principle of thin client/server computing is based on the fundamental physical separation of data.

TIA

Totally Integrated Automation

Fully integrated and company-wide system for automation from Siemens for company-wide configuration/programming, data management and communication.

TKIP

Temporal Key Integrity Protocol

Cyclic key change procedure with WLAN

Token

—

The bit pattern with control function in token ring and token bus LANs; it is often the same as a send authorization

Token Passing

—

A collision-free access method, the send authorization (token) circulates between nodes which form a logical ring

Topology

Form of cable arrangement between the nodes

The most important basic types are: • Line • Tree • Ring • Star Any combination of these basic types is possible.

Touchscreen

—

Touch-sensitive screen of the MOBIC, which can detect the position on its surface where it is touched (normally using a stylus) and converts this touch into a required action (similar to the movement of a cursor).

TP

Touch Panel

—

TPC

Transmission power control

Automatic control of the transmission power in the 5GHz band

Trap

—

When certain events occur, such as Link-up or Link-down, the OSM/ESM or MIKE management interface card can issue alarm signals with the corresponding error messages. These alarms are called “traps” in SNMP.

Triaxial cable

—

The SIMATIC NET 727-0 bus cable is based on the coaxial cable specified in the 10base5 standard (IEEE 802.3), but it features a thick aluminum outer cladding to make it suitable for industrial applications.

Twisted Pair

Data cable with twisted wire pairs

The twist in the wire pairs provides good transmission properties and prevents electromagnetic interference. Twisted pair cables are available in different qualities for different transfer rates

U UDP

User Datagram Protocol

Connectionless data transmission, i.e. datagram service that does not guarantee secure transmission. Users must take their own measures to ensure secure transmission. Data is transmitted as a data block. Transmission of data without RFC 1006 is thus possible.

UL

Underwriters Laboratories

Certificate for the US market

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunications System

Standard for mobile voice, audio, image, video and data communication with a transmission rate of up to 2 Mbit/s

URECV

—

Uncoordinated receipt of data

USB

Universal Serial Bus

Standard for connecting peripheral devices. USB (Universal Serial Bus) supports relatively high data transmission rates and can be used to connect several devices to a single computer.

USEND

—

Uncoordinated transmission of data

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/15

10

Appendix Abbreviations, Explanations Term

Meaning

Definition

V Variable Services

—

Application service group; it provides services for processing variables

VLAN

Virtual Local Area Network

Virtual local network within a physical network. A widely used technical implementation of VLANs ist partially defined in the IEEE 802.1Q standard.

VNS

Virtual Network Services

Central security mechanism per user group (Virtual Network Services, VNS) which secures data against unauthorized access and manipulation.

VPN

Virtual Private Network

Technology/network type for the secure transport of confidential data over public IP networks, for example the Internet

W WAN

Wide Area Network

Data network with a diameter of more than 50 km

WDS

Wireless Distribution System

Radio links for connecting the access points for an Extended Service Set (ESS)

WECA

Wireless Ethernet Compatibility Alliance

Association of Wireless LAN products manufacturers that ensure the compatibility of their products through tests

WEP

Wired Equivalent Privacy

WLAN encryption mode

WinCC

—

Open process visualization system for the control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI

Wi-Fi seal

Wireless Fidelity

WECA seal to mark compatible and tested products.

Wireless LAN

—

Wireless local area network

WLAN

The Wireless LAN Association Wireless LAN supplier syndicate for distributing Wireless LAN technology in the network market.

Workflow

—

Workflow systems are used for the structuring and control of work sequences.

WPA

Wi-Fi Protecterd Access

Decoding mechanism in radio networks to protect against eavesdropping and unauthorized access

Write

—

Writing data to remote stations

WS

Workstation

—

WWW

World Wide Web

Multimedia service on the Internet. Distributed hypertext information system on client/server architecture through HTTP protocol

X XML

Extensible Markup Language

Definition of a structured data description

XMP

X/Open Management Protocol —

XTI

UNIX Transport Layer Interface Layer 4 transport layer, standardized under UNIX

X.25

—

Interface between terminal and data transmission equipment for terminals which operate in packet mode in public data networks and are transported through dedicated lines

Z ZI

Cyclic Interface

—

10

10/16

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Training

■ Training is decisive for your success SITRAIN® – the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial Solutions – provides you with comprehensive support when solving your tasks. Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty and full command. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty planning right from the beginning. All in all, this represents an enormous gain for your company: Shortened startup times, optimized plant components, faster troubleshooting, reduced down times. In other words, increased profits and lower costs.

■ The right mixture: Blended learning Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Furthermore, SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruction on the Internet at agreed times. The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning can convey complex topics well, and train networked thinking. Additional effect: Reduced travelling costs and periods of absence through training sequences independent of location and time.

■ The international training portal www.siemens.com/sitrain All training facilities at a glance: Search in the worldwide range of courses at leisure, call up all course dates online, utilize the daily updated display of vacant course spaces – and register directly.

■ Customer comments on Sitrain " ... the good course documents, competence and flexibility convinced me." [Manfred Riek from Festo Systemtechnik, responsible for planning the basic and further training of project engineers] " ... represents effective training, constructive dialogs, and solutions which provide great help." [Günter Niedermaier, electrical design manager at AMT, Aalen, Germany]

■ Contact Visit us in the Internet at: www.siemens.com/sitrain

Top trainers Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess comprehensive didactic experience. Course developers have a direct wire to product development, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers. Practical experience The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for them to pass on theoretical matter in a plausible manner. But since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up to half of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equipment. You feel absolutely certain when trained in this manner.

or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest training catalog from: Course office, Infoline Germany: Tel.: +49 (0)1805 / 23 56 11 (0.12 €/Min) Fax: +49 (0)1805 / 23 56 12

■ Training program for SIMATIC NET The training program for SIMATIC NET gives your employees a necessary overview as well as detailed knowledge of industrial communication. In addition to planning and configuring with SIMATIC NET, training includes the use and programming of SIMATIC NET products as well as commissioning and service. Further information regarding course content, dates and prices as well as current courses for EIB/KNX is available in the Internet at: www.siemens.com/sitrain

10

Wide variety With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train the complete range of A&D products and a large portion of the system solutions from I&S. Telecourses, teach-yourself software and seminars presented on the Web supplement our classical range of courses. Close to our customers The distance is short. You can find us approx. 60 times in Germany, and worldwide in 62 countries. You wish to have individual training instead of one of our 300 courses? No problem: we will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers or at your company.

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/17

Appendix Training

■ SIMATIC NET Communications systems Commissioning engineer, configuring engineer Programmer

Service personnel

Project management

Operators, users

Decision-maker, sales personnel

Service engineers

Title

Target group

Duration/ Medium

Short title

CD-ROM

SM-ETHER

WBT

WT-IESI

3 days

IK-ITEP

✔

3 days

IK-IESYS

✔

1 day

IK-IEWS

Industrial Ethernet ✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

WBT

WT-ETHER

✔

✔

✔

✔

1 day

IK-IESECWS

✔

✔

✔

✔

5 days

KO-KS5H1

Industrial Ethernet ✔

Industrial Ethernet at SIEMENS A&D IT solutions for industrial automation, engineering and programming Industrial Ethernet system courses Industrial Ethernet Workshop

✔

Communication over Industrial Ethernet

✔

Security in Industrial Ethernet Networks

✔

✔

✔

SIMATIC S5, Industrial Ethernet

✔

✔

✔

✔

PROFINET Automating with PROFINET

✔

✔

✔

Technical book FB-AUTPN

Automating with PROFINET

✔

✔

✔

Technical book FB-AUTPN

Certified PROFINET Network Engineer/Installer

✔

PROFINET – The open Industrial Ethernet standard

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

PROFINET system course

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

Industrial Wireless LAN system course

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

Industrial Wireless LAN workshop

✔

PROFINET

✔

✔

✔ ✔

✔

3 days

IK-PNOCPNEI

1 day

IK-PNWS

3 days

IK-PNSYS

WBT

WT-PROFIN

2 days

IK-IWLANSYS

1 day

IK-IWLANWS

2 days

IK-OPCPRO

3 days

IK-OPCSYS

Industrial Mobile Communication ✔

✔

OPC OPC client programmierung ✔

Understanding the OPC interface – system course

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

PROFIBUS

10

Decentralization with PROFIBUS-DP/DPV1

✔

✔

✔

Technical book FB-PROFI

Decentralization with PROFIBUS-DP/DPV1

✔

✔

✔

Technical book FB-PROFI

PROFIBUS-DP system course

✔

✔

✔

SIMATIC S5, PROFIBUS

✔

✔

✔

PROFIBUS

✔

✔

✔

✔ ✔

✔

3 days

IK-PBSYS

✔

5 days

KO-KS5L2

✔

CD-ROM

SM-PROFI

✔

WBT

WT-PROFI

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

Actuator/Sensor Interface system course

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

3 days

IK-ASISYS

AS-Interface

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

WBT

WT-ASI

✔

✔

✔

✔

5 days

IK-SINAUT

✔

✔

✔

✔

2 days

IK-SINAUTMIC

PROFIBUS AS-Interface

SINAUT ST7 Engineering SINAUT ST7 SINAUT MICRO SC Telecontrol System

10/18

Siemens IK PI · 2007

N

Appendix Software Quick Start

■ Fast entry into industrial communication Content • Sample programs for programming devices/PC, SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC S5 • All terminals are connected to all other terminals through Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS • Complete, simple examples for a multitude of interfacing options • Communication solutions: choose your communication solution from the complete, executable projects and programs, incl. S7 communication, PROFIBUS-FMS, PROFIBUS DP, SEND/RECEIVE... Structure • A single interface guides you through the applications • The documentation is simple and clear • The simple layout presents an instant overview of the program components required for communication • Small programs with simple data exchange form the basis for your own applications • The examples required can be loaded from the CD and run immediately.

• With "Quick Start" you get a free CD-ROM and/or online sample programs for a fast introduction to industrial communication.

To get your free copy of the Quick Start CD, please answer the questions about your system/installation on the online order form. Your replies will help us with the ongoing development of our products. The order form can be accessed in the Internet at: http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info

10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/19

Appendix Standards and approbations

■ CE marking In as far as the electronic products described in this Catalog are subject to requirements and protection goals stipulated in EG guidelines, the relevant EG conformity declarations for the competent authorities are held available at: SIMATIC: Siemens AG, Automation and Drives A&D AS Postfach 1963 D-92209 Amberg Federal Republic of Germany SIMATIC NET: Siemens AG, Automation and Drives A&D PT 2 BD Postfach 4848 D-90327 Nuremberg Federal Republic of Germany SIMATIC HMI: Siemens AG Automation and Drives A&D AS HMI BD Postfach 4848 D-90327 Nuremberg Federal Republic of Germany SIMATIC NET products are designed for operation in industrial environments and comply with the following requirements: Noise emissions: EN 50 081-2: 1993 and EN 61 000-6-4: 2001 Noise immunity: EN 61 000-6-3: 2001 Selected modules comply with stringent requirements with regard to emitted interference and is therefore allowed to be used in the domestic environment: Noise emissions: EN 50 081-1: 1992 and EN 61 000-6-4: 2001 Noise immunity: EN 50 082-1: 1997 and EN 61 000-6-1: 2001 Please take details regarding the fulfillment of specific European standards (EN) from the technical documents (manuals) associated with the product. Prerequisite for the fulfillment of the aforementioned protection goals is strict observance of the installation guidelines described in the manuals during the installation and operation of the products.

10

The installation guidelines described in the manuals and the important notes concerning installation in cabinets and the use of shielded cables must be complied with when installing and operating the products described in this catalog.

10/20

Siemens IK PI · 2007

■ Notes for machine manufacturers The SIMATIC automation system is not a machine within the context of the EU machine guidelines. A conformity declaration with respect to the EU machine guideline 89/392/ EMC is not available for SIMATIC. The EU guideline for machines 89/392/EMC specifies the requirements for a machine. For purposes of this guideline, a machine is understood to be a combination of interconnected parts or mechanisms (see also EN 292-1, Paragraph 3.1). SIMATIC is part of the electrical equipment of a machine and must therefore be included in the conformity declaration procedure by the machine manufacturer. The EN 60204-1 standard (safety of machines, general requirements for the electrical equipment of machines) is applicable to the electrical equipment of machines. The following table should be of assistance with the conformity declaration and shows which criteria of EN 60 204-1 (as of June 1993) apply for SIMATIC. EN 60204-1

Topic/criterion

Notes

Paragraph 4

General requirements

The requirements are met when the equipment is assembled/ installed in accordance with the installation guidelines. Please note the relevant information in the manuals

Paragraph 11.2

Digital input/output interfaces

The requirements are met

Paragraph 12.3

Programmable equipment

The requirements are met when the equipment is installed in lockable cabinets to protect against alteration of the memory contents by unauthorized persons.

Paragraph 20.4

Voltage tests

The requirements are met

Appendix Quality management

■ Quality management The quality management system of our A&D division complies with the international standard ISO 9001. The products and systems described in this catalog are sold under application of a quality management system certified by DQS and TÜV (German Technical Inspectorate) in accordance with ISO 9001. The certificates are recognized in all EQ Net countries.

■ Certificates (continued) You can find certificates, approbations, verification certificates or characteristic curves under: Support\Infomaterial\Certificates

DQS Registered Certificate Nos.: Siemens AG Automation and Drives Technology • Division Industrial Automation Systems Reg. No.: 001323 QM • Division SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication Reg. No.: 002613 QM TÜV (German Technical Inspectorate) Registered Certificate No.: Siemens AG Automation and Drives Technology • Low-Voltage Switching Reg. No.: 12 100 16950 TMS

or by going directly to the Link Box:

■ Certificates An overview of the certificates available for SIMATIC NET products (CE, UL, CSA, FM, shipping authorizations) and classification figures (MTBF) can be found in the Internet at: http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net Other certificates for SIMATIC products can be found in the Internet at: http://www.siemens.com/simatic/certificates The lists are continuously updated. The data for products which have not yet been included in the overview is continuously collected and prepared for the subsequent edition.

10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/21

Appendix Siemens contacts worldwide

■ Overview

At www.siemens.com/automation/partner you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide responsible for particular technologies. You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for • Technical Support, • Spare parts/repairs, • Service, • Training, • Sales or • Consultation/engineering. You start by selecting a • Country, • Product or • Sector. By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.

10

10/22

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix

Partner

Siemens Solution Partner Automation and Power Distribution

■ Overview Solution Partner Finder

Solution Partner Automation

s

The Solution Partner Finder, available to you on the Internet, is a comprehensive database in which all Solution Partners, together with their performance profiles, present themselves. In addition to the search criteria Technology, Sector and Country, you can also search by Company and ZIP Code. From there it is only a small step to making the first contact. www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder

Solution Partner Power Distribution

s

Additional information about the Siemens Solution Partner Program is available in the Internet at: www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner E-Mail: [email protected]

Products and systems from Siemens Automation and Drives provide the ideal platform for all automation tasks. Our partners appear as qualified solution providers for Siemens automation and power distribution products and systems, which are available worldwide, under the name Siemens Solution Partner Automation and Siemens Solution Partner Power Distribution. We pull together with our partners within the framework of the Siemens Solution Partner Program. The interaction of our product and system know-how with the application and sector know-how of our partners forms the common basis for fast, problem-free and highly efficient implementation of your products, the common basis for your customized solutions with which you will leave your competitors behind. .

10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/23

Appendix

Service & Support Information and Ordering in the Internet and on CD-ROM

■ A&D in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services available is essential when planning and configuring automation systems. It goes without saying that this information must always be fully up-to-date. The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required. Under the address http://www.siemens.com/automation you will find everything you need to know about products, systems and services.

■ Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog

Detailed information together with convenient interactive functions: The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation and Drives product base. Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives. All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to work with and intuitive. After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the press of a button, by fax or by online link. Information on the interactive catalog CA 01can be found in the Internet under http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01 or on CD-ROM or DVD.

■ Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive way. Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out online via the Internet. Numerous functions are available to support you.

10

For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the required products, which can be immediately checked for availability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing. Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under: http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

10/24

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix

Customer Support Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project

■ Configuration and Software Engineering

Support in configuring and developing with customer-oriented services from actual configuration to implementation of the automation project. 1)

■ Service On Site

.I

In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to keep ahead all the time: A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for the necessary support - in every phase. Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a complete range of different services for automation and drives.

With Service On Site we offer services for startup and maintenance, essential for ensuring system availability. In Germany 0180 50 50 444 1)

In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and upgrading. Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the productivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.

■ Online Support

■ Repairs and Spare Parts

The comprehensive information system available round the clock via Internet ranging from Product Support and Service & Support services to Support Tools in the Shop.

In Germany 0180 50 50 448 1)

http://www.siemens.com/ automation/service&support

■ Technical Support

■ Optimization and Upgrading Competent consulting in technical questions covering a wide range of customer-oriented services for all our products and systems.

In the operating phase of a machine or automation system we provide a comprehensive repair and spare parts service ensuring the highest degree of operating safety and reliability.

To enhance productivity and save costs in your project we offer high-quality services in optimization and upgrading. 1)

Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222 Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223 E-Mail: [email protected]

■ Technical Consulting

Support in the planning and designing of your project from detailed actual-state analysis, target definition and consulting on product and system questions right to the creation of the automation solution. 1)

10

1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/25

Appendix

Customer Support Knowledge Base on CD-ROM Automation Value Card

■ Knowledge Base on CD-ROM For locations without online connections to the Internet there are excerpts of the free part of the information sources available on CD-ROM (Service & Support Knowledge Base). This CDROM contains all the latest product information at the time of production (FAQs, Downloads, Tips and Tricks, Updates) as well as general information on Service and Technical Support.

The CD-ROM also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM will be updated every 4 months. Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service & Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish). You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD from your Siemens contact. Order No. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2 Orders via the Internet (with Automation Value Card or credit card) at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support in the Shop domain.

■ Automation Value Card By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the services procured is debited from the credits on your Automation Value Card. All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits, so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide. Automation Value Card Order Nos. Credits

Small card – great support The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the comprehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation project. It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automation Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your personal card number and associated PIN you can view the state of your account and all transactions at any time. Services on card. This is how it's done. Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field, guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.

10

10/26

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Order No.

200

6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0

500

6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0

1000

6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0

10000

6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0

Detailed information on the services offered is available on our Internet site at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support Service & Support à la Card: Examples Technical Support ”Priority“

Priority processing for urgent cases

”24 h“

Availability round the clock

”Extended“

Technical consulting for complex questions

Support Tools in the Support Shop ”System Utilities“

Tools that can be used directly for configuration, analysis and testing

”Applications“

Complete topic solutions including ready-tested software

”Functions & Samples“

Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments

Appendix Safety of electronic devices

■ Safety of electronic devices The information listed here is mainly of a fundamental nature and applies regardless of the type and vendor of the electronic control system. Reliability The reliability of devices and components is being driven as high as possible by employing extensive and cost-effective measures in development and production. This includes • Selection of high-quality components; • Worst-case design calculation of all circuits; • Systematic and computer-controlled testing of all subcontracted components; • Burn-in of all large-scale integrated circuits (e.g. processors, memories etc.); • Measures to prevent static charging when working at or with MOS circuits; • Visual checks at various stages of production; • In-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computer-aided testing of all components and their interaction in the circuit; • Hot endurance run at high ambient temperature over several days; • Meticulous computer-controlled final testing; • Statistical evaluation of all returns for immediate introduction of remedial actions.

■ Division into a safe and a non-safe zone In practically all plants there are parts which perform safetyrelated functions (e.g. emergency stop pushbuttons, mesh guards, two-hand controls). In order not to have to consider the complete control system in terms of safety engineering it is customary to divide the control system into a safe and a non-safe zone. No special requirements are imposed on the safety of the control system in the non-safe zone because there would be no impact on the safety of the plant if the electronics failed in this case. In the safe zone, on the other hand, you are only allowed to use control systems and/or circuits which satisfy the directives in question. The following zonal divisions are customary in practice: • Control systems with little safety engineering, e.g. machine control systems. • Control systems with balanced zones, e.g. chemical plants, aerial ropeways. • Control systems with mainly safety engineering, e.g. incineration plants. Important Even if a maximum of design-based safety is achieved in the configuration of an electronic control systems – e.g. through multi-edge configuration – it is still essential to closely follow the instructions in the operating manuals as otherwise wrong actions may suspend precautions for preventing potential faults or may create additional sources of danger.

These measures are regarded a basic measures in safety engineering. They prevent or keep control of the majority of potential faults. Risks Wherever faults are liable to cause injury to persons or damage to property it is necessary to introduce measures aimed in particular at the safety of the plant and, therefore, of the control system. Special, plan-specific directives exist for these applications and need to be taken into account when configuring the control system. In the case of safety-relevant electronic control systems the measures needing to be taken to prevent or keep control of faults are aimed at the risk presented by the plant. In such a case the basic measures listed above are no longer sufficient above a certain level of hazard potential. Additional measures have to be implemented and certified (e.g.dual-channel arrangements, tests, checksums etc.) for the control system.

10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/27

Appendix Software Licenses

■ Overview Software types Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The following software types have been defined: • Engineering software • Runtime software Engineering software This includes all software products for creating (engineering) user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing. Data generated with engineering software and executable programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge. Runtime software This includes all software products required for plant/machine operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc. The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for use by third-parties is subject to a charge. You can find information about license fees according to use in the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with the relevant product(s). License types Siemens Automation and Drives offers various types of software license: • Floating license • Single license • Rental license • Trial license Floating license The software may be installed for internal use on any number of devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins when the software is started. A license is required for each concurrent user. Single license Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one installation of the software. The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for example per device, per axis, per channel, etc. One single license is required for each type of use defined.

10

Rental license A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering software. Once the license key has been installed, the software can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours do not have to be consecutive). One license is required for each installation of the software. Trial license A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another license. Certificate of license The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.

10/28

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Downgrading The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns such a version/release and its use is technically feasible. Delivery versions Software is constantly being updated. The following delivery versions • PowerPack • Upgrade can be used to access updates. Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version. PowerPack PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed. A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original license of the software to be replaced. Upgrade An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on the condition that a license for a previous version of the product is already held. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous product, proves that the new version is licensed. A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license of the software to be upgraded. Software Update Service The SIMATIC NET Software Update Service includes automatic delivery of the relevant updates of the SIMATIC NET PC software CD, which is available following the signing of the contract. The CD contains SIMATIC NET software for Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET, OPC server and PROFIBUS, so that your software is always up to date. The following boundary conditions apply: • The customer must already have a current software version, so an update/upgrade may be required beforehand. • The update service is valid for one year following the date specified in the order. • It shall be extended automatically for a further year, provided that it is not cancelled 3 months in advance by the customer or by the responsible Siemens partner. • When the contract is extended, the customer will be invoiced for the cost of a further year. ServicePack ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses. License key Siemens Automation and Drives supplies software products with and without license keys. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, rental license, etc.). The complete installation of software products requiring license keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the license key (which represents the license). Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the “Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG” or under http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall (A&D Mall Online-Help System)

Appendix Index Page

Page

Page

1 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module ...............................5/66 1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz counter module ...............................5/69 1 POS U positioning module .............5/64 1SI interface module..........................5/72 1 STEP stepper module.....................5/62 2 A, 5 A, 10 A load current supplies ....................5/293 2 PULSE pulse generator ..................5/60 3UF18 current transformers for overload protection .................4/173 3SF2 AS-Interface cable-operated switches.................6/18 3SF5 pushbuttons and indicator lights ..6/102 4 IQ-Sense and 8 IQ-Sense sensor modules...............................5/55 A Abbreviations, definitions ..................10/2 Accessories for DCF77....................7/104 Access points ....................................3/18 Active network components ..............2/80 Active RS 485 terminating element ...4/52 Addressing units..............................6/120 Analog input module with HART .....5/271 Analog modules ..............................5/255 Analog modules with HART .............5/271 Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60 ........6/73 Analog electronic modules ...............5/36 Analyzer...........................................6/121 ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS antenna....7/97 Antennae for IWLAN ..........................3/44 AS-Interface components for enclosures ...............................6/105 AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP Pushbuttons for AS-Interface ..........6/50 AS-Interface interface for LOGO! ....6/112 Application modules .........................6/72 Application examples for IMC .............3/5 AS-Interface.........................................6/1 AS-Interface communications modules ..............6/82 AS-Interface customized enclosures ................6/106 AS-Interface front panel module .....6/107 AS-Interface F adapters for EMERGENCY STOP control devices .............................6/102 AS-Interface enclosures .................6/103 AS-Interface enclosures with standard fittings ....................6/104 AS-Interface Load Feeder Module ....6/94 AS-Interface LS4 laser scanner ........6/46 AS-Interface master...........................6/51 AS-Interface power supplies, IP20 ..6/113 AS-Interface power supply ..............6/113 AS-Interface safety modules ...............6/9 AS-Interface safety monitors ...............6/8 AS-Interface shaped cables...6/115, 9/23 AS-Interface slaves............................6/59 AS-Interface specification ...................6/5

A ASIsafe ................................................ 6/7 ASM 450/45 ..................................... 4/182 ASM 454/424 ................................... 4/189 ASM 456 .......................................... 4/184 ASM 470/475 ................................... 4/186 ASM 473 .......................................... 4/188 ASM 754/724 ................................... 4/189 ASM 854/824 ................................... 4/189 B BM 141, BM 142 basic modules .... 5/181 BM 147/CPU intelligent basic modules ............. 5/175 BT 200 hardware test unit.................. 4/60 Bus cables ...................... 4/29, 4/36, 4/64 Bus terminals..................................... 4/49 C C-PLUG ........................................... 2/245 Cable 2 x 2 ........................................ 2/33 Cable 4 x 2 ........................................ 2/38 Client Modules................................... 3/36 COMBIMASTER 411............................ 9/9 Communication ................................. 9/25 Communication Board CBE20......... 2/286 Communication Board CBE30......... 2/258 Communication Board MCI-PN ....... 2/259 Communications overview for Industrial Ethernet........................ 2/5 for PROFIBUS ................................. 4/11 Compact starters (AC 400 V) ............ 6/88 Components for safety motor starters and and frequency converters............. 5/117 Condition of sale and delivery......... 10/38 Configuration examples for AS-Interface ................................. 6/3 for Industrial Ethernet........................ 2/7 for PROFIBUS ................................. 4/13 Connecting cable 830-1T.................. 4/46 Connecting cable 830-2.................... 4/47 Connecting cables (SINAUT) .......... 7/120 Connection examples (PROFIBUS)... 4/24 Connection technology (ECOFAST) .. 9/16 Contact persons worldwide............. 10/22 Counter modules ............................... 6/84 CP 142-2................................. 5/197, 6/51 CP 1604........................................... 2/211 CP 1613 A2 ..................................... 2/214 CP 1616........................................... 2/208 CP 243-1.......................................... 2/180 CP 243-1 IT...................................... 2/183 CP 243-2............................................ 6/53 CP 342-5............................................ 4/99 CP 342-5 FO.................................... 4/102 CP 343-1.......................................... 2/189 CP 343-1 Advanced ........................ 2/193 CP 343-1 Lean................................. 2/186 CP 343-2............................................ 6/55 CP 343-2 P ........................................ 6/57 CP 343-5.......................................... 4/106

C CP 443-1 ......................................... 2/197 CP 443-1 Advanced ........................ 2/200 CP 443-5 Basic ............................... 4/109 CP 443-5 Extended ......................... 4/112 CP 5512........................................... 4/139 CP 5611 A2 ..................................... 4/141 CP 5613 A2 ..................................... 4/121 CP 5613 FO..................................... 4/125 CP 5614 A2 ..................................... 4/129 CP 5614 FO..................................... 4/134 CP 7515............................................. 3/50 CPU 315-2 PN/DP ........................... 2/151 CPU 315F-2 PN/DP ......................... 2/165 CPU 317-2 PN/DP ........................... 2/155 CPU 317F-2 PN/DP ......................... 2/170 CPU 319-3 PN/DP ........................... 2/170 CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300............... 2/151 Customer support ........................... 10/25 D Data communication for Industrial Ethernet........................ 2/4 for PROFIBUS ................................... 4/9 Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib and Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave .......... 4/208 Dedicated-line accessories .............. 7/99 Development Kits for ERTEC........... 2/266 DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO ................... 2/266 DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO ................... 2/266 Development packages .................. 4/206 Development packages .................. 2/271 Distributed ET 200S I/Os ................. 2/251 Distributed SIMATIC ET 200 I/Os ........ 5/1 Diagnostic repeater for PROFIBUS DP ........................... 4/54 Digital modules .............................. 5/234 Digital I/O Modules IP67 application modules ...................... 6/72 Digital I/O Modules IP67 - K20 .......... 6/66 Digital I/O Modules IP67 – K45 ......... 6/65 Digital I/O Modules IP67 – K60 ......... 6/60 Digital I/O Modules IP68 / IP69K – K60R ............................................... 6/62 Digital electronic modules ................ 5/26 Direct-on-Line Starters for busbar systems ............................. 6/96 DP/AS-i LINK Advanced ................... 8/26 DP/AS-Interface Link 20E.................. 8/30 DP/DP coupler .................................. 4/56 DP/EIB link......................................... 8/32 DP/PA coupler and link...................... 4/66 DP/RS 232C-Link............................... 4/57 DM 370 dummy module ................. 5/292

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/29

10

Appendix Index

10

Page

Page

Page

E ECOFAST 3RK1 3 motor starters and soft starters 6/93, 9/8 ECOFAST basic modules ...............5/183 ECOFAST bus cables ..............4/36, 9/19 ECOFAST Documentation .................9/28 ECOFAST ES .....................................9/26 ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable ..........................4/91, 9/21 ECOFAST frequency converters..........9/9 ECOFAST hybrid field bus connections...........9/13 ECOFAST miscellaneous accessories .............9/25 ECOFAST motors...............................9/14 ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters .........9/8 ECOFAST peripherals........................9/11 ECOFAST selection module ..............9/12 Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA) ..4/62 Electrical networks (RS 485)..............4/27 ELS ..................................................2/119 EM 141 and EM 142 digital expansion modules ...........5/153, 5/187 EM 143/DESINA digital expansion module .............5/191 EM 144 and EM 145 analog expansion modules ...........5/157, 5/193 EM 148-P pneumatic interface ........5/199 Engineering tools.........2/281, 3/55, 4/191 Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller ERTEC ..........................................2/260 ERTEC 200 ....................................2/260 ERTEC 400 ....................................2/260 Energy (ECOFAST) ............................9/24 ESM .................................................2/124 ET 200eco........................................5/297 ET 200iSP ........................................5/123 ET 200iSP analog electronic modules and terminal modules ...................5/133 ET 200iSP digital electronic modules and terminal modules ....5/128 ET 200iSP power supply unit...........5/141 ET 200iSP reserve module and terminal modules....................5/139 ET 200L............................................5/210 ET 200L block I/O ............................5/210 ET 200M...........................................5/215 ET 200pro ........................................5/145 ET 200pro isolator modules .............5/170 ET 200pro Motor Starters.................5/168 ET 200R ...........................................5/304 ET 200S ...............................................5/2 ET 200S Fail-Safe Motor Starters.......5/99 ET 200S FC Fail-Safe frequency converters ....................5/101 ET 200S FC frequency converters.....5/87 ET 200S Motor Starters......................5/81 ET 200X ...........................................5/173 ET 200X Motor Starters....................5/203

E Ex analog modules.......................... 5/283 Ex analog input modules................. 5/283 Ex digital output modules................ 5/281 Ex digital modules ........................... 5/279 Ex digital input modules .................. 5/279 Export regulations ........................... 10/38 Extension Plug................................. 6/118 F F90 Module........................................ 6/80 Fail-safe digital expansion modules 5/163 Fail-safe modules .............................. 5/49 FastConnect ............................. 2/27, 4/27 Fax-form .......................................... 10/37 F digital/analog modules ................. 5/222 F electronic modules ......................... 5/51 Fiber-optic cables..................... 2/65, 4/69 Fiber-optic cables Glass fiber-optic cables ......... 2/66, 4/69 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables ........... 4/77, 4/86 POF and PCF fiber-optic cables ..... 2/74 Flat module........................................ 6/81 F terminal modules ............................ 5/54 G Glass fiber-optic cables for Industrial Ethernet...................... 2/66 for PROFIBUS ................................. 4/69 GPS components ............................ 7/106 GSM components (GSM/GPRS) ................................... 7/89 H Hybrid cable...................................... 2/41 I IE/AS-i LINK PN IO ............................ 8/21 IE connecting cable M12-180/M12-180 / M12 plug PRO................................. 2/32 IE FC Outlet RJ45 .............................. 2/51 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet................ 2/56 IE FC RJ45 plug ................................ 2/29 IE FC TP cable 2 x 2.......................... 2/33 IE FC TP cable 4 x 2.......................... 2/38 IE Hybrid cable.................................. 2/41 IE TP Cord ......................................... 2/46 IE/PB Link .......................................... 8/17 IE/PB Link PN IO................................ 8/12 ILM..................................................... 4/96 IM 151-1 interface modules................. 5/4 IM 151-3 PN interface modules .................. 2/251, 5/9 IM 151-7 CPU interface modules ...... 5/11 IM 151-7 F-CPU interface modules ........................... 5/17 IM 152-1 interface module .............. 5/125 IM 153-1/153-2 ................................ 5/216 IM 153-2 FO..................................... 5/220 IM 154-1 interface modules............. 5/147 IM 154-2 interface modules............. 5/147 IM 154-4 PN interface modules ............... 2/254,4/147 IM 467.............................................. 4/115 IM 467 FO........................................ 4/115

I Image processing systems ............. 2/272 iMap ................................................ 2/281 Index ............................................... 10/29 Industrial Ethernet (IE)......................... 2/2 Industrial Ethernet ELS.................... 2/119 Industrial Ethernet FastConnect........ 2/27 Industrial Ethernet mediaconverter............................. 2/131 Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 und TP11-LD ................................. 2/141 Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM.......... 2/124 Industrial Ethernet Switches.............. 2/81 Industrial Mobile Communication (IMC) ................................................. 3/1 Industrial Security............................ 2/144 Industrial Twisted Pair – Cables/connectors.......................... 2/62 Information and Ordering in the Internet and on CD-ROM .... 10/24 Infrared Link Module ILM .................. 4/96 Integrated solutions........................... 6/82 Interface modules / interfaces ........ 4/203 Interfacing options for SIMATIC HMI ................ 2/237, 4/149 I/O Modules for Operation in the Field ............... 6/59 I/O Modules for Operation in the Control Cabinet IP20 ...................... 6/77 IP20 motor starters and load feeders ..... 6/94 IP65/67 motor starters and load feeders ..... 6/88 IQ-Sense modules and sensors ........ 5/55 IQ-Sense modules and sensors .................. 5/287 IQ-Sense sensor module................. 5/287 ISDN-Modem MD4 ............................ 7/84 Isolating module .............................. 5/233 IWLAN/PB Link PN IO ......................... 8/8 IWLAN RCoax Cable ......................... 3/10 L Lightning protection element (IWLAN) .......................................... 3/44 Line transformer .............................. 7/102 LTOP overvoltage protection ............. 7/99

10/30

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Index Page

Page

Page

M Master interface submodule for IM 151-7 CPU interface module .....5/16 MC45 GSM kit....................................7/89 MD2 dedicated-line modem ..............7/69 MD3 telephone modem .....................7/78 MD720-3 GSM/GPRS modem ...........7/94 Media converter...............................2/131 Methods of connecting to SIMATIC PCs .....................2/207, 4/120 MICROMASTER 411..........................9/10 Modems.............................................7/67 MD2.................................................7/69 MD3.................................................7/78 MD4.................................................7/84 Modular Outlet ...................................2/56 Modules with special functions (AS-Interface) ..................................6/84 Motor connection cables ...................9/17 Motor starters (24 V DC)....................6/91 Motor Starter ES......................5/120, 9/27 N Network components for Industrial Ethernet .............2/25, 2/80 for IWLAN ........................................3/10 for PROFIBUS..................................4/20 Network selection criteria for Industrial Ethernet ......................2/18 for PROFIBUS..................................4/21 Network transitions ..............................8/1 Industrial Ethernet – AS-Interface ...........................8/3, 8/21 Industrial Ethernet – MODBUS..........8/4 Industrial Ethernet – PROFIBUS.......................8/2, 8/12, 8/17 IWLAN – PROFIBUS...................8/3, 8/8 PROFIBUS – AS-Interface 8/4, 8/26, 8/30 PROFIBUS – EIB ......................8/5, 8/32 PROFIBUS – MODBUS .....................8/5 O OBT....................................................4/94 OLM ...................................................4/83 OMC TP11 and TP11-LD .................2/141 OPC server for Industrial Ethernet...2/224 OPC server for PROFIBUS ..............4/146 Optical Bus Terminal OBT .................4/94 Optical Link Module OLM..................4/83 Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface..................4/86 Optical networks with OBT ................4/69 Opto proximity switches SIMATIC PXO with IQ-Sense .........5/288 Order No. index ...............................10/33 OSM.................................................2/124 Outlet RJ45 ........................................2/51 Overvoltage protection module .........6/86

P Passive network components............ 2/25 PCM 4FB21 Power and control modules ............ 9/15 PDM................................................. 4/196 Performance data for Industrial Ethernet.................... 2/206 for PROFIBUS ............................... 4/118 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables ................... 4/77, 4/86 PM 148 power module .................... 5/190 PM-E F PROFIsafe F power module ............................. 5/50 PM-E power module ........................ 5/164 PN CBA OPC server........................ 2/228 POF and PCF fiber-optic cables........ 2/74 POF/PCF FOC termination kit................ 2/78, 4/82, 4/93 Position switch................................... 6/11 molded-plastic enclosure 31 mm and 50 mm ........................ 6/12 metal enclosure 40 mm and 56 mm ........................ 6/13 with separate actuator – molded-plastic enclosure 31 mm and 52 mm ........................ 6/14 with separate actuator – metal enclosure 40 mm ........................................... 6/15 with tumbler – molded-plastic enclosure, 1200 N locking force ..................... 6/16 with tumbler – metal enclosure, 2000 N locking force ..................... 6/17 Potential isolation module.................. 5/25 Power Rail Booster ............................ 4/59 PS791-1PRO power supply............... 3/48 Power lines ..................... 2/43, 4/39, 9/16 Power modules for PM-E electronics modules .............. 5/21 Power modules for ET 200S motor starters and frequency converters.. 5/97 Process or field communication .......... 4/4 PROFIBUS (PB) ................................... 4/1 PROFIBUS bus cables ...................... 4/29 PROFIBUS DP ASICs ...................... 4/200 PROFIBUS DP laser scanner LS4 ... 4/176 PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C link.............. 4/57 PROFIBUS DP switching and control devices and sensors ........ 4/162 PROFIBUS FastConnect.................... 4/27 PROFIBUS M12 and 7/8" plug-in cable/connector.................. 4/48 PROFIBUS SCOPE diagnostic software ...................... 4/207 PROFINET (PN) ................................... 2/2 PROFINET technology components ............... 2/260 PROFINET products on Industrial Ethernet ..................... 2/23 PROFIsafe Safety Module .............. 5/114 ProTool/Pro............................ 2/237, 4/152

Q Quality management ....................... 10/21 Quick Start....................................... 10/19 R Radio clock components ................ 7/104 RCoax cable...................................... 3/10 Repeater/Extender .......................... 6/116 Reserve modules .............................. 5/24 Reversing starters for busbar systems ......................... 6/98 RF170C ........................................... 5/166 RFID systems .................................. 5/163 RFID systems communications modules ............. 4/182 RJ45 Modular Outlet ......................... 2/56 RJ45 plug ......................................... 2/29 RS 485 bus connectors .................... 4/41 RS485-IS coupler ............................ 5/143 RS485 repeater for PROFIBUS ......... 4/53 S S7-REDCONNECT .......................... 2/218 Safety local Module ......................... 5/171 Safety Module local ......................... 5/109 Safety motor starter solutions local/ PROFIsafe....................................... 5/98 Safety of electronic devices ............ 10/27 SCALANCE ......................................... 1/9 SCALANCE S .................................. 2/145 SCALANCE W ..................................... 3/1 SCALANCE W-740 client modules.... 3/36 SCALANCE W-780 Access Points .... 3/18 SCALANCE W-780 Access Points and WLAN Controller ...................... 3/31 SCALANCE X .................................... 2/81 SCALANCE X005 entry level............. 2/83 SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged......... 2/86 SCALANCE X-200 managed............. 2/92 SCALANCE X-200IRT managed ..... 2/100 SCALANCE X-400 modular ............. 2/109 SENTRON communication-capable circuit-breakers ............................ 4/175

10

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/31

Appendix Index

10

Page

Page

Page

S SICLOCK time synchronization .......2/247 Siemens contacts worldwide...........10/22 Siemens Solution Partner Automation and Power Distribution ..................10/23 SIMATIC ET 200...................................5/1 SIMATIC FS400 light curtains (AS-Interface) ..................................6/19 with external evaluation ASIsafe, Category 4 ........................6/28 with integrated evaluation unit ASIsafe, Category 4 ........................6/24 Accessories.....................................6/34 SIMATIC iMap ..................................2/281 SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner for AS-Interface ...............................6/43 for PROFIBUS................................4/176 SIMATIC PDM ..................................4/196 SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager ..............4/193 SIMATIC RF170C .............................5/166 SIMATIC VS120................................2/272 SIMATIC VS130-2 ............................2/276 SIMATIC WinAC ...............................2/175 SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC ........2/175 SIMOCODE pro ...............................4/162 SIMOCODE pro motor management and control devices ......................4/162 SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5 ......................4/169 SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5 motor management and control devices ......................4/169 SIMOTION .......................................2/256 SIMOTION Motion Control System ..................2/256 Simulator SM 374.............................5/289 SINAMICS S120...............................2/284 SINAMICS S120 drive system .........2/284 SINAUT MICRO ...................................7/4 SINAUT MICRO SC .........................7/117 SINAUT ST7.........................................7/6 SINAUT ST7 standard software package ..........7/108 SINAUT ST7cc, Add-on for WinCC .7/111 SINAUT ST7sc, SCADA Connect software .............7/114 SINAUT telecontrol ..............................7/1 SINEMA E Lean .................................3/55 SIPLUS IM 153-1 .............................5/219 SIPLUS isolating module .................5/233 SIPLUS SM 321 digital input module ......................5/250 SIPLUS SM 322 digital output module ...................5/252 SIPLUS SM 323 digital input/output module .....................5/254 SIPLUS SM 331 analog input module .....................5/266 SIPLUS SM 332 analog output module ...................5/269

S SIPLUS SM 334 analog input/output module ..................... 5/270 SIPLUS SM 326 F digital output module – Safety Integrated........... 5/230 SIPLUS SM 326 F digital input module – Safety Integrated........... 5/229 SIRIUS soft starter ........................... 6/101 SITOP power 24 V/10 A power supply................ 5/208 SIWAREX CF...................................... 5/78 SIWAREX CS ..................................... 5/74 SlimLine ............................................. 6/78 SM 331 analog input module ......... 5/255 SM 321 digital input module ........... 5/234 SM 332 analog output module ....... 5/262 SM 322 digital output module ........ 5/240 SM 323/SM 327 digital input/output module ..................... 5/246 SM 334 analog input/output module ..................... 5/266 SM 336 F analog input module – Safety Integrated........................... 5/228 SM 326 F digital input module – Safety Integrated .......................... 5/222 SM 326 F digital output module – Safety Integrated........................... 5/225 SNMP OPC server ........................... 2/231 SOFTBUS for LINUX/UNIX............... 2/235 SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet...... 2/220 SOFTNET for LINUX/UNIX ............... 2/233 SOFTNET for PROFIBUS ................. 4/143 SOFTNET PN IO............................... 2/220 SOFTNET Security Client ................. 2/149 Software „Quick Start“ ..................... 10/19 Software licenses............................. 10/28 Solution Partner Automation and Power Distribution.................. 10/23 Sonar proximity switch SIMATIC PXS with IQ-Sense ......... 5/290 Special modules.............................. 5/291 Special integrated solutions .............. 6/82 SpliTConnect ..................................... 4/62 SSI module ........................................ 5/58 Standards and approvals ................ 10/20 STARTER drive/commissioning software ........................................ 5/122 STEP 7 ............................................. 4/191 Switches ............................................ 2/81 System ECOFAST................................ 9/1 System interfacing for PG/PC ................. 2/205, 3/50, 4/117 System connections for SIMATIC ..... 4/98 System connections for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK............................ 2/179 System components and accessories (AS-Interface) ........... 6/116

T Technical specifications (PROFIBUS) .................................... 4/19 Technology components ................. 4/200 Technology module ........................... 5/57 TeleService ...................................... 7/124 Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters and frequency converters............. 5/117 Terminal modules for power and electronic modules .. 5/79 Terminating resistor (IWLAN) ............ 3/44 Termination kit ................................... 2/78 TIM 32 with dedicated-line modem... 7/18 TIM 33 with telephone modem .......... 7/22 TIM 34 with ISDN modem ................. 7/26 TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet ...................................... 7/37 TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet .......... 7/30 TIM 42 / 42D with dedicated-line modem ............ 7/44 TIM 43 / 43D with telephone modem 7/49 TIM 44 / 44D with ISDN modem ........ 7/54 TIM 4R / 4RD without built-in modem.................... 7/63 TIM 4V / 4VD without built-in modem.................... 7/59 TIM communications modules .......... 7/13 Topologies for Industrial Ethernet........................ 2/9 for PROFIBUS ................................. 4/15 for SINAUT Telecontrol...................... 7/9 TP Cord ............................................. 4/46 Training............................................ 10/17 Transmission media (AS-Interface)................................ 6/115 Transmission technology (AS-Interface).................................... 6/2 Twisted Pair – overview ..................... 2/26 V VS120 .............................................. 2/272 VS130-2........................................... 2/276 W WinAC ............................................. 2/175 WinCC ................................. 2/241, 4/156 WinCC flexible RT................. 2/239, 4/154 Wireless coupling ............................. 4/96

10/32

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Appendix Ordering data summary Type

Page

2XV 2XV9 450-... .............2/154, 2/159, 2/164, ....................2/169, 2/174, 2/234, 2/236, ....................5/239, 5/250, 5/251, 5/252, ....................5/264, 5/267, 5/280, 5/282, .....................5/284, 5/286, 5/291, 5/292 3RA 3RA5 110-... ......................................6/97 3RA5 120-... ......................................6/97 3RA5 210-... ......................................6/99 3RA5 220-... ......................................6/99 3RB 3RB1 900-... .........................4/166, 4/172 3RG 3RG7 838-... .......................4/178, 4/181, ............................6/36, 6/46, 6/48, 6/49, ...........................6/64, 6/68, 6/71, 6/124 3RG7 841-... ............................6/35, 6/37 3RG7 842-... ..................6/26, 6/30, 6/31, ......................................6/32, 6/35, 6/36 3RG7 844-... ............................6/27, 6/35 3RG7 848-... .........6/26, 6/27, 6/28, 6/34, ....................6/35, 6/36, 6/37, 6/38, 6/41 3RG9 001-... ............................6/68, 6/72 3RG9 002-... .....................................6/80 3RG9 004-... .....................................6/80 3RG9 005-... .....................................6/83 3RG9 010-... .....................................6/72 3RG9 030-... .....................................6/72 3RK 3RK1 100-... ...........6/61, 6/65, 6/72, 6/79 3RK1 105-... ........................................6/8 3RK1 107-... ......................................6/75 3RK1 194-... ....................................5/207 3RK1 200-... ..........6/61, 6/65, 6/68, 6/70, ............................6/72, 6/79, 6/83, 6/84, 3RK1 205-... ....................6/10, 6/68, 6/70 3RK1 207-... ......................................6/75 3RK1 300-... ....................................5/204 3RK1 301-... ..................5/84, 5/86, 5/100 3RK1 303-... ...............................6/93, 9/8 3RK1 304-... ..............5/169, 5/170, 5/171 3RK1 322-... ......................................6/89 3RK1 323-... ...............................6/93, 9/8 3RK1 400-... ..........6/61, 6/63, 6/65, 6/67, ............................6/68, 6/70, 6/72, 6/79, .....................................6/81, 6/82, 6/83, ............................6/92, 6/95, 6/97, 6/99, ...........................................6/101, 6/112 3RK1 402-... ..................6/79, 6/95, 6/101 3RK1 405-... ......................................6/10 3RK1 408-... .............................6/61, 6/85 3RK1 701-... ...........................6/95, 6/100 3RK1 702-... ......................................6/90 3RK1 802-... ........................................6/8

Type

Page

3RK 3RK1 901-... .......... 5/205, 6/8, 6/10, 6/61, ............................ 6/62, 6/63, 6/64, 6/65, ............................ 6/66, 6/67, 6/68, 6/69, ............................ 6/70, 6/71, 6/72, 6/76, ........................ 6/87, 6/95, 6/100, 6/119, ................................ 6/120, 6/124, 6/125 3RK1 902-... ............. 5/172, 5/186, 5/202, ........................ 5/206, 5/207, 6/61, 6/70, ........................ 6/76, 6/90, 6/124, 6/125, ............................................... 9/18, 9/25 3RK1 903-... .......... 5/21, 5/85, 5/86, 5/95, ...................... 5/97, 5/100, 5/112, 5/113, .................... 5/116, 5/118, 5/119, 5/120, .................................... 5/121, 9/27, 9/28 3RK1 904-... ................... 6/46, 6/62, 6/64, ........................ 6/66, 6/71, 6/118, 6/120, ........................................... 6/123, 6/124 3RK1 911-... .... 4/38, 5/120, 5/121, 5/172, ............................ 9/12, 9/13, 9/16, 9/17, .................... 9/20, 9/24, 9/25, 9/27, 9/28 3RK1 922-... .... 5/85, 5/120, 5/121, 5/172, ...................................... 6/93, 9/27, 9/28 3RP 3RP1 902-... ............................... 6/8, 6/79 3RP1 903-... .................. 4/166, 6/77, 6/79 3RT 3RT1 900-... ......................... 5/156, 5/302 3RT1 936-... .................................... 4/166 3RT1 946-... .................................... 4/166 3RT1 955-... .................................... 4/166 3RT1 956-... .................................... 4/166 3RT1 966-... .................................... 4/166 3RW 3RW2 920-... ................................... 4/172 3RW3 014-... ................................... 6/101 3RW3 016-... ................................... 6/101 3RX 3RX1 305-... .................................... 6/114 3RX1 306-... .................................... 6/114 3RX1 307-... .................................... 6/114 3RX1 310-... .................................... 6/114 3RX1 501-... ......................... 6/113, 6/114 3RX1 502-... ......................... 6/113, 6/114 3RX1 503-... .................................... 6/113 3RX1 633-... .................................... 5/163 3RX1 634-... .................................... 5/163 3RX1 635-... .................................... 5/163 3RX1 640-... .................................... 5/163 3RX1 641-... .................................... 5/163 3RX1 642-... .................................... 5/163 3RX1 667-... ............. 5/163, 5/182, 5/186, ..................... 5/189, 5/190, 5/192, 5/303 3RX1 668-... ............. 5/182, 5/186, 5/189, ................................ 5/190, 5/192, 5/303 3RX7 321-... ...................................... 6/47 3RX7 322-... ...................................... 6/34 3RX7 326-... ...................................... 6/34 3RX7 915-... ...................................... 6/34 3RX7 916-... ........................... 5/289, 6/34 3RX8 000-... ............. 4/178, 5/172, 5/205, ............................ 6/46, 6/62, 6/63, 6/64, ............................ 6/66, 6/68, 6/71, 6/89, ................................ 6/120, 6/123, 6/124

Type

Page

3RX 3RX9 010-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 012-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 013-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 014-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 015-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 016-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 017-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 020-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 022-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 023-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 024-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 025-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 026-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 027-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23 3RX9 801-... . 6/36, 6/64, 6/67, 6/68, 6/71, ..................... 6/118, 6/119, 6/123, 6/124 3RX9 802-... ............. 2/251, 5/149, 5/151, .................... 5/156, 5/162, 5/163, 5/182, ..................... 5/186, 5/189, 5/192, 5/302 3RX9 810-... ...................................... 6/80 3SE 3SE2 120-... ............................. 6/13, 6/14 3SE2 200-... ...................................... 6/12 3SE2 210-... ...................................... 6/12 3SE2 243-... ...................................... 6/14 3SE2 257-... ...................................... 6/14 3SE2 830-... ...................................... 6/17 3SE2 840-... ...................................... 6/17 3SE3 750-... ...................................... 6/16 3SE3 760-... ...................................... 6/16 3SE3 850-... ...................................... 6/17 3SE3 860-... ...................................... 6/17 3SE7 120-... ...................................... 6/18 3SE7 140-... ...................................... 6/18 3SE7 150-... ...................................... 6/18 3SF 3SF2 120-... ...................................... 6/18 3SF2 140-... ...................................... 6/18 3SF2 150-... ...................................... 6/18 3SF3 100-... ...................................... 6/13 3SF3 120-... ............................. 6/13, 6/15 3SF3 200-... ............................. 6/12, 6/14 3SF3 210-... ...................................... 6/12 3SF3 243-... ...................................... 6/14 3SF3 257-... ...................................... 6/14 3SF3 750-... ...................................... 6/16 3SF3 760-... ...................................... 6/16 3SF3 830-... ...................................... 6/17 3SF3 840-... ...................................... 6/17 3SF3 850-... ...................................... 6/17 3SF3 860-... ...................................... 6/17 3SF5 402-... ........................... 6/50, 6/102 3SF5 500-... .................................... 6/105 3SF5 811-... ........................... 6/50, 6/104 3SF5 812-... .................................... 6/104 3SF5 813-... .................................... 6/104 3SF5 874-... .................................... 6/107 3SF5 900-... .................................... 6/105

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/33

10

Appendix Ordering data summary Type

10

Page

3SF 3SF6 232-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290 3SF6 233-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290 3SF7 210-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290 3SF7 211-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290 3SF7 214-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290 3SF7 240-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290 3SF7 241-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290 3SF7 834-... ..4/178, 4/179, 4/180, 4/181, .............................6/46, 6/47, 6/48, 6/49 3SF7 842-... ..6/29, 6/30, 6/31, 6/32, 6/33 3SF7 844-... ....................6/25, 6/26, 6/36 3SX 3SX1 707-... ....................................6/104 3SX3 195-... ......................................6/14 3SX3 196-... ......................................6/14 3SX3 197-... .............................6/15, 6/17 3SX3 203-... .............................6/15, 6/17 3SX3 206-... .............................6/15, 6/17 3SX3 207-... .............................6/15, 6/17 3SX3 217-... ......................................6/14 3SX3 218-... ......................................6/14 3SX3 228-... ......................................6/14 3SX3 233-... ......................................6/14 3SX3 234-... ......................................6/14 3SX3 252-... .............................6/16, 6/17 3SX3 253-... .............................6/16, 6/17 3SX3 254-... .............................6/16, 6/17 3SX3 256-... ......................................6/14 3SX3 306-... .............................6/15, 6/17 3TX 3TX7 446-... ....................................4/173 3TX7 466-... ....................................4/173 3TX7 506-... .........................4/172, 4/173 3TX7 536-... .........................4/172, 4/173 3TX7 686-... .........................4/172, 4/173 3TX7 696-... .........................4/172, 4/173 3UF 3UF1 843-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 845-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 847-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 848-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 850-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 852-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 854-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 856-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 857-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 868-... ....................................4/173 3UF1 900-... ....................................4/172 3UF5 001-... ....................................4/170 3UF5 011-... ....................................4/170 3UF5 021-... ....................................4/170 3UF5 031-... ....................................4/170 3UF5 041-... ....................................4/170 3UF5 051-... ....................................4/170

10/34

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Type

Page

3UF 3UF5 100-... .................................... 4/170 3UF5 202-... .................................... 4/170 3UF5 700-... .................................... 4/171 3UF5 710-... .................................... 4/171 3UF5 711-... .................................... 4/171 3UF5 712-... .................................... 4/171 3UF5 720-... .................................... 4/171 3UF5 900-... .................................... 4/172 3UF7 000-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 010-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 100-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 101-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 102-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 103-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 104-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 110-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 111-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 112-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 113-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 114-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 200-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 300-... .................................... 4/164 3UF7 400-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 500-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 700-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 900-... .................................... 4/166 3UF7 910-... .................................... 4/166 3UF7 920-... .................................... 4/166 3UF7 930-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 931-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 932-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 933-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 935-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 937-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 940-... .................................... 4/165 3UF7 950-... .................................... 4/166 3UF7 970-... .................................... 4/167 3UF7 982-... .................................... 4/167 3ZS 3ZS1 200-... ...................................... 9/26 3ZS1 310-... ........................... 5/121, 9/28 3ZS1 312-... .................................... 4/167 4FB 4FB5 1..-... ........................................ 9/15 6AG 6AG1 153-... .................................. 5/219, 6AG1 196-... ................................... 5/233 6AG1 305-... .. 5/293, 5/294, 5/295, 5/296 6AG1 307-... .. 5/293, 5/294, 5/295, 5/296 6AG1 321-... ........................ 5/250, 5/251 6AG1 322-... ........................ 5/252, 5/253 6AG1 323-... ................................... 5/254 6AG1 326-... ............. 5/229, 5/230, 5/231 6AG1 331-... ................................... 5/268 6AG1 332-... ................................... 5/269 6AG1 334-... ................................... 5/270

Type

Page

6DL 6DL2 804-... ............. 5/126, 5/127, 5/132, ................................ 5/137, 5/138, 5/140 6ED 6ED1 057-... .............. 5/85, 5/120, 5/121, ............................................... 9/27, 9/28 6EP 6EP1 333-... .................................... 6/114 6EP1 334-... .................................... 5/209 6EP1 354-... .................................... 6/114 6EP1 971-... .................................... 5/209 6EP8 106-... ........................... 4/81, 5/209 6ES 6ES5 710-... .. 2/252, 5/8, 5/10, 5/15, 5/20 6ES5 750-... ...................................... 4/58 6ES7 131-... .......... 5/27, 5/28, 5/29, 5/35, ..................... 5/128, 5/131, 5/211, 5/214 6ES7 132-... .......... 5/30, 5/31, 5/32, 5/33, ........................ 5/35, 5/50, 5/129, 5/130, ..................... 5/131, 5/212, 5/213, 5/214 6ES7 133-... ......................... 5/213, 5/214 6ES7 134-... . 5/37, 5/38, 5/39, 5/40, 5/41, ................... 5/42, 5/43, 5/44, 5/45, 5/48, ..................... 5/133, 5/134, 5/135, 5/137 6ES7 135-... ................... 5/46, 5/47, 5/48, ........................................... 5/136, 5/137 6ES7 138-... . 5/13, 5/16, 5/19, 5/23, 5/24, ................... 5/25, 5/50, 5/51, 5/53, 5/55, ................... 5/56, 5/58, 5/59, 5/60, 5/61, ................... 5/62, 5/63, 5/64, 5/65, 5/66, ................... 5/67, 5/68, 5/69, 5/70, 5/71, .............. 5/72, 5/73, 5/139, 5/141, 5/142 6ES7 141-... ........................ 5/156, 5/182, ................................ 5/186, 5/189, 5/302 6ES7 142-... ... 5/156, 5/182, 5/189, 5/302 6ES7 143-... ... 5/186, 5/192, 5/302, 5/305 6ES7 144-... ......................... 5/162, 5/196 6ES7 145-... ......................... 5/162, 5/196 6ES7 147-... .................................... 5/180 6ES7 148-... .. 5/163, 5/165, 5/190, 5/199, ................................ 5/200, 5/202, 5/302 6ES7 151-... .......... 2/252, 5/7, 5/10, 5/15, ...................................... 5/20, 5/50, 5/53 6ES7 152-... ... 5/126, 5/131, 5/137, 5/139 6ES7 153-... ..... 5/218, 5/219, 5/221, 4/68 6ES7 154-... ... 2/255, 5/148, 5/151, 5/163 6ES7 157-... ...................................... 4/68 6ES7 158-... ............................. 4/56, 4/68 6ES7 180-... .................................... 4/205 6ES7 181-... .................. 4/55, 4/61, 4/205 6ES7 182-... .................................... 4/205 6ES7 183-... .................................... 4/205 6ES7 184-... .................................... 4/205 6ES7 193-... ... 2/252, 4/61, 5/7, 5/8, 5/10, ................... 5/15, 5/16, 5/20, 5/23, 5/25, ................... 5/35, 5/48, 5/50, 5/54, 5/59, ................... 5/61, 5/63, 5/68, 5/71, 5/73, ................... 5/75, 5/78, 5/79, 5/80, 5/97, .................... 5/126, 5/131, 5/137, 5/139, .......... 5/142, 5/214, 5/224, 5/226, 5/228

Appendix Ordering data summary Type

Page

6ES 6ES7 194-... ........2/255, 3/30, 3/43, 4/34, ......................4/38, 4/183, 4/185, 5/148, ....................5/149, 5/152, 5/156, 5/162, ....................5/163, 5/165, 5/172, 5/176, ....................5/182, 5/186, 5/189, 5/190, ....................5/199, 5/202, 5/205, 5/207, ........................5/302, 5/303, 6/71, 6/89, ...........................6/124, 9/18, 9/20, 9/25 6ES7 195-... ......2/269, 2/273, 4/68, 4/89, ....................4/105, 4/116, 4/141, 4/202, ........................4/205, 4/206, 5/8, 5/215, ....................5/217, 5/221, 5/224, 5/226, ....................5/228, 5/232, 5/233, 5/272, ................................5/274, 5/276, 5/278 6ES7 198-... .............5/180, 5/182, 5/186, ...............................5/189, 5/190, 5/192, .....................5/196, 5/202, 5/205, 5/302 6ES7 305-... ..........................4/68, 5/296, 6ES7 307-... ..........................2/271, 4/68, ....................5/224, 5/226, 5/228, 5/296, ......................................8/10, 8/16, 8/20 6ES7 315-... .........................2/154, 2/169 6ES7 317-... ...2/159, 2/174, 2/269, 2/271 6ES7 318-... ....................................2/164 6ES7 321-... ..............5/239, 5/280, 5/284 6ES7 322-... .........................5/245, 5/282 6ES7 323-... ....................................5/249 6ES7 326-... .........................5/224, 5/226 6ES7 327-... ....................................5/249 6ES7 328-... .............5/239, 5/245, 5/261, ...............................5/264, 5/267, 5/280, ................................5/282, 5/284, 5/286 6ES7 331-... ..............5/261, 5/272, 5/276 6ES7 332-... ...5/264, 5/274, 5/278, 5/286 6ES7 334-... ....................................5/267 6ES7 336-... ....................................5/228 6ES7 338-... ....................................5/287 6ES7 370-... ................4/68, 4/108, 5/292 6ES7 374-... ....................................5/291 6ES7 390-... ....4/68, 5/126, 5/131, 5/137, ....................5/139, 5/144, 5/218, 5/221, ....................5/239, 5/249, 5/261, 5/264, ....................5/267, 5/272, 5/274, 5/276, ....................5/278, 5/287, 5/291, 5/292, .............................................5/296, 8/16 6ES7 391-... .............2/154, 2/159, 2/164, ...........................................2/169, 2/174 6ES7 392-... ..2/154, 2/159, 2/164, 2/169, ...............................2/174, 2/186, 4/168, ....................5/224, 5/226, 5/239, 5/249, ....................5/261, 5/264, 5/267, 5/272, ....................5/274, 5/276, 5/278, 5/280, .....................5/282, 5/284, 5/286, 5/291 .............................................5/292, 6/56 6ES7 393-... .............5/224, 5/272, 5/274, ...............................5/276, 5/278, 5/280, ................................5/282, 5/284, 5/286 6ES7 398-... ..2/154, 2/159, 2/164, 2/169, ....................2/174, 2/178, 4/101, 4/108, ...............................4/111, 4/114, 4/116, ....................5/228, 5/239, 5/261, 5/264, ....................5/267, 5/274, 5/276, 5/278, .....................5/280, 5/282, 5/284, 5/286

Type

Page

6ES 6ES7 467-... .................................... 4/116 6ES7 498-... .................................... 4/116 6ES7 651-... .................................... 4/199 6ES7 658-... ......................... 4/198, 4/199 6ES7 671-... .................................... 2/178 6ES7 792-... .................. 4/192, 5/15, 5/20 6ES7 810-... ... 2/182, 2/185, 2/271, 4/192 6ES7 820-... ............. 2/192, 2/196, 2/204, .................................. 2/230, 2/283, 8/20 6ES7 833-... ........................ 2/169, 2/174, .......................... 5/20, 5/50, 5/53, 5/224, ................................ 5/226, 5/228, 5/302 6ES7 842-... .................................... 7/126 6ES7 901-... ............. 2/164, 2/169, 2/174, ................................. 2/183, 4/44, 4/192, ........................ 5/226, 5/86, 5/95, 5/122, ............................... 5/151, 5/162, 5/180, .................................. 5/224, 5/228, 7/96 6ES7 910-... ............. 2/163, 2/168, 2/173, ........................................... 5/151, 5/162 6ES7 912-... ............ 2/164, 2/169, 2/174, ..................... 2/178, 2/183, 5/151, 5/162 6ES7 953-... ............. 2/159, 2/164, 2/169, ............................... 2/174, 2/178, 2/183, ............................... 2/254, 2/257, 2/273, .......................... 5/10, 5/15, 5/20, 5/151 6ES7 972-... ............. 2/164, 2/169, 2/174, .......................................... 2/178, 2/183, ................. 4/34, 4/44, 4/53, 4/55, 4/192, .................... 5/126, 5/131, 5/137, 5/139, .................... 5/144, 5/151, 5/162, 5/214, .................... 5/215, 5/218, 5/224, 5/226, ........................................... 5/228, 7/126 6ES7 973-... .................................... 5/245 6ES7 974-... .................................... 5/261 6ES7 991-... .................................... 5/148 6ES7 998-... ............. 2/154, 2/159, 2/164, ............................... 2/169, 2/174, 2/252, ................................. 2/255, 4/55, 4/192, ....................... 5/7, 5/8, 5/10, 5/50, 5/53, ............................... 5/149, 5/151, 5/162, .................... 5/182, 5/186, 5/189, 5/190, .................... 5/192, 5/196, 5/202, 5/214, .................... 5/218, 5/221, 5/224, 5/226, .................... 5/228, 5/239, 5/245, 5/249, .................... 5/261, 5/264, 5/267, 5/274, .................... 5/278, 5/280, 5/282, 5/284, ............................... 5/286, 5/303, 5/305, ............................................. 7/126, 8/29 6FC 6FC5 312-... .................................... 2/258 6FX 6FX2 001-... ............................. 5/68, 5/71 6FX5 002-... ............................. 5/59, 5/68 6GF 6GF1 120-... .................................... 2/275 6GF1 130-... .................................... 2/280

Type

Page

6GK 6GK1 100-... ................................... 2/143 6GK1 102-... ................................... 2/123 6GK1 105-... ................................... 2/130 6GK1 160-... ................................... 2/213 6GK1 161-... ............ 2/210, 2/217, 2/269, ........................................... 7/113, 7/116 6GK1 182-... ........................ 2/265, 2/270 6GK1 184-... ........................ 2/265, 2/270 6GK1 210-... ................................... 6/117 6GK1 411-... ................... 8/16, 8/20, 8/25 6GK1 415-... ................... 8/29, 8/31, 8/36 6GK1 417-... ............................ 3/17, 8/10 6GK1 500-... . 2/154, 2/159, 2/164, 2/169, ................ 2/174, 4/34, 4/44, 4/47, 4/51, ........................ 4/55, 4/95, 4/101, 4/108, .................... 4/111, 4/114, 4/127, 4/136, ................................ 4/141, 4/143, 4/145 6GK1 502-... ..................................... 4/85 6GK1 503-... ..................................... 4/97 6GK1 551-... ........................ 4/143, 4/192 6GK1 561-... ............ 2/178, 4/127, 4/131, ............................... 4/136, 4/141, 4/145, ................................ 4/192, 7/113, 7/116 6GK1 588-... ................................... 4/201 6GK1 704-... ............ 2/148, 2/150, 2/182, .................... 2/185, 2/188, 2/192, 2/196, .................... 2/199, 2/204, 2/217, 2/221, ........................ 2/223, 2/269, 3/53, 3/54, .................... 4/127, 4/131, 4/136, 4/141, .................... 4/143, 4/145, 4/148, 4/192, ........................................... 7/113, 7/116 6GK1 706-... ............. 2/227, 2/230, 2/232 6GK1 713-... ............ 4/127, 4/131, 4/136, ................................ 4/141, 7/113, 7/116 6GK1 716-... ............ 2/182, 2/185, 2/188, ............................... 2/192, 2/196, 2/199, ............................... 2/204, 2/217, 2/219, ........................................... 7/113, 7/116 6GK1 751-... ................... 3/30, 3/43, 3/53 6GK1 781-... ..................................... 3/57 6GK1 900-... ....... 2/77, 2/79, 2/99, 2/108, ............................... 2/118, 2/148, 2/192, ............................... 2/196, 2/204, 2/246, ..................................... 3/30, 3/43, 3/49, ..................................... 4/82, 4/89, 4/93, ............................. 8/10, 8/16, 8/25, 8/29 6GK1 901-... 2/31, 2/32, 2/37, 2/40, 2/42, ................... 2/50, 2/55, 2/61, 2/64, 2/73, .......................... 2/85, 2/91, 2/99, 2/108, .................... 2/118, 2/130, 2/140, 2/148, .................... 2/150, 2/188, 2/192, 2/199, .................... 2/204, 2/210, 2/213, 2/148, .................... 2/150, 2/188, 2/192, 2/199, .................... 2/204, 2/210, 2/213, 2/252, ............................... 2/258, 2/259, 2/270, ..................................... 3/16, 3/29, 3/42, ........................ 4/76, 4/89, 4/105, 4/141, ..................................... 5/8, 5/10, 5/151, .................... 7/36, 7/43, 8/16, 8/25, 8/29

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/35

10

Appendix Ordering data summary Type

10

Page

6GK 6GK1 905-... .........................2/45, 2/255, ...................4/34, 4/38, 4/40, 4/48, 4/55, ...................4/63, 4/65, 4/80, 4/89, 4/92, ....................4/105, 4/141, 4/180, 4/185, ....................5/148, 5/149, 5/151, 5/165, .............................. 5/180, 5/221, 5/302, ...........................5/303, 9/20, 9/22, 9/25 6GK1 907-... ...........................2/45, 2/99, .............................3/29, 3/43, 4/38, 4/40 6GK1 908-... ...................2/45, 2/99, 4/40 6GK1 953-... ........................2/265, 2/269 6GK1 970-... ..2/3, 2/40, 2/42, 2/50, 2/55, ...................2/64, 2/73, 2/77, 2/85, 2/91, ......................2/99, 2/108, 2/123, 2/130, ...................2/140, 4/3, 4/19, 4/35, 4/44, ...................4/51, 4/55, 4/65, 4/76, 4/81, ...................4/85, 4/90, 4/92, 4/95, 4/97, ...........................4/105, 8/16, 8/20, 9/22 6GK1 971-... ............................8/31, 8/36 6GK1 975-... ...........2/3, 2/37, 2/40, 2/42, ...................2/45, 2/50, 2/55, 2/64, 2/73, .....................2/77, 4/3, 4/19, 4/35, 4/40, ...................4/44, 4/51, 4/65, 4/76, 4/81, ...................4/85, 4/90, 4/92, 4/95, 4/97, ........................5/198, 5/221, 6/52, 6/56, ...............................................8/36, 9/22 6GK5 005-... .....................................2/85 6GK5 101-... ........................2/108, 2/140 6GK5 104-... .....................................2/91 6GK5 106-... .....................................2/91 6GK5 108-... ..........................2/91, 2/271 6GK5 200-... ...................................2/108 6GK5 201-... ...................................2/108 6GK5 202-... ........................2/108, 2/270 6GK5 204-... ...............2/99, 2/108, 2/270 6GK5 206-... .....................................2/99 6GK5 208-... .....................................2/99 6GK5 414-... ...................................2/118 6GK5 490-... ...................................2/118 6GK5 491-... ...................................2/118 6GK5 492-... ...................................2/118 6GK5 495-... ...................................2/118 6GK5 496-... ...................................2/118 6GK5 498-... ...................................2/118 6GK5 602-... ...................................2/148 6GK5 612-... ........................2/148, 2/150 6GK5 613-... ........................2/148, 2/150 6GK5 744-... ...................3/17, 3/29, 3/42 6GK5 746-... ...................3/17, 3/29, 3/42 6GK5 747-... ...................3/17, 3/29, 3/42 6GK5 788-... .3/17, 3/29, 3/35, 3/54, 8/11 6GK5 791-... .2/99, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 3/49 6GK5 792-... .3/16, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 8/10 6GK5 793-... .3/16, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 8/10 6GK5 795-... .3/16, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 8/11 6GK5 798-... .3/16, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 8/11 6GK7 080-... .2/188, 2/192, 2/196, 2/199, ....................2/204, 4/101, 4/105, 4/108, ..................................4/111, 4/114, 8/10

10/36

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Type

Page

6GT 6GT2 002-... ............. 4/183, 4/185, 4/187, ................................ 4/188, 4/190, 5/167 6GT2 080-... .............. 4/183, 4/187, 4/190 6GT2 090-... ......................... 4/183, 4/188 6GT2 091-... ............. 4/183, 4/185, 4/187, ........................................... 4/188, 5/167 6GT2 302-... .................................... 4/190 6GT2 402-... .................................... 4/190 6GT2 491-... .............. 4/183, 4/187, 4/188 6GT2 691-... ......................... 4/185, 5/167 6GT2 891-... ............. 4/183, 4/185, 4/187, ........................................... 4/188, 5/167 6NH 6NH7 700-... ......... 7/21, 7/25, 7/29, 7/48, ............................ 7/53, 7/58, 7/62, 7/66, ............................................. 7/83, 7/123 6NH7 701-... ......... 7/36, 7/43, 7/48, 7/53, ................... 7/58, 7/62, 7/66, 7/77, 7/83, .................................... 7/88, 7/93, 7/123 6NH7 720-... ................. 7/96, 7/98, 7/119 6NH7 760-... ................... 7/77, 7/83, 7/88 6NH7 800-... ......... 7/21, 7/25, 7/29, 7/36, ............................ 7/43, 7/48, 7/53, 7/58, ............................................... 7/62, 7/66 6NH7 810-... ................... 7/77, 7/83, 7/88 6NH7 811-... ................... 7/77, 7/83, 7/88 6NH7 820-... ..................................... 7/96 6NH7 821-... .................. 7/21, 7/48, 7/77, .................................. 7/83, 7/101, 7/103 6NH7 831-... ......... 7/48, 7/53, 7/58, 7/62, .................................. 7/66, 7/105, 7/107 6NH7 840-... ..................................... 7/93 6NH7 860-... ................. 7/96, 7/98, 7/119 6NH7 910-... ................. 7/96, 7/98, 7/119 6NH7 997-... ......... 7/21, 7/25, 7/29, 7/36, ...................... 7/43, 7/48, 7/53, 7/58, 7/62, ....................... 7/66, 7/110, 7/113, 7/116 6NH7 998-... ......... 7/21, 7/25, 7/29, 7/36, ................... 7/43, 7/48, 7/53, 7/58, 7/62, ....................... 7/66, 7/110, 7/113, 7/116 6SE 6SE6 411-... ...................................... 9/10 6SL 6SL3 055-... .................................... 2/286 6SL3 072-... .................................... 5/105 6SL3 203-... ...................................... 5/86 6SL3 225-... ........................... 5/91, 5/105 6SL3 244-... ........................... 5/91, 5/105 6SL3 254-... ............................. 5/86, 5/95 6SL3 298-... ...................................... 5/95

Type

Page

6XV 6XV1 812-... ........... 2/45, 2/61, 3/49, 4/40 6XV1 820-... .................... 2/73, 4/75, 4/76 6XV1 821-... ............................. 4/80, 4/89 6XV1 822-... ............... 2/255, 4/48, 4/185, ..................... 5/149, 5/151, 5/165, 5/302 6XV1 830-... ...... 2/45, 2/73, 2/163, 2/168, .................... 2/173, 2/178, 2/183, 2/141, .................... 2/145, 2/154, 2/159, 2/164, ............................... 2/169, 2/174, 2/255, ................... 4/34, 4/38, 4/40, 4/46, 4/47, ................... 4/48, 4/55, 4/65, 4/75, 4/92, ...................... 4/95, 4/180, 4/185, 5/144, .................... 5/148, 5/149, 5/151, 5/165, ......................... 5/180, 5/303, 9/20, 9/22 6XV1 831-... ...................................... 4/34 6XV1 840-... ...... 2/31, 2/37, 2/210, 2/213, .................... 2/252, 2/258, 2/259, 2/270, ......................... 2/286, 3/42, 5/10, 5/151 6XV1 850-... ........ 2/50, 2/55, 2/63, 2/130, ........................................... 2/143, 2/271 6XV1 851-... ...................................... 2/64 6XV1 860-... ............................ 4/34, 4/38, .................................. 5/148, 5/149, 9/20 6XV1 861-... ........... 2/77, 4/80, 4/81, 4/89 6XV1 870-... .......... 2/31, 2/32, 2/37, 2/40, ............................ 2/42, 2/50, 2/61, 2/99, .................... 2/210, 2/213, 2/252, 2/255, ............................... 2/258, 2/259, 2/286, ........................... 3/29, 3/42, 5/10, 5/151 6XV1 873-... ............................. 2/72, 4/75 6XV1 874-... ...................................... 2/77 6XV1 875-... .......... 3/16, 3/29, 3/30, 3/43, ...................................... 3/47, 8/10, 8/11 8WA 8WA2 807-... ..................................... 6/79 8WA2 842-... . 5/48, 5/54, 5/75, 5/78, 5/80 8WA2 848-... ...... 5/54, 5/80, 5/126, 5/131 8WA2 861-... ................ 5/54, 5/80, 5/126, ................................ 5/131, 5/137, 5/139 8WA2 868-... . 5/48, 5/54, 5/75, 5/78, 5/80 Z23 Z236A ............................................. 6/120

Appendix

Just copy and fill out the form and fax it to us. We will deliver immediately! Fax order form To:

Fax No. (Address "Contact person")

Item Order No.

Contact partners

Designation

Quantity Unit price

Total price

The Conditions of Sale and Delivery apply in accordance with the catalog / price list of your contact partner. Company address (company stamp):

Delivery address (if different):

Company number (if known)

Company/Dept.

Company/Dept.

Street, No.

Street, No.

ZIP code/City

10

Postal code/City Contact partners Tel. No./Fax Customer Order No.:

Date

Comments

........................................................................

Desired delivery date: ..............................................................

Signature

Siemens IK PI · 2007

10/37

Appendix

Additional information Conditions of sale and delivery Export regulations

■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG. For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry” shall apply. For software products, the “General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office in Germany” shall apply. For customers with a seat or registered office outside of Germany The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply. For software products, the “General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply. General The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only apply to devices for export. Illustrations are not binding. Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, – especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given – these are subject to change without prior notice. The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging. The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to the applicable legal regulations. Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit the prices valid at the time of delivery. Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges will be determined based on the official price and the metal factor of the respective product. The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release order. The metal factor determines the official price as of which the metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used. The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price information of the respective products.

An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are available free of charge from your local Siemens business office under the following Order Nos.: • 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1 (for customers based in Germany) • 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1 (for customers based outside Germany) or download them from the Internet http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall (Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)

■ Export regulations The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to European / German and/or US export regulations. Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval by the competent authorities. According to current provisions, the following export regulations must be observed with respect to the products featured in this catalog / price list: AL

Number of the German Export List Products marked other than “N” require an export license. In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to. Goods labeled with an “AL“ not equal to “N” are subject to a European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU.

ECCN

Export Control Classification Number Products marked other than “N” are subject to a reexport license to specific countries. In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to. Goods labeled with an “ECCN“ not equal to “N” are subject to a US re-export authorization.

Even without a label or with an “AL: N” or “ECCN: N”, authorization may be required due to the final destination and purpose for which the goods are to be used. The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice. A&D/VuL_ohne MZ/En 05.09.06

10

7 10/38

Siemens IK PI · 2007

Catalogs of the

Automation and Drives Group (A&D) Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner Automation and Drives Interactive catalog on CD-ROM and on DVD

Catalog

The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives

CA 01

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE

NC 60

SINUMERIK & SINAMICS

NC 61

Drive Systems Variable-Speed Drives

Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives

Catalog IK PI

Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution – SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON

LV 1

Controls and Distribution – Technical Information SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON

LV 1 T

SIDAC Reactors and Filters

LV 60

SIVENT Fans

LV 65

SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems

LV 70

Motion Control System SIMOTION

PM 10

SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units, SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units

D 11

SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units

D 11.1

SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150 Medium-Voltage Converter 0.6 MVA to 28 MVA

D 12

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Drive System

D 21.1

SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System

D 21.2

SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units

D 21.3

Process Instrumentation and Analytics Field Instruments for Process Automation Measuring Instruments for Pressure, Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature, Positioners and Liquid Meters

Asynchronous Motors Standardline

D 86.1

PDF: Indicators for panel mounting

MP 12

DC Motors

DA 12

SIREC Recorders and Accessories

MP 20

SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters

DA 21.1

SIPART, Controllers and Software

MP 31

SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters

DA 21.2

SIWAREX Weighing Systems

WT 01

SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter Cabinet Units

DA 22

Continuous Weighing and Process Protection

WT 02

Process Analytical Instruments

PA 01

PDF: Process Analytics, Components for the System Integration

PA 11

SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems

DA 45

SIEMOSYN Motors

DA 48

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters

DA 51.2

MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411

DA 51.3

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control

DA 65.10

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control

FI 01

SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems SIMATIC PCS Process Control System

ST 45 ST 70

DA 65.11

Products for Totally Integrated Automation and Micro Automation

Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

DA 65.3

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

ST PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1

SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO

DA 65.4

Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

M 11

Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

ST PCS 7.2

Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE

NC 60

pc-based Automation

ST PC

SIMATIC Control Systems

ST DA

SIMATIC Sensors

FS 10

SIPOS Electric Actuators Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators

MP 35

Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants

MP 35.1/.2

Systems Engineering Power supplies SITOP power

KT 10.1

System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect

KT 10.2

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors

• Main Spindle/Feed Motors • Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS

NC 61

• Main Spindle/Feed Motors • Drive System SINAMICS S120 Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment

HE 1

Electrical Installation Technology ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and Distribution Boards

ET A1

PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System

ET A3

ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks

ET A5

BETA Modular Installation Devices

ET B1

DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets

ET D1

GAMMA Building Management Systems

ET G1

Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI

ST 80

System Solutions Applications and Products for Industry are part of the interactive catalog CA 01 TELEPERM M Process Control System PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems

PLT 112

PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files. A&D/3U/En 01.08.06

Automation and Drives Industrial Communication Postfach 48 48 90327 NÜRNBERG GERMANY www.siemens.com/automation

The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice. All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

Order No.: E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600

Catalog IK PI · 2007

Catalog IK PI · 2007 Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives

Subject to change without prior notice | Dispo 26000 | KG 1006 33.0 S 1240 EN / 701140 | IWI TST S | Printed in Germany | © Siemens AG 2006

Siemens AG

industrial COMMUNICATION Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives